Blog

  • Names of Human Bones and Their Functions

    Names of Human Bones and Their Functions – What happens if humans don’t have bones?
    Certainly, that human wouldn’t be able to move. This is because bones are one of the
    important organs in humans that function to move the body.
    In addition, bones have bone marrow,
    bone marrow can produce new blood cells that the body really needs.

    Basically, bones not only function as limb movers and produce new blood cells. Bones also have
    a very important function, namely to maintain or protect important organs, one part of the body that is
    protected by bones is the brain.
    Have you ever thought, what would happen if the brain was not
    protected by bones?

    The bones in humans are very diverse and have their own names. In fact, each bone name always
    has a different function as well.
    Therefore, it is important for you to know the names of the
    bones in humans.
    Want to know more clearly the names of the bones in humans and their
    functions?
    Let’s see a more detailed explanation below.

    Definition of Bones

    Bone in the Big Indonesian Dictionary means skeleton or part of the skeleton of a human or animal body.
    In simple terms, bones can be interpreted as the framework of the human body which is composed of
    very hard tissues.
    Basically the bones in humans have almost the same structure even though the
    size and shape of human bones vary greatly.

    How do bones in humans form? Bones in humans are composed or formed from calcium and
    phosphorus.
    The calcium content in human bones is around 99%. While the phosphorus
    content in human bones is as much as 90% of the amount of phosphorus in the body.

    The amount of calcium in the bones indicates that the bones are strong and hard. Therefore, if
    you hear of someone who has porous or easily broken bones, then you can be sure that the calcium in these
    bones is lacking.

    Meanwhile, the presence of phosphorus in the bones proves that bones really need mineral content.
    This mineral content is very good for maintaining the strength and hardness of the bones.

    It’s not only calcium and phosphorus that form bones, collagen fibers also form human bones.
    These collagen fibers are very functional to provide flexibility to the bones.

    Flexibility in this bone must be maintained properly because if it is not maintained properly, it will be
    difficult for us to move our limbs.
    Members of the body that are difficult to move will cause
    pain so it is difficult to move.

    Bone Names

    1. Skull Bones

    The skull bones are the bones that make up the head. In short, in our heads there are
    important organs that must be protected by bones.
    Named the skull bone because this bone is
    shaped like a skull head or forms like a face.

    The main function of the skull bone is to protect or guard the brain and human vital organs in the face
    from very dangerous collisions.
    In addition, the skull bones have another function, namely
    forming facial structures.

    The skull bone is made up of several parts where each part is divided into two groups, namely the head
    bone, the facial bone.
    For more details, let’s look at the explanation of the two types of
    skull bones.

    A. Headbone

    a) Parietal Bone (Fountain)

    The position of this parietal bone is located on both sides of the head or just behind the forehead bone.
    Usually this bone is called the crown bone and there are two of these bones.

    b) Frontal Bone (Forehead Bone)

    The frontal bone, also known as the forehead bone, is located at the front of the face. This
    forehead bone has a flat shape and the function of this bone is to protect the brain and form the structure
    of the head which consists of the nasal cavities, eyes, and others.

    c) Occipital Bone (Backbone)

    Like the forehead bone, the shape of the occipital bone is flat. The occipital bone is also
    known as the backbone.
    Therefore, the location of this bone is at the back of the skull.
    The spinal nerves are connected to the brain through the holes in the spinal cord.

    The function of the spine is to protect the part of the brain associated with vision. In
    addition, this bone has a very important role, especially in regulating body movement and balance.

    d) Temporal Bones (Temple Bones)

    There are two temporal bones or temple bones. The location of the temple bones is on the left
    and right of the skull bone or more precisely right under the fontanel.

    Helping to support the structure of the skull, protecting the brain, and protecting the surrounding
    membranes are the functions of the temporal bone or temple bones.
    If you are chewing or
    swallowing food, then at that time, the temple bones help to move these muscles.

    e) Ethmoid Bone (Sweeping Bone)

    The location of the ethmoid bone is in front of the sphenoid bone. The ethmoid bone is also
    known as the sieve bone.
    The function of the ethmoid bones helps to form the structure of the
    nasal cavity.

    The ethmoid bone has a cavity called the sinus cavity. The function of the sinus cavities is
    to produce or produce mucus.
    This mucus is also very useful for capturing or blocking the
    presence of dangerous allergens.

    f) Sphenoid Bone (Wedge Bone)

    The last bone in the facial bones is the sphenoid bone or wedge. The main function of the
    sphenoid bone is to protect or maintain the nerve and brain structures that are in the face.

    B. Facial Bones

    The next part of the skull is the facial bones. This facial bone consists of several bones.
    For more details, let’s see the explanation below.

    a) Maxillary Bone

    The maxillary bones have a shape similar to a pyramid which is fused in the middle. In
    addition, this bone also separates the mouth from the nasal cavity.
    The jawbone has functions,
    such as the place for the growth of the upper teeth, the formation of the face, and the last function is to
    help speech and chewing food occur.

    b) Lower Jawbone

    The lower jawbone has two parts or shapes. First, it is curved horizontally and secondly, it
    is curved vertically.
    The two parts are interconnected on both sides of the body.
    The function of the mandibular bone is almost the same as that of the maxillary bone, which is
    where the lower teeth grow, forms the lower face, and makes it easier for the mouth to move.

    c) Cheekbones

    Cheekbones consist of two sides which are located at the bottom of the eyes. This bone has a
    rectangular shape and is slightly thicker in front.
    Brings together the facial bones.
    The function of the cheekbones is to support the facial structure and protect the eyes.

    d) Nasal Bones

    The nose bone is between the forehead bone and the maxilla bone or more precisely it is located in the
    middle of the face.
    As the name implies, the function of this bone is to maintain the shape of
    the nose and bind or strengthen the cartilage in the nose.

    e) Lacrimal Bone

    The lacrimal bone is the bone that functions to maintain the tear production system and the location of
    this bone is in the eye socket.
    The shape of this bone is like a rectangle.

    f) Palatine bones

    The palatine bone has a shape that is almost similar to or the same as the letter “L” and the location of
    this bone is at the bottom of the skull bone.
    The function of the palatine bones, among other
    things, is to house the palatine nerves and give signals to the body when the teeth and mouth are feeling
    pain.

    2. Collarbone

    The collarbone is located above the first rib. The collarbone can be said to be the only bone
    in humans that has a horizontally elongated shape.

    The collarbone has two functions, the first function is to make the arm easy to move freely.
    Second, continue the swaying or movement of the limbs in the upper body to the body’s skeleton
    (axial).

    3. Upper arm bones

    The arm bone is also known as the humerus bone. As the name implies, this bone is also located
    in the upper arm or to be more precise, it is between the shoulder joint and the elbow joint.

    Several functions of the upper arm bones, such as connecting the swivel joint at the shoulder, raising and
    lowering the hand, help to provide movement at the shoulder joint, and so on.

    4. Scapula

    The scapula has a shape that resembles a triangle and is located at the shoulder. This bone
    connects the groin or clavicle with the upper arm or humerus.

    The scapula has several functions including as a connecting place for the shoulder joint, sternoclavicular
    joint, and acromioclavicular joint;
    Maintain blood supply to the arm and keep the shoulder as a
    whole so that it is always stable;
    As a place of attachment of muscles and tendons, such as
    supraspinatus, infraspinatus, latissimus dorsi, and biceps;
    As a liaison between the bones in
    the shoulder, starting from the sternum, neck bones, and scapula.

    5. Ribs

    The ribs are long and flat bones and have seven pairs attached to the sternum. The seven ribs
    are known as true ribs.
    In other words, these ribs are located in the middle of the
    chest.

    Basically, ribs have a fairly good level of flexibility. This flexibility in the ribs serves
    to assist the breathing process and maintain or protect the vital organs in the chest from impact.
    Therefore, these ribs must be properly guarded so that the vital organs in the chest are
    protected.

    6. Backbone

    The backbone has another name, namely the spine. The spine is composed of various kinds of
    small bones consisting of the base of the skull and pelvic bones.
    This spine is located at the
    back of the body.

    The spine functions as a support for the head, shoulders and several other parts of the human body so that
    it can stand upright.
    In addition, the spine serves as a protector of the nerves in the
    spine.

    Actually, everyone should take good care of the spine because the spine contains many vital organs.
    By taking care of this spine, you will avoid disturbances that occur in the spine.

    7. Pelvic Bones

    Basically, the pelvic bones in men and women are slightly different. Therefore, when men or
    women have problems with the pelvic bones, the treatment is also different.
    The pelvic bone
    itself has three parts, namely the hipbone, coccyx, and sacrum bone.

    The location of the pelvic bones is at the bottom of the abdomen or more precisely between the two hip
    bones.
    While the function of the pelvic bones is to support or support the organs of the
    digestive and reproductive systems.
    Not only that, the pelvic bones function as a link between
    the upper body and the lower body.

    8. Lifting Bones

    The wrists and elbows are the locations of the radius bones. The interosseous ligament or
    tissue that has very thick fibers can be said to be the tissue that connects the lifting bone with other
    bones.

    Some of the functions of the lifting bones include; Serves as a mover on the arm or helps the
    arm lift objects or loads up;
    Serves as an adhesive for the muscles in the arm;
    Serves to arrange the framework in the forearm; and others.

    9. Sternum

    The sternum is also known as the sternum. The sternum is one of the bones that must be taken
    care of properly because it protects vital organs, especially those in the chest, such as the lungs and
    heart.
    How would it be if in our body there is no sternum?

    The sternum is located in the center of the chest. In addition to protecting vital organs, the
    sternum also functions as a frame for the body, helps the respiratory system, and attaches muscles to
    bones.

    10. Eight Bones

    The ulna or also known as the arm bone. The mention of this arm bone because of the position
    or ulna is in the human arm, more precisely located on the forearm of the human hand.
    This bone
    can be said to be the connecting bone between the upper arm and the wrist.

    The ulna has a major function in the organs of the human body, especially in the human hand.
    In other words, this bone plays an important role in the movements that occur in the hand.

    11. Finger Bones

    As we know that humans have hands and feet where the two parts of the body have fingers.
    Inside the fingers are bones that make the fingers stronger and harder.

    These finger bones have functions, such as activating the members of the fingers, connecting the joints in the
    fingers, and forming the structure of the fingers.

    12. Thigh Bone

    The longest bone in humans is the femur because it connects the hip to the knee in humans. In
    addition, the femur is included in the actuators of the human body and this bone can be classified as a pipe
    bone.

    Just as the name suggests, this bone is located in the human thigh. As for the function of the
    femur, it is like a propulsion device for the human body, especially the lower part, where large muscles are
    attached, and a place for producing red blood cells.

    13. Calf Bone

    This fibula is near the shin. This bone is a bone that can support daily activities because
    this bone is the driving force for the lower part of the human body.

    The calf bones have several functions, such as protecting the legs so they are strong and not easily injured,
    stabilizing the legs, supporting the body’s weight, balancing the body and supporting the shins.

    14. Kneecap Bone

    The shell bone is located between the tibia and femur. The length of this bone is around 5
    centimeters.
    The tendons in the kneecap bones serve as a protector or wrapper for this bone and
    connect the shin bones of the thigh muscles that are under the knee joint.

    The main function of the shell bone is to connect the shinbone with the front thigh muscles.
    In addition, this bone also maintains the knee joint to function properly.

    15. Dry Bones

    This shinbone can be said to be one of the largest bones in the leg. This bone is located at
    the bottom of the knee and this bone has another name, namely strong bone because the load that this bone
    has to support is very heavy.

    The shins function as a support for the muscles in the legs, and function to connect the ankle with the
    kneecap.
    Therefore, it must be maintained properly so that the lower limbs can move
    optimally.

    Conclusion

    Basically, human bones are very vital and must be given special attention. Every human bone
    has its own function.
    We as humans must take care of the bones in the body so that there are no
    injuries or injuries that can cause the bones to not function properly.
    So, have you cared for
    and cared for the bones in the body?

  • Names of Hell in Islam

    The Names of Hell in Islam – Islam teaches us to believe in heaven and hell as the final
    destination of life in the afterlife.
    Muslims certainly know the reward for deeds that have
    been done in the world.

    Hell in Islam is interpreted as a place of reward for those who have bad deeds heavier than good deeds.
    The word hell is etymologically derived from the Arabic “al-nar” which means heat, shot, and
    fire.

    In terms, the word “al-nar” means a terrible place that is provided for people to commit sins and crimes.
    Basically, the afterlife means a life of spiritual elevation for man.

    Hell is not solely a place of torture by Allah SWT, but a place of healing. Hell is presented
    to punish disobedient people, namely disbelievers, polytheists, wicked, hypocrites, and the like.

    The people who were considered disobedient earlier will live eternally in hell. Then the
    disobedient believer will serve a period of punishment and live temporarily in hell.
    After
    that, they will be issued again by Allah SWT.

    The Koran as the holy book of Muslims states that hell has seven different names, namely Jahannam ,
    Lazha , Hutamah , Sa’ir , Saqar , Jahim , and
    Hawiyah . Each hell is believed to have different torments.

    Thorny trees or al-dari and al-zaqum are food for the inhabitants of hell.
    While
    al-hamim, al-ghaslin, and al-ghassaq are the
    drinks of the inhabitants of hell.
    These foods and drinks will not provide any benefits and
    enjoyment for the inhabitants of hell.

    Hell as a place of torture for those who commit sins and mistakes is known as death al-‘azab. The
    term has the meaning of “place of application of torture”.
    Creatures of Allah who disobey
    the Shari’a and deny the Prophet Muhammad are classified as people who commit sins.

    As the word of Allah SWT in the Qur’an Surah Ali-Imran verse 116 regarding the existence of hell which reads:

    اِنَّ الَّذِيْنَ كَفَرُوْا لَنْ تُغْنِيَ عَنْهُمْ اَمْوَالُهُمْ وَلَآ اَوْلَادُهُمْ مِّنَ اللّٰهِ شَيْـًٔا ۗ
    وَاُولٰۤىِٕكَ اَصْحٰبُ النَّارِ ۚ هُمْ فِيْهَا خٰلِدُوْنَ

    Meaning: Verily, those who disbelieve, neither their wealth nor their children, cannot resist the
    punishment of Allah in the least.
    They are the inhabitants of hell (and) they will abide
    therein.

    In accordance with the words of Rasulullah SAW from HR. At-Tirmizi which means:

    Meaning: “There are three judges, two in hell and one in heaven. Judges who know the truth and
    decide cases with it, then in heaven;
    judge who does not know the truth, but he punishes with
    stupidity, then he is in hell.”

    In accordance with the words of Rasulullah SAW from HR. Bukhari which means:

    Meaning: “Every Muslim who liberates a Muslim, surely Allah will free one of His servants from hell.”

    Names of Hell in Islam

    Hell with its level has a difference of 70 times hotter than the level above it. This level is
    adjusted to the bad deeds of humans while living in the world.
    Check out the full review
    below.

    1. Hell of Jahannam

    Jahannam hell is classified as hell with the highest level and is filled with people who
    commit major sins.
    The word hell jahannam is of Arabic origin and has many
    meanings.

    Hell jahannam literally means having an evil or gloomy face. Why is it called as hell
    jahannam? Because this hell is dark, black, and has a very deep bottom.

    As the word of Allah SWT in the Qur’an Surah Al-Hijr verse 43 regarding the existence of hell , it
    reads:

    وَاِنَّ جَهَنَّمَ لَمَوْعِدُهُمْ اَجْمَعِيْنَۙ

    Meaning: And indeed, Hell is really the (place) that has been promised to them (followers of Satan) all.

    In accordance with the words of Rasulullah SAW from HR. Muslim which reads:

    Meaning: “We were once with Rasulullah SAW, suddenly there was a sound of something falling.
    The Prophet Muhammad SAW then asked, “Do you know what that is?” The companions
    answered, “Allah and His Messenger know better.”
    Prophet Muhammad SAW then explained, “This is
    a stone that was thrown into hell since 70 years ago and the stone has only reached the bottom of hell at
    this time.”
    (HR. Muslim)

    The inhabitants of Jahannam Hell include people who are big sinners, hypocrites, people who like to follow
    Satan’s steps, people who are disobedient to Him, to people who are curmudgeonly or stingy.

    2. Hell Lazha

    Lazha hell is defined as a hell that is blazing great and burning. Lazha
    hell
    is for people who turn away from the treatise of the Prophet Muhammad SAW, turn their
    backs on monotheism, and are reluctant to give charity.

    As the word of Allah SWT in the Qur’an Surah Al-Ma’rij verses 15-16 regarding the existence of hell, reads:

    Meaning: Absolutely not! Truly, hell is a turbulent fire, which sloughs off the scalp.

    3. Hutamah Hell

    The word hutamah means the destruction of something. Hutamah hell will make
    its inhabitants experience destruction with fire that breaks and burns from the legs, bones, to the
    heart, and throws sparks as big as palaces.
    This hell will be inhabited by people who like
    to criticize, swear, refuse to give alms, and count on others.

    As the word of Allah SWT in the Qur’an Surah Al-Humazah verse 7 which reads:

    الَّتِيْ تَطَّلِعُ عَلَى الْاَفْـِٕدَةِۗ

    Meaning: that (burns) to the heart.

    As the word of Allah SWT in the Qur’an Surah Al-Mursalat verses 32-33 which reads:

    30
    _

    Meaning: Indeed, (hell) spits out sparks (as big and as high as) palaces, like a yellow camel caravan.

    As the word of Allah SWT in the Qur’an Surah Al-Humazah verses 5-6 regarding the existence of hutamah hell
    , reads:

    Meaning: And do you know what Hutamah (Hell) is? (That is) the fire (punishment) of Allah
    which is ignited.

    4. Hell Sa’ir

    The word sa’ir comes from the Arabic word which means burning, something that is blazing, and has not been
    extinguished since it was created.
    Sa’ir hell can be interpreted as a hell
    with a blazing and burning fire.
    In the
    sa’ir hell there are ropes,
    chains, snakes, scorpions, and fetters.

    As the word of Allah SWT in the Qur’an Surah Al-Mulk verse 5 regarding the existence of hell sa’ir ,
    reads:

    وَلَقَدْ زَيَّنَّا السient

    Meaning: And indeed, We have decorated the near sky with stars and We made them (the stars) as tools for throwing
    Satan, and We have prepared for them the punishment of a burning hell.

    The presence of hell sa’ir is a reminder from Allah SWT to humans who do not pay zakat, eat the wealth of
    orphans, oppose the da’wah of the prophets and apostles, eat property that is not their right (corruption),
    and deny the Day of Judgment.

    As the word of Allah SWT in the Qur’an Surah An-Nisa verse 10 regarding the existence of hell sa’ir ,
    reads:

    اِنَّ الَّذِيْنَ يَأْكُلُوْنَ اَمpet

    Meaning: Indeed, those who unjustly eat the property of orphans, in fact they swallow fire in their stomachs and
    they will enter into a blazing fire (hell).

    5. Hell of Saqar

    The Koran as the book of Muslims has explained the existence of a hot and burning hell
    . Then the Saqar Hell will be inhabited by people who are arrogant, never pray, never
    feed the poor, and deny the Koran.
    Why is it called Saqar Hell
    ?
    Because the hell of saqar only eats the flesh without the bones.

    As the word of Allah SWT in the Qur’an Surah Al-Mudatsir verses 26-29 regarding the saqar hell which
    scorches human skin, reads:

    Meaning: Later, I will put it in (Hell) Saqar. And do you know what (Hell) Saqar is?
    He (Saqar) does not forsake and does not let, which scorch human skin.

    As the word of Allah SWT in the Qur’an Surah Al-Mudatsir verses 42-47 regarding the existence of hell, reads:

    Meaning: “What caused you to enter (Hell) Saqar?” They replied, “In the past we were not among
    those who prayed, and we (also) did not feed the poor, even we used to talk (for vanity purposes), with
    people who talked about it, and we denied the Day of Judgment. until death comes upon us.”

    6. Jahim’s Hell

    The word jahim comes from Arabic and means a very hot place with very large burning coals.
    Jahim hell is hell with a big fire in a ravine or hole. The hell
    of ignorance will be inhabited by polytheists, such as liars of His verses, disobeying
    Him, and forgetting about the afterlife because of worldly activities.

    As the word of Allah SWT in the Qur’an Surah Al-Hajj verse 51 regarding the existence of hell and its
    inhabitants, reads:

    وَالَّذِيْنَ سَعَوْا فِيْٓ اٰيٰتِنَا مُعٰجِزِيْنَ اُولٰۤىِٕكَ اَصْحٰبُ الْجَحِيْمِ

    Meaning: But those who try to contradict Our verses with the aim of weakening (the will to believe), they are the
    inhabitants of the Hell of Jahim.

    As the word of Allah SWT in the Koran Surah As-Syura verses 91-92 regarding the existence of an evil hell ,
    reads:

    Meaning: And Hell of Jahim is shown clearly to those who go astray. And it was said to them,
    “Where are the idols that you used to worship.

    7. Hell Hawiyah

    The word hawiyah comes from Arabic which means falling from the highest place to the lowest place.
    Hawiyah hell can be interpreted as anything that is unknown to its crust or
    bottom.

    In the Qur’an, hawiyah hell has another designation “nar hamiyah” which means hot and blazing
    fire.
    It can be interpreted that the hawiyah hell is a very hot place with a deep
    bottom of hell.
    Hawiyah hell is filled with people whose scales of good
    deeds are light.

    As the word of Allah SWT in the Qur’an Surah Al-Qariah verses 8-11 regarding the existence of hell hawiyah
    and its inhabitants, reads:

    Meaning: And as for those whose scales (goodness) are light, then the place of return is the Hawiyah Hell.
    And do you know what the Hawiyah Hell is? (That is) a very hot fire.

    That is a description of the names of hell in Islam. May we all be spared from the fires of
    hell and reach the best place in the hereafter.

    • Kinds of Sujud and Prayers
    • Prophet Solomon’s Prayers
    • Grave Pilgrimage Prayer
    • Tayammum Prayers and Procedures
    • Prayers and Procedures for Praying the Bodies
    • Prayers and Procedures for Midnight Prayer
  • Names of Days, Months, Years in English Complete with their Meanings

    Names of Days, Months, Years in English Complete with Meanings – When learning English,
    the first step you need to take is to know and memorize vocabulary or common vocabulary.
    An
    example is learning English vocabulary from the names of objects that are often used.

    No less important, to be proficient in English knowing common vocabulary such as names of days, months and
    years is also very important.
    Because the use of vocabulary names for days, months and years
    will often be used in everyday conversation.
    So that Sinaumed’s can find out more, check out the
    names of the days, months and years in English through this article!

    Day Names in English

    As in Indonesian, there are only 7 days in English, from Monday to Tuesday. Here are the names
    of the days in English, along with examples and how to read them.

    Indonesian English How to read
    Monday monday /ˈmʌndeɪ/ (mandey)
    Tuesday Tuesday /ˈtjuːzdeɪ/ (chusdey)
    Wednesday Wednesday /ˈwɛnzdeɪ/ (wensdey)
    Thursday Thursday /ˈthərzdē/ (thesday)
    Friday Friday /ˈfrʌɪdeɪ/ (fraydey)
    Saturday Saturdays /ˈsatədeɪ/ (saderdey)
    Sunday Sundays /ˈsʌndeɪ/ (sandey)

    Generally, in English, days are always named starting from Sunday. As in the calendar, the
    order of mention starts from Sunday.
    Apart from knowing the names of the days in English,
    Sinaumed’s also needs to know how to use the vocabulary of the days in a sentence.
    The following
    is an example of using the vocabulary for the day’s name, when used in a sentence.

    Example sentences with the names of
    the days in English

    1. The market is closed every Sunday
    2. My brother and his friends always go to club every Monday ( My brother and his friends always go to club
      every Monday.)
    3. They will discuss this later, at Tuesday’s meeting
    4. On Wednesday, a mountain erupted in Japan and made people run scared .
    5. You must submit your homework on Thursday without exception
    6. I’m going to the city park on Friday with my family
    7. My family and I will visit the zoo on Saturday to enjoy the weekend together

    Month Names in English

    Month in English means month, from January to December. The names of the months in English are
    not much different from the names of the months in Indonesian, so it will be easier to memorize.
    Here are the names of the months in English.

    Indonesian English Month Names in Abbreviations How to read
    January january Jan /ˈdʒanjʊ(ə)ri/
    February February Feb /ˈfɛbrʊəri/
    March march Mar /mɑːtʃ/
    April April Apr /ˈeɪpr(ɪ)l/
    May may may /meɪ/
    June june Jun /dʒuːn/
    July July Jul /dʒʊˈlʌɪ/
    August August Aug /ɔːˈɡʌst/
    September September Sept /sɛpˈtɛmbə/
    October October Oct /ɒkˈtəʊbə/
    November November Nov /nə(ʊ)ˈvɛmbə/
    December December dec /dɪˈsɛmbə/

    To make it clearer, here is an example of using the names of the months in English in sentences.
    Here’s an example.

    Example Sentences with Month Names
    in English

    1. I will go to America in January to continue my studies
    2. In February there will be a lantern festival
    3. I always visit a temple at the foot of the mountain every March
    4. In April, I will visit my grandmother in Bandung .
    5. My brother and my dad celebrate their birthday in May
    6. Every June we always celebrate my mother’s birthday .
    7. I always like July because of the festival that is held near my house
    8. In August Indonesia celebrates its independence day
    9. My friend will get married in September and have a lavish wedding
    10. I always love celebrating Halloween in October
    11. In November, my friend will soon give birth to her second child.
    12. Finally I will go to Korea in December with my family

    There are a number of things to consider when writing month names in sentences in English.
    Here’s an explanation.

    1. Pay attention to prepositions of time. In English, the prepositions of time used must be
    appropriate, the prepositions of time for hours, months, days and even years in English are used
    differently.

    There are three prepositions of time that need to be considered when writing English sentences with information
    about the hour, day, month or year.

    • Preposition (at), is used to mention the exact or certain time. For example like at dawn,
      at night, at 9.20 am and so on.
    • Preposition (on), is used in sentences that use information about the time of day and the date.
      Examples include on Wednesday, on the 17th of August and so on.
    • Preposition (in), finally this preposition is used in sentences that use time information in the form
      of months, years, centuries and even for long periods and seasons.
      Examples are in
      November, in October, in the future, in summer, in December and so on.

    2. Pay attention to the use of abbreviations for mentioning month names in English.

    As previously explained, in mentioning the names of the months in English, Sinaumed’s is also allowed to use
    abbreviations.
    However, it is necessary to pay attention to whether the sentence is a formal or
    non-formal sentence that is spoken every day to friends.

    Then, if you have chosen one of the writing styles of the month, for example formal and complete (January),
    Sinaumed’s needs to consistently apply the same writing style in one sentence or discourse until the end.

    Those are some things that Sinaumed’s needs to pay attention to when making a sentence using the time of month in
    English.

    Year Names in English

    Like the names of the months, in English the names of the years are the same. For example,
    Sinaumed’s simply wrote 2020 to refer to that year.
    However, the way to read the name of the year
    in English is different.
    That is according to the order of the numbers.

    For example, 2020, it can be read two thousand and twenty. Like Indonesian, Sinaumed’s reads the
    year 2020 with two thousand and twenty, the difference is that Sinaumed’s here has to mention these numbers in
    English.

    The following is a more complete explanation, regarding the mention or how to read the name of the year in
    English.

    1998, read one thousand nine hundred and ninety eight.

    How to read 1998 as above, is a way of reading to mention a row of numbers as usual and not to say the name
    of the year in English.
    So, if you want to say it as the name of the year in English, here’s
    how to read it.

    • 1998, read nineteen ninety eight.
    • 1999, read nineteen ninety nine.
    • 2000, read two thousand.
    • 2001, read two thousand and one.
    • 2006, read two thousand and six.
    • 1704, read seventeen and four.
    • 1990, read nineteen ninety.
    • 2016, read two thousand and sixteen.
    • 2021, reads two thousand and twenty one.
    • That’s how to read the name of the year in English, while to say the year period in a period of 10 years or
      decades you can say it like the 80s by reading it, namely eighties, 90s how to read it nineties.

    To be able to read year names in English proficiently, Sinaumed’s must have mastered the vocabulary of numbers
    in English.
    If this number vocabulary has not been mastered, then it will certainly be
    difficult for Sinaumed’s to say the name of the year in English.
    Therefore, Sinaumed’s needs to learn
    the names of numbers in English as follows.

    Number Names and How to Read Them

    In English, there are two types of numbers, namely cardinal numbers such as 1, 2, 3, and so on.
    As well as the ordinal number, namely the first, second, third and so on. To be able
    to read the name of the year in English, Sinaumed’s only needs to know the cardinal number.
    Here’s
    an explanation.

    Number Indonesian English
    1 One One
    2 Two Two
    3 Three three
    4 Four Four
    5 Five Five
    6 Six Six
    7 Seven Seven
    8 Eight Eight
    9 Nine nine
    10 Ten Ten
    11 Eleven Eleven
    12 Twelve Twelve
    13 Thirteen thirteen
    14 Fourteen Fourteen
    15 Fifteen Fifteen
    16 Sixteen Sixteen
    17 Seventeen Seventeen
    18 Eighteen Eighteen
    19 Nineteen Nineteen
    20 Twenty Twenty
    30 Thirty Thrirty
    40 Forty fourty
    50 Fifty Fifity
    60 Sixty Sixty
    70 Seventy Seventy
    80 Eighty Eighty
    90 Ninety Ninety
    100 One hundred One hundred
    1000 One thousand One thousand
    2000 Two thousand Two thousand
    3000 Three thousand three thousand

    To say the names of numbers in tens, such as 22 is enough twenty two and so on, while for numbers 101 to
    thousands you can say 100 and one.
    Just add ‘and’ and the number name behind it.

    The cardinal number is used to state the name of the year, while to mention the name of the date, Sinaumed’s needs
    to mention it using an ordinal number.

    To make it clearer, here are examples of sentences using the names of numbers in English.

    Example Sentences Using
    Year Names in English

    The following is an example sentence, complete with context and conversation to say the name of the year in
    English.

    1. A = Hannah invited us to her wedding party (Hannah invited us to her wedding party.)

    B = When will Hannah get married? (When will Hannah get married?)

    A = Its next Saturday at 8.00 am in the morning, that will be December 22th 2021 mark your calendar that
    day.
    (Next Saturday at 8am, December 22, 2021. Mark your calendars for that day.)

    B = Sure, can you pick me up at 7.00 am on that day? (Sure, can you pick me up at 7am that
    day?)

    A = Yeah, see you on next Saturday. (Yeah, see you next Saturday.)

    2. A = This is a great picture, when did you take this picture? (This is a great photo, when
    did you take this photo?)

    B = Ah it’s on your birthday I think, October 12, 2012.

    A = I looked pretty when I was young. (I looked pretty when I was young.)

    3. A = Tomorrow we will attend the celebration of Indonesia’s independence day (Tomorrow we will attend the
    celebration of Indonesia’s independence day.)

    B = Really? When is Indonesia’s Independence Day? I don’t know because I’m not
    from here.
    (Really? When is Indonesia’s independence day? I don’t know because I’m not from
    here.)

    A = Indonesia became independent on August 17th , 1945, and tomorrow you can see the celebrations.
    (Indonesia became independent on August 17th 1945, and tomorrow you can see the
    celebration.)

    B = That’s great, can you pick me up tomorrow? (That’s great, can you pick me up
    tomorrow?)

    A = Of course, I’ll pick you up tomorrow at 8:00 pm. See you later. (Of course, I
    will pick you up tomorrow at 8:00 pm. See you soon.)

    That’s how to write the name of the year in a sentence, according to the needs in the context of the
    conversation.

    Sinaumed’s can learn more about English vocabulary, or how to read the names of days, months and years in English by
    reading the reference books available at sinaumedia.

    Apart from looking for books related to learning English, Sinaumed’s can also find books with other
    interesting topics at sinaumedia.
    Examples include novels or comics with Sinaumed’s’ favorite
    genre.

    Because as #FriendsWithoutLimits, sinaumedia always provides quality reference books for Sinaumed’s.
    Buy and read the book right now! Happy learning and happy reading Sinaumed’s!

    • Examples of Announcement Text, Formulas & Practice Questions
    • Definition, Formulas, Examples of Reported Speech
    • Definition & Examples of Business Letters
    • Definition & Examples of Motivation Letters
    • Definition of Verb Phrases: Functions, Formulas, Examples & Problems
  • Names of Angels and Their Duties

    Names of Angels and Their Duties – The task of an angel is something that is commanded by
    Allah SWT.
    Allah SWT created angels with various features. But besides that,
    angels have tasks given by God.
    The task of the angel is addressed to all living things in the
    world.

    This article will discuss the names of angels and their duties. In addition, it will also be
    discussed about the characteristics of angels.

    Names and Duties of Angels

    1. Archangel Gabriel

    The name of the first angel is the Archangel Gabriel. Archangel Gabriel has a task for the
    apostles.
    His job is to convey time to the apostles of Allah SWT.

    However, behind that there is another task performed by the Archangel Gabriel. The task is to
    blow the soul into every fetus in the human body.

    The task of the Archangel Gabriel is also to fulfill or hold human duties. In addition, the
    Archangel Gabriel is also responsible for bringing grace.
    This grace is addressed to those who
    always maintain their sanctity when death comes.

    “Say (Prophet Muhammad), “Who is Gabriel’s enemy?” In fact, it is he who has sent down (the
    Qur’an) into your hearts with Allah’s permission as a justification for what (the books) came before, and
    guidance and good tidings for those who believe.
    QS. Al-Baqarah verse 97.

    2. Archangel Michael

    The task of the Angel Mikail is to provide sustenance to creatures in the world. Then all
    creatures on earth will be given sustenance by Allah SWT through the Angel Mikail.
    So those who
    receive sustenance are not only humans, but all living things.

    Angel Mikail’s next task is to regulate rain and wind. Apart from that, Angel Mikail is also
    in charge of managing the plants.
    All control regarding these matters is in the hands of
    Archangel Michael.
    Of course with the permission of Allah SWT.

    Rasulullah SAW also mentioned the name of the Angel Mikail. Rasulullah SAW said that Angel
    Mikail is one of the helpers of Rasulullah SAW from above the sky.

    In the hadith of the History of Ibn Abbas, Rasulullah SAW said “Indeed, Allah SWT strengthened me with four
    assistants: two of the inhabitants of the sky namely Jibril and Mikail.
    And two of the
    inhabitants of the earth are Abu Bakr and Umar “.

    3. Angel Israfil

    One of the angels that is well known to many Muslims is the Angel Israfil. Angel Israfil’s job
    is to blow the trumpet.
    When the Day of Judgment arrives, the Angel Israfil will blow the
    trumpet.

    The trumpet is a kind of trumpet. The trumpet will be blown by the Angel Israfil on orders
    from Allah SWT.
    When doomsday comes, Angel Israfil will blow it. Then, all living
    things that have life will die.

    Angel Israfil will blow the trumpet several times. After the first blowing is over, Allah SWT
    will revive Angel Israfil.
    Then Allah SWT will give the order to blow the second
    trumpet.

    After the second blast, Allah SWT will also resurrect all living things that have died. After
    this second blow, there will be a day called the Resurrection Day.

    In the Al-Quran, precisely in the letter Az-Zumar it is explained:

    “The trumpet is blown so that all (creatures) in the heavens and on earth die, except for those whom Allah
    SWT wills.
    Then, he was blown once more. Instantly, they woke up (from their
    graves and) waited (for Allah SWT’s decision) “.
    Verse 68.

    4. Angel Azrael

    The next angel’s name is Angel Azrael. The angel Azrael has the duty to take the lives of all
    living things in the world.
    All beings who have life will surely taste death.
    Death is a process of revocation of life. The angel Azrael is in charge of doing
    this.

    Angel Izrail is one of the names of angels who are also widely known by Muslims. Angel Azrael
    really obeys Allah’s commands.
    Even if it means destroying anything. He has the
    heart to take the lives of living beings.
    As long as it’s an order from Allah SWT as the
    Creator.

    “The angel of death entrusted (task) to (take your life) will kill you, then to your Lord you will be
    returned”.
    QS. As-Sajdah verse 11.

    5. Munkar Angel

    When humans die, humans will be in the grave. Then in the grave, humans will be visited by
    angels to be asked.
    The task of the angel who asks the deceased is the Munkar Angel.

    Munkar’s angel will ask about the faith of that human. In addition, the Munkar Angel will come
    to someone who has done a lot of bad things during his life on earth.
    Angel Munkar will start
    asking when the burial process is complete.
    After 70 steps the last person from his grave was
    gone.

    It is said that the Angel Munkar will come to humans in a scary form. Angel Munkar will come
    with a sledgehammer as a weapon.
    If a human cannot answer the Munkar Angel’s question, then the
    sledgehammer will smash his body to pieces.

    Then the man was resurrected, and asked the same questions as before. If this question cannot
    be answered by humans, then humans will be destroyed again.
    And so on until the day of
    resurrection comes.

    6. Angel Nakir

    Not only the Munkar Angel whose duty is to come to the grave. This angel’s task is also
    performed by Angel Nakir.
    However, Angel Nakir served otherwise. Angel Nakir has a
    duty to come to people who have done good in their lives.

    It is said that the Angel Nakir will come to humans in a beautiful and pleasing form to look at.
    Apart from that, it is also told that the person visited by the Angel Nakir will enter
    heaven.

    7. Angel Raqib

    Sinaumed’s, don’t hesitate to do good when no one is watching. Your good deeds will still be
    recorded.
    Because this is the duty of Angel Raqib. Angel Raqib will record the
    slightest good deed you have done in your life.

    8. Angel Atid

    The task of Angel Atid is the opposite of Angel Raqib. If Angel Raqib is responsible for
    recording good deeds, then Angel Atid is responsible for recording bad deeds.
    All bad deeds
    done by humans will be recorded by Angel Atid.

    Even though you are doing a bad deed and it is not seen by anyone, the angel Atid still sees it.
    Then it will be recorded in the record of your deeds. All the practices that you have
    done will be judged on the last day.

    “(Remember) when two angels recorded (his actions). One sits on the right and the other on the
    left.
    Not a single word was uttered, but there was a guardian angel in him who was always ready
    (to take notes)”.
    Qs. Qaf verses 17 and 18.

    9. Angel Malik

    The ninth angel is the Angel Malik. The duty of the Angel Malik is to guard the gates of hell.
    Hell is a place for people who always violate the commands of Allah SWT. Moreover,
    those who do not believe will be placed in hell.

    “O you who believe, protect yourselves and your families from the fires of hell whose fuel is humans and
    stones.
    Its guardians are angels who are rough and hard. They are not disobedient
    to Allah SQT for what He commands them and always do what they are ordered to do.
    Qs.
    At-Tahrim verse 6.

    10. Angel Ridwan

    Not only the gates of hell are guarded by angels. The gates of heaven are also guarded by the
    Angel Ridwan.
    Heaven is a place for believers. Those who always do good deeds and
    follow the orders and prohibitions of Allah SWT will be placed in heaven.

    Allah SWT said, “The parable of heaven which is promised to those who are pious (is like a garden), rivers
    flow beneath it;
    always fruitful and shady. That is the final place for those who
    are pious.
    While the last place for those who disbelieve is hell. QS Ar-Ra’d verse
    35.

    Angel’s characteristics

    1. Don’t like to brag

    This is the nature of angels that are very different from humans and jinn. If humans and jinn
    often boast, this is not the case with angels.
    Even though an angel has many features, he never
    boasts.

    Allah SWT says in Surah An Nahl:

    وَلِلّٰهِ يَسْجُدُ مَا فِى السient

    “And to Allah alone prostrate everything that is in the heavens and all creatures that crawl on the earth
    and (also) the angels, while they (angels) are not arrogant.”
    Verse 49

    2. Fear and always obey the commands of Allah SWT

    Humans are negligent creatures. So that it often prioritizes other things, compared to orders
    from Allah SWT.
    However, angels are the opposite. Angels will be very afraid if
    they don’t immediately carry out what Allah SWT has ordered.

    Angels will always comply with what has been assigned by Allah SWT. So that the angels always
    obey Allah SWT.

    Allah SWT says:

    يَخَافُوْنَ رَبَّهُمْ مِّنْ فَوْقِهِمْ وَيَفْعَلُوْنَ مَا يُؤْمَرُوْنَ

    “They fear their Lord who has power over them and carry out what is commanded (to them).” QS:
    An Nahl verse 50

    3. The glorified servant of Allah SWT

    Angels have high positions and degrees. That’s because angels are creatures that are glorified
    by Allah SWT.
    Angels are creatures that are very obedient in words and deeds.

    Allah SWT says

    Amen

    “And they said: “The Most Gracious has taken (had) a child,” Glory be to Allah. Actually (the
    angels) are glorified servants.
    In QS. Surah Al Anbiya verse
    26

    4. Never argue

    Angels are creatures that never argue with Allah SWT. They do not utter words in the presence
    of Allah SWT.
    The angels never go against all orders and decisions for them from Allah SWT.
    They always do everything they are ordered to do immediately.

    Allah SWT says

    لَا يَسْبِقُوْنَهٗ بِالْقَوْلِ وَهُمْ بِاَمْرِهٖ يَعْمَلُوْنَ

    Meaning: They did not precede Him with words and they carried out His commandments. QS.
    Al Anbiya verse 27

    5. Never disobedient

    Unlike humans, angels are never disobedient to Allah SWT. They will always be ready to carry
    out the commands of Allah SWT.
    In fact, they will not be late in the slightest to do the
    task.

    Angels are beings who have power. In addition, they also have no weaknesses.
    Whatever task is assigned to angels, it will always be done.

    Allah SWT says

    لَا يَعْصُونَ اللَّهَ مَا أَمَرَهُمْ وَيَفْعَلُونَ مَا يُؤْمَرُونَ

    “Those who do not disobey Allah in what He commands them and always do what they are commanded.”
    QS At-Tahrim verse 6

    6. Always glorify

    Angels are creatures that always glorify Allah SWT. They always praise Allah SWT.
    Both during the day and at night.

    Allah SWT says

    وَاِذْ قَالَ رَبُّكَ لِلْمَلٰۤىِٕكَةِ اِنِّيْ جَاعِلٌ فِى الْاَرْضِ خَلِيْفَةًۗ قَالُوْٓا اَتَجْعَلُ فِيْهَا مَنْ
    يُّفْسِدُ فِيْهَا وَيَسْفِكُ الدِّمَاۤءَۚ وَنَحْنُ نُسَبِّحُ بِحَمْدِكَ وَنُقَدِّسُ لَكَۗ قَالَ اِنِّيْٓ
    اَعْلَمُ مَا لَا تَعْلَمُوْنَ

    “(Remember) when your Lord said to the angels, “I will make caliphs 13) on earth. “They said,
    “Are you going to make people who destroy and shed blood there, while we glorify Your praise and sanctify
    Your name?”
    He said, “Indeed I know what you do not know”. QS Al-Baqarah verse
    30.

    7. Don’t like the smell of dogs and statues

    From Abu Talha radliallahu anhum, Rasulullah SAW said: “Angels will not enter a house in which there are
    dogs and statues”.
    HR. Bukhari no. 5493. Sahih.

    8. Do not eat and drink

    Unlike humans, angels are creatures that neither eat nor drink

    Allah SWT says:

    فَلَمَّا رَأَى أَيْدِيَهُمْ لَا تَصِلُ إِلَيْهِ نَكِرَهُمْ وَأَوْجَسَ مِنْهُمْ خِيفَةً قَالُوا لَا تَخَفْ إِنَّا
    أُرْسِلْنَا إِلَى قَوْمِ لُوطٍ وَامْرَأَتُهُ قَائِمَةٌ فَضَحِكَتْ

    “So when he saw that their hands were not touching him, Ibrahim looked at their actions strangely and was
    afraid of them.
    The angel said, “Don’t be afraid, in fact we are (angels) sent to the people of
    Lut.”
    And his wife was standing (behind the curtain), then he smiled. QS Hud
    verses 70 and 71.

    9. Able to change shape

    Angels are beings who can change their shape or form. Sometimes, angels can turn into humans.
    In fact, angels can also transform into horses.

    Allah SWT says:

    فَاتَّخَذَتْ مِنْ دُوْنِهِمْ حِجَابًاۗ فَاَرْسَلْنَآ اِلَيْهَا رُوْحَنَا فَتَمَثَّلَ لَهَا بَشَْهَا بَشَِْ

    “So he made a veil (protecting him) from them, then We sent Our spirit to him, so he incarnated before him
    (in the form of) a perfect human.”
    QS. Maryam verse 17

    10. No sex

    One of the characteristics of angels is that they are genderless. Unlike humans who are male
    and female.
    Angels are creatures created by Allah SWT without gender

    Amen

    “And if We had made him a messenger (from) an angel, We would have made him a man and (if We had made him a
    man), We would have made them still doubt as they are now doubtful.”
    QS. Surah Al
    An’am
    verse 9

    Those are the names and duties of angels. Angels are noble beings who need to be emulated.
    Find similar things at www.sinaumedia.com . sinaumedia as
    #FriendsWithoutLimits will always provide interesting articles and recommendations for the best books
    for Sinaumed’s.

    Source: from various sources

    Author: Wida Kurniasih

    • Procedure for Ablution
    • Definition of Al-Quran and Hadith
    • Definition of Morals
    • Noble Qualities
    • Honest Behavior in Islam
    • Definition of Zakat
    • Pillars of Hajj
    • Understanding Faith In Angels
    • Understanding Aurat
    • List of 99 Asmaul Husna
    • Zakat Fitrah and Zakat Mal
    • Meaning of Tablighi
    • Definition of Zakat Mal
    • The Meaning of the Title Al-Amin Rasulullah SAW
    • Definition of Faith in Language and Terms
    • Readings of Ayat Kursi and 12 of Its Virtue in Life
  • Mutations: Definition, Causes, Types, Benefits and Disadvantages of Mutations

    Definition of Mutation – Mutation is a change in the genetic material of a cell that is
    passed on to its offspring.
    Mutations can be caused by errors in the replication of genetic
    material during cell division caused by radiation, chemicals (mutagens), viruses, or can occur during the
    process of meiosis.
    Check out a more complete explanation of the following mutations,
    Sinaumed’s:

    A. Definition of Mutation

    Mutations are changes that occur in genetic material both at the gene level and at the chromosomal level.

    The purpose of mutation is to deal with natural changes that will arise at any time, so that when changes occur,
    there are two possibilities that can arise, namely the mutated trait is more adaptable than the original trait,
    so that the original character may disappear from circulation.

    Another possibility is that the mutated trait is not suitable for the new environment, so that the
    individual or population of a species that has it will decrease or become extinct.
    Based on
    this, it can be said that whether or not the mutated individual is suitable or not depends on the area where
    the individual or population lives.

    Mutations themselves are divided into Big Mutations and Small Mutations, Small Mutations only cause small changes
    that are sometimes not obvious in the phenotype or in other words there are variations where the mutated
    individual is only slightly different from their parents.

    Conversely, large mutations cause obvious changes in the phenotype and cause the phenotype of the offspring
    to be abnormal.
    Major mutations are the basis for a heritable source of variation in living
    organisms.
    Learn about mutations in the book Quantification and Phylogenetics of DNA
    Mutations.

    B. Causes of Mutations

    Mutations are events that change the information contained in DNA. Changes in this information
    can occur on a small scale in a few nucleotide bases, or on a chromosomal scale involving millions of
    nucleotide bases.

    Mutations can cause both good and bad changes and produce genetic variations. Mutations can be
    caused by internal and external factors.
    Mutations in DNA can cause changes in the resulting
    protein.
    Changes to the resulting protein can make a difference in humans.

    Several diseases in humans caused by mutations are color blindness and thalassemia. There are
    several types of mutations including substitution, deletion, insertion, duplication, inversion,
    translocation and others.

    The factors that cause mutations come from many aspects of environmental factors. These
    factors are known as mutagens.
    In general, environmental factors that cause mutations
    (mutation) are divided into:

    1. Physical Factors (Radiation)

    Mutagenic agents from physical factors in the form of radiation. Mutagenic radiation, among
    others, comes from cosmic rays, ultraviolet rays, gamma rays, X-rays, beta particles, heavy ion emission
    neutrons, and other rays that have ionizing power.

    Radiation is emitted by materials that are radioactive. A radioactive substance can change
    spontaneously into another substance that gives off radiation.
    There are radiations that cause
    ionization, there are those that don’t.

    Radiation that causes ionization can penetrate materials, including living tissue, through cells and ionize
    the molecules of substances in cells, so that these substances do not function normally or even become
    damaged.
    Visible rays of radio waves and heat from the sun or fire, also form radiation, but
    are not destructive.

    2. Chemical Factors

    Chemical Mutagens, for example colchicine and digitonin substances. Colchicine is a substance
    that can inhibit the formation of spindle fibers in the anaphase process and can inhibit cell division
    during anaphase.
    Other substances, for example:

    • Pesticides: DDT (agricultural and household insecticides), DDVP (insecticide, fumigam, livestock
      helminthic), Aziridine (used in the textile, wood and paper industries to kill house flies, mutagen in
      wasps, mice, neurospora, E, coli, and bacteriophage T4), TEM (used in textiles and medicine, eradicates
      house flies, mutagens in mice and insects, fungi, aberrations in mice, allium e coli and leukocytes).
    • Food and beverages: Caffeine (found in many drinks, coffee, tea, chocolate and lemonade containing cola, in
      the medical field for antihistamines and drugs for dizziness, blood vessel expansion, coronary), cyclamate
      and cyclohexylamine (widely used for flavoring food and beverages , Sodium nitrite and nitric acid (these
      substances are used to preserve meat, fish and cheese).

    3. Biological Factors

    More than 20 kinds of viruses cause chromosomal damage, for example the hepatitis virus causes aberrations
    in the blood and bone marrow.
    Measles, yellow fever, and smallpox viruses can also cause
    aberrations.

    C. Types of Mutations

    Mutations at the gene level are called point mutations, while mutations at the chromosomal level are
    usually called aberrations.
    Mutations in genes can lead to the emergence of new alleles and
    form the basis for new variations within species.
    Mutations occur at a low frequency in nature,
    typically lower than 1:10,000 individuals.
    Other types of mutations, including:

    1. Point mutation

    Point mutations are changes to the N base of DNA or RNA. Point mutations are common but their
    effects can be mitigated by gene recovery mechanisms.

    Point mutations can result in changes in the sequence of amino acids in proteins and changes or loss of
    enzyme function.
    Currently, many technologies use point mutations as markers (also called SNPs)
    to study changes that occur in genes and are associated with phenotypic changes.

    An example of a gene mutation is the reaction of nitric acid with adenine to form hypoxanthine.
    This substance will then take the place of the original adenine and pair with cytosine instead of
    thymine.
    Gene mutations are divided into three types, namely silent mutations, non-sense
    mutations, and miss-sense mutations.

    Silent mutations or silent mutations are codon changes that do not change the amino acid. This
    means that changes in DNA nucleotide bases have no effect on protein structure.

    In the figure, the AA nucleotide pairs change to TU, but the amino acids remain. A non-sense
    mutation is a meaningless mutation in which the mutation changes the amino acid codon to a stop codon.
    The stop codon stops the production of amino acids in the ribosome, so protein cannot be
    produced.

    Miss-sense mutations are mutations that change the codons of nucleotide bases and cause their amino acids
    to change.
    However, most proteins resulting from missense mutations are still functionally
    usable.
    Frame mutations or frameshift mutations are insertions or deletions of nucleotide
    bases.
    From the figure it can be seen that the T and A bases are removed from the DNA chain
    thereby changing the amino acids and making the mutated protein unusable.

    2. Big Mutation

    Chromosomal mutations, often also called major mutations or chromosomal aberrations, are changes in the
    number of chromosomes and the arrangement or sequence of genes in the chromosomes.
    Chromosomal
    mutations often occur due to errors in meiosis and few in mitosis.

    3. Aneuploidy

    Aneuploidy is a change in the number of n which indicates the number of sets of chromosomes.
    For example, human body cells have 2 packages of chromosomes so they are called 2n, where one human
    n package has 23 chromosomes.
    Aneuploidy is divided into two, namely autopolyploidy and
    allopolyploidy.
    In autopolyploidy, the n doubles due to errors in meiosis, while in
    allopolyploidy, namely marriage or hybridization between species with different number of sets of
    chromosomes.

    4. Aneusomy

    Aneusomy is a change in the number of chromosomes. The cause is anaphase lag (the event of
    spindle threads not attaching to the centromere) and non disjunction (failure to separate).
    Aneusomy in humans can cause:

    • Klinefelter’s syndrome, karyotype (22 AA+XXY), Trisomic condition of the gonosome chromosomes.
      Sufferers of Klinefelter’s Syndrome are male, but their testicles do not develop (testicular
      dysgenesis) so that they have aspermia and cannot have children (gynaecomastis).
    • Jacobs syndrome, karyotype (22AA+XYY), Trisomic condition of the gonosome chromosomes.
      People with this syndrome generally have psychopathic psychological disorders.
      Research itself shows that most of the people who go to prison are people who suffer from
      Jacobs Syndrome.
    • Turner syndrome, with a karyotype (22AA+X0, a condition in which the number of chromosomes is 45 and one sex
      chromosome is missing. The patient with Turner Syndrome is female, but the ovum does not develop (ovaricular
      dysgenesis).
    • Patau syndrome, karyotype (45A+XX/XY), Trisomic condition on autosomal chromosomes. This
      autosome has an abnormality on chromosome number 13, 14, or 15.
    • Edward’s syndrome, karyotype (45A+XX/XY), Trisomic condition on autosomes. Autosomes have
      abnormalities on chromosome number 16,17, or 18. Patients with this syndrome have an oval skull, short
      broad shoulders, slightly downturned ears and abnormal

    5. Chromosomal Mutations

    Chromosomal mutations are mutations that cause changes in genetic material on a large scale.
    According to bbc.co.uk, there are four types of chromosomal mutations, namely deletions,
    translocations, inversions and duplications.

    Deletion Deletion is the loss of part of a chromosome during meiosis. If the chromosome is
    broken or the telomere is damaged, the chromosome will lose many of the genes that are important for the
    expression of the individual.

    Deletion can lead to death of the individual in the form of a zygote or death at an early age.
    In addition to deletions, there are also insertions where chromosomes experience additional pieces
    of chromosomes.

    • Deletion Deletion is the loss of part of a chromosome during meiosis. If the chromosome
      is broken or the telomere is damaged, the chromosome will lose many of the genes that are important for
      the expression of the individual.
      Deletion can lead to death of the individual in the form
      of a zygote or death at an early age.
      In addition to deletions, there are also insertions
      where chromosomes experience additional pieces of chromosomes.
    • Translocation Reporting from ThugtCo, translocation is a mutation caused by the attachment of a piece
      of chromosome to a non-homologous chromosome.
      Translocations can cause unexpressed genes to
      become a serious problem.
    • Inversion is the event of attaching the broken chromosome back to the original chromosome, but with
      the reverse position.
      Inversions are called silent mutations because they do not cause
      serious problems in the individual.
    • Duplication is a chromosomal mutation in which some chromosomes replicate causing the addition of the same
      gene in one section.

    D. Benefits and Disadvantages of Mutations

    Mutations are changes that occur in the genetic material, both DNA and RNA. These changes can
    occur at the level of the gene sequence (also called point mutations) or at the level of the chromosome
    sequence which is called aberration.
    The probability of a mutation occurring in nature is as
    much as 1 in 10,000 individuals.

    1. Mutation Benefits

    In general, mutations are harmful, the mutants are lethal and homozygous recessive. However,
    mutations can also be beneficial, among other things, through mutations, superior polyploid plants can be
    created.
    For example, seedless watermelons, seedless oranges, large strawberries, and so on.
    Mutation is also one of the keys to evolution in the world.

    We can see this in the evolution that has occurred in humans from time to time which is discussed in the book The
    Britannica Education Series: Evolution which is packaged with various illustrations so that learning is fun.

    The formation of polyploid plants is beneficial for humans, but detrimental for plants that have mutations,
    because these plants become unable to reproduce generatively.
    Although biologically most
    mutations cause disturbances in individual conditions, mutations are actually one of the keys to adapting a
    species (species) to a new or ever-changing environment.
    This positive side is exploited by a
    number of fields of applied biology, including:

    a. Tumor Therapy

    The application of radiotherapy radiation (such as irradiation with X-rays) and chemotherapy is useful in
    inhibiting the development of tumor cells and cancer.
    This therapy functions to induce
    mutations in cancer cells.
    The mutation agent will cause the target cells to stop growing
    because they are unable to reproduce themselves.

    b. Breeding

    Exposure of plants to ionizing radiation, such as gamma rays from Co-60, or to certain chemicals, such as
    EMS and DS.
    In this application, mutations are not intended to kill the cell, but to change the
    arrangement of nitrogenous bases in the DNA or to cause segmental mutations.
    The hope is that
    some cells will develop beneficial mutations.
    These mutations are mostly carried out on
    horticultural crops, such as vegetables and ornamental plants.

    c. Improved Crop Yield

    Seedless fruits, such as watermelons, are produced. If we are going to cultivate watermelons,
    it is necessary to pay attention to its production.
    Watermelon fruit will have a better selling
    value if it is large and without seeds.

    For that it is necessary to administer colchicine. Colchicine can be purchased at herbal
    medicine stores.
    How to use colchicine can be read on the label instructions for use in plants.
    Through the implementation of this mutation, it can provide good business opportunities in
    increasing the yields of the crops we plant, so as to increase income.

    Through mutation events, ornamental plants that have high economic value can be obtained, for example, what
    is popular in society today is the Aglonema ornamental plant.
    The price of this plant reaches
    tens of millions of rupiah.
    This can be used as a promising business opportunity.
    This new variety can be produced by giving colchicine to plants.

    Mutations can increase agricultural production, including wheat, tomatoes, polyploid coconuts, polyploid
    cabbage, and so on.
    The yield of antibiotics, such as Penicillium mutants, will increase even
    more.
    Mutation is a very useful process for evolution and genetic variation.

    One example we can see in various plant cultivation techniques in the book Basics of Plant Cultivation
    Techniques.

    2. Negative Impact of Mutations

    Besides having several benefits, mutations also have negative impacts, you know . The
    negative effects of mutations include impacts on humans, namely the emergence of diseases such as Turner
    Syndrome, Klinefelter, Jacob Syndrome, Patau Syndrome, Edward Syndrome, Metafemale, and Sickle Cell
    Anemia.
    The following is a more detailed explanation:

    • Turner syndrome is a genetic disorder in women due to a lack of one X chromosome. Usually, women have
      XX sex chromosomes, totaling 46 pieces, but in people with Turner Syndrome, the chromosomes become XO
      and only have 45 pieces.
      People with Turner Syndrome are also infertile.
    • Jacob’s syndrome affects men. Jacob’s syndrome occurs because there is 1 extra Y
      chromosome in males, so the chromosome becomes XYY.
      Although it causes genetic disorders,
      this syndrome is not hereditary.
    • Klinefelter’s syndrome is a disorder caused by an extra X chromosome in males. Therefore,
      in Klinefelter’s sufferers, the chromosome becomes XXY.
      One of the visible physical
      characteristics of sufferers of this syndrome is enlarged breasts.
      Apart from Klinefelter’s
      syndrome, another disorder caused by imperfect gene mutations is Patau’s syndrome
    • Patau Syndrome or Trisomy 13. People with Patau Syndrome have 3 copies of chromosomes and have an
      abnormality on the 13th chromosome.
      In addition, Patau’s syndrome is a genetic condition,
      so this disease can only be inherited by lineage.
    • Edward’s syndrome is also a chromosomal disorder. The chromosome that has abnormalities
      in Edward’s Syndrome is chromosome number 18. One of the characteristics of babies who have Edward’s
      Syndrome is the fingers that overlap with the condition of the palms of the hands clasping.
      The next syndrome caused by chromosomal abnormalities is metafemale syndrome
    • Metafemale Syndrome This syndrome is often also called the superwoman syndrome, which causes the
      sufferer to have a larger stature than women in general.
      This is due to the extra X
      chromosome in the sufferer, so that people with Metafemale Syndrome usually have XXX chromosomes.

    Source: from various sources

    Find interesting things about mutation through this book:

    Recommended Books & Articles Related to Mutations

  • Musyrik: Definition, Characteristics, Examples & Differences with Shirk

    The definition of Muslim

    Mushrik is a term in which a person associates partners with Allah and is contrary to the teachings of
    monotheism which unites Allah.
    The word shirk itself comes from the word syirkah or fellowship,
    which is to associate or make a counterpoint to the laws of other teachings apart from the teachings or laws
    of Allah.

    Shirk is also a moral that goes beyond the limits of the rules and is contrary to the principle of
    monotheism, namely serving, obeying consciously, and voluntarily obeying a teaching or order other than the
    teachings of Allah.
    In Islam, shirk is a sin that cannot be forgiven except through repentance
    and leaving polytheism as far as possible.
    polytheism itself is then carried out by following
    various teachings other than the teachings of Allah and consciously and voluntarily a person justifies the
    teachings of shirk from within and carries them out in action and tries to uphold and maintain the
    continuity of these shirk teachings).

    Polytheism that occurs socially or communally (congregation or nation) is then explained in Surah Ar-Ruum 31-32:
    “…returning to repentance to Him and fearing Him and establish prayer and do not be among those who associate
    Allah, (Ar-Rum 30:31).

    So group or sectarian fanaticism by being divided from the teachings of Allah which is a great polytheism
    because it involves humans socially, including by creating groups or sects that are contrary to various
    sources of Islamic law (Hadith and Quran) with the aim of their own group interests and creating rules
    (based on the interests of the group).
    This situation also causes disintegration between
    humans, if there is peace then what happens is pseudo peace, so that God’s will for humans cannot be carried
    out because of chaos.

    The purpose of sending the Apostles themselves is to reintegrate humans from a divided condition, back into
    a united Ummah in one Principle or Principle (Rububiyah).
    One power or Mulkiyah and one
    obedience or Uluhiyah.
    While these principles or principles already exist in this universe
    along with the Books of Allah that were sent down as the source of all sources of Islamic law.

    Characteristics of polytheists and
    verses of the Qur’an about polytheists

    The characteristics of a polytheist himself can be seen from how he worships God other than Allah SWT, with
    the aim of worshiping other than the Creator, he also often obeys other than Allah SWT in terms of
    disobedience and equates him with other than Allah SWT in terms of his love.
    For example,
    polytheistic behavior or worshiping something other than Allah, while the heaviest behavior of polytheists
    is worshiping something other than Allah SWT.

    For example, in worshiping statues, tombs, stones, wood, or other objects, including humans.
    Musyrik people also have the belief that these objects are gods who are able to create good and
    evil.
    He also partners with God. Believing that there are creatures other than
    Allah who also have many of the same characteristics as Allah is a polytheistic behavior, besides that
    making religious leaders as God is also a polytheistic behavior.
    In the science of monotheism,
    the behavior of deifying or deifying humans is also known as Ghuluw.

    After understanding the meaning, find out more about this polytheist through the verses of the Koran.
    Consider a number of verses of the Koran as follows:

    1. Associating partners with Allah

    As previously mentioned, associating partners with Allah SWT is a manifestation of the attitude of
    polytheists.
    The polytheists themselves are placed in hell by Allah SWT. This is
    also in accordance with the sound of surah Al-Maidah verse 72 as follows:

    لَقَدْ كَفَرَ الَّذِينَ قَالُوا إِنَّ اللَّهَ هُوَ الْمَسِيحُ ابْنُ مَرْيَمَ ۖ وَقَالَ الْمَسِيحُ يَا بَنِي
    إِسْرَائِيلَ اعْبُدُوا اللَّهَ رَبِّي وَرَبَّكُمْ ۖ إِنَّهُ مَنْ يُشْرِكْ بِاللَّهِ فَقَدْ حَرَّمَ اللَّهُ
    عَلَيْهِ الْجَنَّةَ وَمَأْوَاهُ النَّارُ ۖ وَمَا لِلظَّالِمِينَ مِنْ أَنْصَارٍ

    Meaning: “Surely they have disbelieved those who say: “Indeed Allah is the Messiah son of Maryam”, even
    though Al Masih (himself) said: “O Children of Israel, worship Allah, my Lord and your Lord”.
    Verily, whoever associates (something with) Allah, then surely Allah has forbidden paradise for
    him, and the place is hell, there is no helper for the wrongdoers.”
    As an illustration,
    examples of polytheists are those who ask for help other than Allah, for example asking statues or dead
    people.

    2. Charity But Riya

    Musyrik people also generally do acts of worship with the aim of showing off or showing off.
    In Islam this act is included in the minor shirk so that the practice in it is no longer counted as
    a reward.
    In surah Al-Kahf verse 10 itself, Allah SWT says:

    إِذْ أَوَى ٱلْفِتْيَةُ إِلَى ٱلْكَهْفِ فَقَالُوا۟ رَبَّنَآ master اتِنَا مِن لَّدُنكَ رَحْمَةign

    Meaning: “Whoever hopes to meet his Lord, let him do good deeds and let him not associate anyone in worshiping
    his Lord.”

    3. Hanging Something Not To God

    A Muslim with polytheistic nature will tell all matters to other than Allah SWT. This then
    makes them a people abandoned by Him.
    In surah Al-Israa ‘verse 22 itself Allah SWT then says as
    follows:

    لَّا تَجْعَلْ مَعَ ٱللَّهِ إِلَٰهًا ءَاخَرَ فَتَقْعُدَ مَذْمُومًا مَّخْذُولًا

    Meaning: “Do not set up other gods beside Allah, so that you will not be disgraced and not abandoned (God).”

    4. Worship But Not for Allah

    Someone who has polytheistic nature can also be diligent in worship. However, the worship he
    does is not solely for or because of Allah.
    In Surah Hud verses 15-16, Allah SWT says, “Whoever
    wants the life of this world and its ornaments, We will surely give them a perfect reward for their work in
    this world and they will not be harmed in that world.
    Those are the people who will not get
    anything in the Hereafter, except Hell and what they have worked for in this world will disappear and what
    they have done will be in vain.”

    5. Loving Something Beyond His Love for
    Allah

    The characteristics of people who are polytheists or associate partners with Allah can also be seen from
    what they love.
    Generally, someone with polytheistic nature will love something excessively
    beyond his love for Allah SWT.
    In fact, true human love is then only intended by God alone.
    In surah Al-Baqarah verse 165, Allah SWT then said:

    وَمِنَ ٱلنَّاسِ مَن يَتَّخِذُ مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ أَندَادًا يُحِبُّونَهُمْ كَحُبِّ ٱللَّهِ ۖ وَٱلَّذِينَ
    ءَامَنُوٓا۟ أَشَدُّ حُبًّا لِّلَّهِ ۗ وَلَوْ يَرَى

    ٱلَّذِينَ ظَلَمُوٓا۟ إِذْ يَرَوْنَ ٱلْعَذَابَ أَنَّ ٱلْقُوَّةَ ل above

    Meaning: “And among humans there are those who worship rivals besides Allah; they love him as
    they love Allah.
    As for those who believe, their love for Allah is exceedingly great.
    And if those who commit injustice know when they see the punishment (on the Day of Resurrection),
    that all power belongs to Allah, and that Allah is very severe in punishment (they will regret it).”
    Allah SWT does not forgive people who are polytheists and polytheists. In surah
    An-Nisa verse 48, Allah SWT says:

    ِنَّ اللَّهَ لَا يَغْفِرُ أَنْ يُشْرَكَ بِهِ وَيَغْفِرُ مَا دُونَ ذَٰلِكَ لِمَنْ يَشَاءُ ۚ وَمَنْ يُشْرِكْ
    بِاللَّهِ فَقَدِ افْتَرَىٰ إِثْمًا عَظِيمًا

    Meaning: Surely Allah will not forgive the sin of shirk, and He forgives all other sins other than (shirk),
    for whom He wills.
    Whoever associates partners with Allah, he has indeed committed a great
    sin.

    By understanding how big a sin you should avoid polytheism and polytheism. Thus, we will then
    always be under the protection of Allah SWT.

    Three Kinds of Mushrik

    Musyrik people are those who believe in the existence of Allah SWT, but also still believe in other powers
    besides Allah SWT.
    Sheikh Ibn Hasan Bisry At-Turjani also stated that there are three types of
    polytheists.
    According to some scholars, these three groups include pure polytheists,
    polytheists in deeds or believe in magical objects, and polytheists worshiping sacred places, trees, graves,
    and taking allegiance to demons or jinns.
    Check out the more detailed explanation below:

    1. Pure polytheists

    A pure polytheist is a person whose actions and ways of worship are not in accordance with Islamic
    religious beliefs.
    They deny religion, and prefer to follow acts that are not in accordance
    with the faith committed by their ancestors.
    “From among them there are usually people who are
    elders, as spiritual leaders for all the people in a village or village,” he said.

    2. Deed polytheists

    Deeds polytheists are people who claim to be Muslim, but in their acts of worship do not reflect a
    believer.
    He recited the creed, fasted, prayed, gave alms and went on pilgrimage.
    But even so, he also still believes in other things, such as still believing in magical objects,
    keris, spears, tosan aji, or other objects that are considered to have supernatural powers.
    He
    also likes to go to shamans or smart people.

    3. Worship polytheists

    Idolaters are ordinary Muslims who still go to sacred places, such as the graves of saints, not to make
    pilgrimages but only to receive blessings.
    Most of them also do not understand Islamic beliefs,
    so besides believing in God, they also believe in caves, trees or other places that are considered sacred.
    They also make a pact with the guardian of a sacred place, it is like a mountain which they think
    can give wealth.
    Thus they have also pawned part of their lives to be handed over to the caves
    or mountain guardians or those to later receive wealth in return, even though they have to pay offerings, in
    the form of sacrifices according to the agreement.

    The difference between Musyrik and Shirk

    Then what is the difference between Shirk and Musyrik? Musyrik are people who equate Allah SWT
    with other than Allah with things related to the specialness of Allah.
    Mushrik can also be
    interpreted as a person who turns something to other than Allah.
    They are those who associate
    partners with Allah not only in I’tikad or beliefs, speech, and deeds.
    As for the
    characteristics of polytheists, they include turning the form of worship to other than Allah SWT with the
    aim of obeying other than Allah and equating their love for other creatures which is aligned with their love
    for Allah.
    While Shirk is an act of associating partners with Allah SWT in terms of His
    rububiyah, His uluhiyah, Asma (names) and His attributes.
    The most striking signs of shirk and
    in accordance with the words of the Qur’an include walking not in the way of Allah SWT,
    majesty
    and self-humiliation that depend on other than Allah SWT, also carry out laws that are produced other than
    Allah SWT.
    Apart from that, a person who is shirk also runs unions with other than Him, he also
    supports activities that are not pleasing to Allah SWT, and is afraid of other than Him, and tries for other
    than Allah SWT.

    Books Related to Musyrik

    1. Live in Prayer

    Praying is the nature of man as a servant. Not only aiming to fulfill dreams, prayer is a way
    of establishing an intimate relationship with God.
    Therefore, the strings of words should also
    be full of glory.
    This book of Life in Prayer presents all the beautiful prayers, dhikr,
    blessings, and practices to treat anxiety.
    Starting from prayer for learning, mate, fortune,
    self-protection, self-calm, plague, repentance, to many other specific and actual prayers that you need in
    navigating the hopes and endeavors of life.

    2. Introduction to Fiqh Rules

    Fiqh rules occupy a very important position in the study of Islamic law. Fiqh rules are one of
    the four important pillars of Islamic law.
    The fiqh rules are a collection of many fiqh issues
    that can provide convenience for experts and practitioners of Islamic law in carrying out the process of
    determining the law.
    Thus, the principles of fiqh can be used as a reference for thinking
    (theoretical framework).
    There are already quite a number of books that discuss fiqh principles
    and become a guide for students, especially students of the Sharia faculty, but those that explain in detail
    starting from concept, history, comparison to implementation of fiqh principles both basic principles and
    general and special fiqh rules are still rare.
    The book entitled “Introduction to the Rules of
    Jurisprudence” can be read by students of the Sharia faculty at a number of universities in Indonesia.
    In addition, this book can also be used by academics, researchers, observers and practitioners in
    the field of Islamic law.

    3. 50 Nabawiyah Rules for Soul and Life

    This book is entitled, “50 Nabawiyah Principles” written by DR. Umar bin Abdullah Al-Muqbil.
    A scholar as well as a prolific writer. Previously he successfully presented a book,
    “50 Rules of the Qur’an.”
    And, this book is a part of the previous book. The
    practical value of this book is a feature of its own, because the author presents implementative
    explanations for immediate practice in everyday life.
    It is very visible that the author
    understands the actual world with all its problems.
    With nabawiyah rules, the complexity can be
    explained.
    With the scattered Nabawiyah rules, they can be put together. With
    Nabawiyah rules that are disconnected can be reconnected.
    And, this is one of the uniqueness
    that exists in Islamic law, not found in any religion.
    This book is presented in a language
    that is easy to understand.
    Inevitably, this book deserves your possession.

    4. Common Sense Muslims

    The more modern the times do not guarantee that humans will be smarter in thinking and do not guarantee
    that humans will become wiser in what they do.
    In fact, humans are increasingly out of control
    and increasingly wild towards themselves (read: lust).
    Humans often lose their minds.
    It doesn’t mean that he doesn’t use his mind, it’s just that his mind is made shallow
    (intentionally or not) so that reason (as a collective consciousness) cannot understand carefully,
    precisely, and logically when making practical considerations.
    Ironically, in this chaotic age
    people who are not ‘common sense’ are made role models by people who are not ‘common sense’.
    So, life is getting chaotic, feet on heads and heads on feet. That’s why this book
    comes to the lap of readers as material for reflection.
    The writings in this book are
    accompanied by reflective stories that are hoped to be able to open our collective consciousness, especially
    in religion.
    Also as a response to the ‘templates’ that have recently occurred in society and
    are busy on social media, especially those related to religion.
    There is no intention to
    patronize in this book, let alone self-justification.
    Everything is left to the readers to draw
    conclusions.
    Hopefully the presence of this book can be useful! Everything is left
    to the readers to draw conclusions.
    Hopefully the presence of this book can be useful!
    Everything is left to the readers to draw conclusions. Hopefully the presence of this
    book can be useful!

  • Musyarakah: Definition, Pillars, Types, and Differences with Murabaha Contracts

    Musyarakah: Definition, Pillars, Types, and Differences with Murabaha Contracts

    Musyarakah is an important contract in Islamic economics, which is increasingly recognized by residents in Indonesia. As adherents of Islam continue to understand the importance of muamalah, especially in the economic aspect, they are turning to contracts that are permissible in Islamic law.

    Among the various contracts used in Indonesia, musyarakah, mudharabah, and murabahah are the most widely used, with musyarakah being an important contract in Islamic banking services. As the lifestyle of the public changes, Islamic banking services are becoming more popular and musyarakah is one of the contracts that offers products to customers.

    In this article, we will discuss the musyarakah contract in more detail, and Sinaumed’s friends can follow along to learn more about it. By understanding the musyarakah contract, we can better navigate the world of Islamic economics and make informed decisions in our financial transactions.

    Definition of Musyarakah Contract

    Musyarakah, also known as Syirkah or Syarikah, means partnership or cooperation in English. It is a type of contract used in Islamic banking, where two or more parties collaborate to achieve a specific mission in the field of business. Each party has an equal share in the business according to their capital contribution and has the right to monitor (voting rights) in the industry according to their respective proportions.

    In the Sharia Economic Law Group, Syirkah is defined as a collaboration between two or more people in terms of investment, expertise, belief in a special endeavor, with an allotment of profits sourced from family relationships. The DSN-MUI teachings define Musyarakah as financing based on a cooperation agreement between two or more parties for a special undertaking, where each party contributes a budget with the determination that profits and risks will be guaranteed together according to the agreement.

    Islamic banking interprets Musyarakah as a financing product based on the principle of loss sharing profits in the form of aggregation of capital of the parties with the mission of having a heritage, effort, or special blueprint. The profits and risks are determined according to the agreed contract and split based on family relationships for the results agreed upon in the contract.

    In the musyarakah platform product financing agreement between the investor, in this case, the bank, and the customer, both investors deposit capital according to the ratio. Profits received from projects or efforts are distributed according to the share of capital participation (family relations) between the bank and the customers.

    In conclusion, musyarakah is an important concept in Islamic economics and banking, where it allows for collaboration and partnership in business endeavors while adhering to the principles of Islamic finance.

    The difference between a Musyarakah
    Contract and a Murabaha Contract

    In addition, it is important for Sinaumed’s to understand the differences between a musyarakah contract and a murabaha contract. By doing so, they can better distinguish between the two and deepen their understanding of each. Below are some key differences between musyarakah and murabaha contracts.

    Musyarakah contract

    • Collaborative activity or association between two or more parties. Both
      participating parties contributed in the form of budget and resources.
    • Enter into the type of blending blessing presence of similar activity method formed.
    • Profits come from early agreements. Moreover, cooperation in carrying out
      blueprints or business fields has uncertain income levels.
    • Losses are shared based on the included capital ratio.

    Murabahah contract

    • Derived from the word rabahah which means profit or profit. In murabaha,
      buying and selling activities take place either in cash or in installments which of the buying and
      selling activities generate profits for the trader.
    • Enter the type of alteration because there is a difference between objects and money.
    • The special advantage is received by the trader while the consumer gets a profit in the form
      of object ownership.
    • Losses occur when consumers are unable to pay installments. For this
      reason, it is necessary to have an agreement between the seller and the consumer to give up the
      consumer’s inability to pay or the consumer to resell the object purchased where the excess is made into
      debt by the consumer.

    Pillars and Terms of the Musyarakah Contract

    To do musyarakah, it is also necessary to understand its pillars. The following are the
    pillars of musyarakah.

    1. Contract actors, business partners
    2. The subject of the contract is capital (mall), activities (drabah)
    3. Shighar, namely Offer and Acceptance
    4. Family relationship profit (for the results).

    In addition, there are certain terms related to Musyarakah that are important to consider.

    For Hanafiyah, the terms related to Musyarakah can be broken down into four parts. The first part relates to all forms of Musyarakah with wealth or others. It is important that what coincides with the goods being contracted must be accepted as a representative. The second provision is that the profit allotment must be real and recognized by both parties. The second part relates to Musyarakah with plaza (wealth), where issues such as the type of capital used and the amount must be addressed. The third part relates to Mufawadhah Syirkah, which requires that the capital be the same and that those who are experts in Syirkah for Kafalah. The fourth part is related to the subject of the contract, which requires an ordinary Syurkah for various buying and selling or trading.

    For Malikiyah, the conditions related to the person carrying out the contract are independence, puberty, and intelligence. Shafi’iyah, on the other hand, believes that only Inan Syirkah is legally stipulated, and the other types of Syirkah are delayed.

    To ensure the validity of a Musyarakah contract, certain conditions must be met, such as the habitat being able to be represented according to the permission of each party, the profit allotment percentage being known from the beginning, and the rationing of profits being determined as a percentage.

    Types of Musyarakah Contracts

    Broadly speaking, musyarakah is categorized into two types, namely ownership musyarakah (shirkah al amlak), and contract musyarakah (shirkah al aqad).

    1. Shirkah Amlak
    • Syirkah endeavor
    • Syirkah ikhtiyar (sincere)
    • Syirkah jabar (insistence)
    1. Shirkah al Aqad
    • Tasarruf who is the subject of the syirkah contract must be represented.
    • The profit that is obtained is joint ownership which is divided according to the agreement.
    • Top down, so that each musyarakah body has authority over other syndicate bodies to carry out tasarruf.
    • The profit share for each musyarakah body must be clearly defined.
    • Compulsory profit is a part that is owned jointly, not by determination.

    Types of Shirkah al Aqad

    • Shirkah inan
    • Shirkah wujuh
    • Shirkah mufawadah
    • Shirkah mudharabah
    1. Shirkah inan
    • A cooperation contract between 2 or more people with the body (body) or assets of both of which they already know even though they are not the same.
    • Most profits are intended for the most contract executives.
    1. Shirkah wujuh
    • A contract between 2 or more people who have a good name, good prestige and are experts in the field of business, without the involvement of capital.
    • Profits can be shared by both.
    1. Shirkah mufawadhah
    • A cooperation contract between 2 or more people.
    • Each party has participation in distributing equal shares, both in capital, responsibility and voting rights.
    1. Shirkah mudharabah
    • An agreement between the owner of capital (shohibul mall) and a worker (mudharib), to manage money from the owner of capital in a particular trade whose profits are divided according to a mutual agreement.

    Advantages and Disadvantages of Musyarakah

    In this final discussion, let us look at the advantages and disadvantages of musyarakah.

    Advantages:

    • Profit: The distribution of profits is agreed upon and cannot be altered during the capital duration. Profit sharing can be tiered, depending on the agreement between the parties. Profit sharing can be done using the profit and loss sharing method or revenue sharing method, based on the financial information of the customer.
    • Risk sharing: Banks and customers share losses according to their respective capital ownership. In cases of loss due to dishonesty, negligence, or breach of contract, the loss is divided based on the ratio of each party’s capital ownership.

    Disadvantages:

    • Lack of control: Each party does not have complete control over the business, as decisions are made through mutual agreement.
    • Shared profits: Profits must be shared with other parties, which may reduce the overall profit received.

    If you are considering entering into a musyarakah contract, it is advisable to seek the advice of an expert to avoid mistakes or regrets in the future. You can also refer to books on contract transactions in Islam to learn more about musyarakah.

  • Must Know! Characteristics of a Tropical Climate, the Climate of Indonesia

    Characteristics of a Tropical Climate – Indonesia is part of a country that has a tropical climate. Tropical itself is an adjective from tropics which means “spinning” because the position of the sun changes between two tropics in one period.

    Often too many people think climate, season, and weather are the same thing. Though there is a difference between the three. So, so that Sinaumed’s doesn’t misunderstand the difference, he also has deeper knowledge, let’s look at the full explanation below.

    Definition of Tropical Climate

    Climate is a state of average weather conditions in an area over a long period of time, at least 30 years. This climate can be influenced by air humidity, air temperature, sunlight, atmosphere, rainfall, and of course the equator.

    Basically, the climate is divided into four types, namely tropical, subtropical, temperate, and polar climates. This climate difference occurs because of the existence of the equator. In parts of the earth that are close to the equator, usually have tropical and subtropical climates. On the other hand, the parts of the earth that are far from the equator have temperate as well as polar climates.

    The tropical climate itself is generally located in areas that are located between the isotherm lines in the northern and southern parts of the earth. Precisely at a position of 23.5 degrees north latitude (°N) and 23.5 degrees south latitude (°S).

    There is also a tropical climate that lies right on the equator. In accordance with its natural state, the tropical region is divided into two. The first is dry tropical areas such as steppes, dry savannas and deserts. Then secondly there are humid climates such as savannas, tropical rain forests, and areas with wet seasons.

    According to Lippsmeier, Indonesia is included in the tropical rain forest area around the north and south equator. This climate character is usually characterized by precipitation and also high humidity. Followed by a slight wind and exchange. This is caused by high humidity, as well as moderate to strong solar radiation.

    In addition, the tropical climate has two seasons each year, namely the dry season and the rainy season. Usually the dry season occurs between March and August, while the rainy season occurs between September and February.

    Characteristics of a Tropical Climate

    Each climate has unique characteristics or features and can be used to distinguish one climate from another. Below are the characteristics of a tropical climate:

    1. Changes in air temperature tend to be normal and not too extreme.
    2. Located between the lines 23.5°N and 23.5°S.
    3. Evaporation of sea water occurs quite high because there are clouds in the atmosphere.
    4. Rainfall is relatively higher and longer each year. This also affects soil fertility in tropical climates.
    5. Rainfall is higher and lasts longer than any other climate in the world.
    6. The air pressure is low and changes in pressure occur slowly.
    7. In dry tropical climates, the air can turn around quickly, this is due to the Earth’s return radiation, which is also fast.
    8. Wet tropical areas usually have green and dense vegetation in the forest.
    9. It has a small annual amplitude, which is around 1-5 degrees Celsius, except for a larger daily amplitude.
    10. The air temperature in a tropical climate is very high. During the day it can reach 45 degrees Celsius, and at night it can reach 10 degrees Celsius.
    11. Areas with a tropical climate usually always get sunlight every year because it is located near the equator.
    12. The air temperature tends to be high caused by the vertical position of the sun. Usually the temperature is at 20 to 30 degrees Celsius, for some places there are also more than 30 degrees Celsius.
    13. If there is a significant change in the tropical climate, then the global climate can be affected.

    As previously mentioned, during the day in tropical climates the sun is always full vertically. And not only Indonesia, which feels it. There are also several other countries that have a tropical climate. Are as follows:

    1. States of America
    • All countries in Central America
    • Caribbean Islands Territory
    • Nassau in the Bahamas Islands
    • Upper South America includes Peru, Bolivia, Suriname, Colombia, Paraguay, Ecuador, Venezuela, Brazil, Argentina and northern Chile.
    • Part of Mexico
    1. Asian continent
    • Southeast Asia
    • Hong Kong
    • Maldives Islands
    • Part of Taiwan
    • Parts of Bangladesh
    • Southern part of India
    1. Countries in the Middle East
    • Yemen
    • South of Saudi Arabia
    • Oman
    • United Arab Emirates

    Tropical Climate Type

    Although in this world the climate has been divided into four, it turns out that tropical climates can be further divided into three types. This division is based on the amount of rainfall in each region. The following is a more detailed explanation of the three.

    1. Tropical Savanna Climate

    This area with a tropical savanna climate is the driest area because it has less rainfall than other types of tropical climates. In this area quite often drought occurs which can cause flora and fauna to die.

    Sudan, East Africa, West Madagascar, South Africa, Central Brazil, Bolivia, Northern Australia, and Paraguay are countries that have a tropical savanna climate.

    2. Tropical Monsoon Climate

    This type of tropical climate usually averages above 18°C ​​(64.4°F) each month. Because of this, this climate is often also referred to as a climate between wet Af (or tropical rainforest climate) and Aw (or tropical savanna climate).

    In addition, this tropical monsoon climate also tends to be exposed to more sunlight than tropical rain forest climates. Therefore, it is not surprising that this climate has warm weather all year round. Countries that enter this tropical monsoon climate include Southeastern Brazil, Sri Lanka, India, Myanmar, Guyana, Southwest Africa, and Bangladesh.

    3. Tropical Rain Forest Climate

    Tropical rainforest climates are usually found in areas located on the equator at 10-15 degrees LU and LS. In areas with a tropical rain forest climate, the winds are very calm but the rainfall is high. On the other hand, the dry season generally only lasts for two months.

    Global warming is enough to affect the cycle of changing the dry season and rainy season in tropical climates. As stated in the book Science of Climate Change by PUTRI SETIANI, ST, MES, PH.D.

    In a tropical rain forest, one day and the next can feel very similar. Meanwhile, the temperature changes between daytime and night also tend to be greater. Especially when compared with the average temperature changes that occur throughout the year.

    Forests as the lungs of the world certainly have many benefits for human life, including tropical rain forests which can balance the ecosystem in an area. Another benefit of the tropical rain climate is for the defense and also the growth of rainforests in Indonesia and other tropical regions.

    Some countries in the world that have a tropical rainforest climate are Indonesia, Congo, Fiji, Malaysia, Sri Lanka, Papua New Guinea, the Philippines, Singapore, Madagascar, Brunei, Suriname, Brazil, Colombia, Peru, Micronesia, Nicaragua, and others. .

    Wet Tropical Climate Factors in Indonesia

    After knowing several things about the climate to the types of tropical climates, Sinaumed’s came to know that Indonesia actually falls into the tropical rain forest climate type and is categorized as wet tropical.

    This is apparently influenced by the shape and geographical location of Indonesia as an archipelagic country surrounded by two oceans, namely the Indian Ocean and the Pacific Ocean.

    Forests in Indonesia have many benefits that contribute greatly to the lives of the people around them. Because of that it is fitting for the forest to be protected by applying the concept of Forest Ecology. As stated in the book Forest Ecology by Indriyanto.

    The amount of sea evaporation causes an increase in rainfall and makes it humid. There are several other factors that also influence the existence of a wet tropical climate in Indonesia, and there are also three scales that influence Indonesia’s climate.

    1. Regional Scale
      At this scale, it means that the Indonesian archipelago is surrounded by five large islands. But that doesn’t include the small islands that spread from the tip of Sabang to Merauke, and are surrounded by seas and straits.
    1. Local Scale
      On a local scale, it means that Indonesia has several towering mountains. Meanwhile, mountains have an influence on rainfall, temperature, and climate. This is because mountains have lower temperatures than sea level.
    1. Global Scale
      This global scale means that Indonesia is surrounded by the Indian Ocean and the Pacific Ocean. As well as directly adjacent to the continents of Asia and Australia. With Indonesia’s location like that, it makes Indonesia have a Wet Tropical Climate.

    Tropical Climate Flora and Fauna

    Climate differences will give rise to differences in various flora and fauna in each region. This is because each flora and fauna has its own living habitat with a different way of survival. If the environment is no longer suitable for the habitat it should be, the flora and fauna will not be able to survive long in the area.

    In addition to climate, the type of soil can also affect the life of flora. While soil fertility is highly dependent on rainfall, temperature conditions and the intensity of sunlight in an area.

    For this reason, so that you don’t misunderstand the flora and fauna that can live in a tropical climate, here are the types:

    1. Tropical Climate Flora

    As we know that flora can grow in the right place or habitat, for example in tropical rain forests in tropical climates. In this type of forest there are homogeneous plants and dense leaves, and forest conditions tend to be darker because the intensity of sunlight is not too much. While the types of flora that can be found in tropical climates are:

    a. Meranti (Shorea and Parashorea)

    Meranti is a member of the Dipterocarpaceae (meranti-merantian) tribe which consists of large trees which are the main constituent of most of the wet tropical forests in the tropical lowland regions of Asia. A study in Kalimantan found that there were 9 genera (genus), 268 species (species), and 27 sub-species of meranti.

    b. Pine or Tusam

    Tusam or pine is the name for a group of plants that all join the genus Pinus. In Indonesia alone, trees called pines are usually Sumatran tusam (Pinus Merkusii Jungh. Et deVries).

    Pinus merkusii Jungh tree. et de Vriese is a type of pine that was first discovered by a German botanist Dr. FR Junghuhn with the name “Tusam” in the South Tapanuli area. This pine is a pine that grows natively in Indonesia.

    c. Keruing (Dipterocarpus)

    Keruing is generally a medium to large sized tree. It has a crown height of up to 65 meters and straight stems. When injured, the stems and branches emit a large amount of resin. Twigs on keruing hair, coarse or smooth. The leaves are broad, slightly thick, and wither quickly.

    d. Black Wood (Diospyros sp)

    Black wood plants originating from the Sulawesi region are known to have stronger wood than similar plants. Its characteristics are variegata (striped) and black with brown stripes. The size of this plant is medium to large and can reach a height of 40 meters. Stem diameter can reach 150 cm. Cylindrical rod shape with a scaly and colored surface.

    The selling price of ebony in the market is quite expensive because the amount is rare, hard and also thick. Usually this black wood is used as a material for making quality furniture.

    e. Palm (Palmae)

    The palm tree is an example of a plant that has strong resistance because it can live in various regions. Palm plants can grow well in various soil characteristics, from fertile to even arid soil. The distribution of palm trees is also very wide and can be found in tropical and subtropical regions.

    In addition, palm trees can be found in the highlands and lowlands. Besides being able to adapt in various environments, palm trees are also classified as plants that are easy to care for. Therefore, no need to be surprised if many people use this plant as a decoration because of its beauty and easy maintenance.

    f. Ironwood (Eusideroxylon zwageri)

    Ulin wood (Eusideroxylon zwageri) or commonly called iron wood is one of the most famous and strongest woods in its habitat, which is in the forests of Kalimantan. There are various regional names for Ulin, including bulian, onglen (South Sumatra), belian, tabulin, bulian rambai, telian, tulian and ironwood (Kalimantan).

    Ironwood has a very strong and durable quality. Ironwood or iron wood is also resistant to termite and stem borer attacks, resistant to changes in humidity and temperature and also resistant to sea water. Although this wood is very difficult to nail and saw, it is easy to split.

    g. Lime (Dryobalanops)

    Lime tree or Dryobalanops aromatica is a plant or flora that can grow in tropical Indonesia. This tree is a producer of camphor or camphor that we usually use everyday.

    However, this tree is one of the rare plants in Indonesia, the IUCN Redlist includes it in a vulnerable or vulnerable conservation status (species that are at risk of extinction in the wild in the future).

    h. Acacia (Acacia auriculiformis)

    Acacia auriculiformis or also known as broad leaf acacia is a plant from the Fabaceae family native to Indonesia, originally from the southern part of Papua. Currently it has spread in Papua New Guinea and northern Australia.

    This plant is also often found in dry areas such as savannas and monsoon forests. This plant is tolerant of critical and rocky soils.

    2. Fauna of Tropical Climate

    Animals or fauna that can survive in tropical climates will also be mentioned below. To find out, let’s look at the reading below.

    • Africa’s fauna includes the addax, giraffe, zebra, antelope, gorillas, elephants, pangolins, camels and hippos.
    • The Australis fauna as well as the Pacific islands and Eastern Indonesia include birds of paradise, cockatoos, kiwi, platypus and koalas.
    • The fauna of Southeast Asia, South Asia and West Indonesia include bears, tigers, rhinos, deer, orangutans, several types of reptiles and fish.
    • The fauna of Central America and South Africa includes bats, bulls, jaguars, lemurs and endemic fish such as piranhas.

    There are lots of flora and fauna in tropical areas like Indonesia. With a large number of them, the activity of introducing flora and fauna to children or nephews is sure to be much more fun using the book Collection of Exciting Science Facts Around You: The Flora and Fauna Series by Kadewi, Resa Eka Ayu S, Ade Rakhma Novita Sari.

    This is a discussion of the characteristics, types, and also the flora and fauna that live in tropical climates. See you in the next article!

  • Music Arts Medium: Definition, Types, Characteristics, and Functions of Music Arts

    Music Arts Medium – Sinaumed’s must be no stranger to the existence of this musical art! Yep, most people on this earth really depend on music for their life. It is even known that music is a form of art that has many fans, inseparable from modern music and traditional music. In addition, music is also another way to express feelings, ideas or emotions, apart from literature.

    As with other works of art, this art of music also has its own medium. The art medium of music is what makes something that can be called music and is known by many people. Then actually, what is the medium of the art of music? What is the history of the existence of music that can eventually develop into various kinds of this? What is the function of the art of music which is known in the eyes of the culture and religions on this earth? So, so that Sinaumed’s understands this, let’s look at the following review!

    Getting to Know What is a Medium in the Art of Music

    If discussing about what the medium of the art of music is, then the answer is tone . Yep, the art of music is present in human life in the form of a unity of rhythm, melody, harmony, form and style, and expression. Sinaumed’s must also know that the art of music doesn’t only have instruments, but also accompanied by vocals. This means, when there is someone who knows how to play a musical instrument or make an instrumental, but does not understand vocal techniques himself, he cannot be called a musician. Meanwhile, in other works of art, for example dance, the medium is the human body.

    Understanding the Art of Music

    Then if there are more questions about what is the art of music, does Sinaumed’s already know what is the right definition for this?

    Since in the term “art of music” there is the word “art” which is synonymous with beauty, pleasure, and recreation, the music that is created will usually be tailored to the tastes of the listeners. But if in the world of education, this art will be closely related to its influence on the mental and physical development of students. Not only that, now that music art education is included in the national education system, which will shape the behavior of students in a better direction because art can also introduce them to the values ​​and norms that exist in society.

    According to Jamalus, the art of music has a definition in the form of something that produces a work of art in the form of sound. From that sound, it can then become a song or other composition that shows the ideas and feelings of the creator, through musical elements such as rhythm, harmony, melody, song arrangement, and expression into a single unit. Meanwhile, David Ewen also argues that the art of music is the science and art of combinations of rhythmic and several tones. Both vocal and instrument forms also cover a melody and harmony as a form of expression to be expressed.

    So, from some of the experts’ opinions, it can be concluded that this art of music is a work of art whose ideas and feelings are embodied in a song with a composition of musical elements such as rhythm, harmony, melody, and expression into a single unit. You also need to know , Sinaumed’s, that this art of music is a product of beauty from human efforts to create beauty through sound arrangements that are arranged regularly. These efforts are usually carried out deliberately to obtain satisfaction that can be enjoyed by the human sense of hearing.

    Types and Characters in the Art of Music

    Sinaumed’s must also know that there are various types of music in this hemisphere. Each type of musical art has its own characteristics or characteristics so that each type of musical art has a different character from one another. Well, here are the types and characters that exist in the art of music.

    1. Traditional Music

    Traditional music is a type of music that originates from a tradition in an area that lives and develops in its community. This traditional music tends to be used as a local culture because it is directly related and seems to integrate into the daily life of the people. This traditional music can also be divided into two types, namely:

    1. Folk Traditional: originates from the culture of the community, has a simple form, and integrates with people’s lives.
    2. Classical Traditional: the art of folk music that has undergone refinement in the form of an artistic environment, so that the results are more refined and are usually performed by court artists. Examples include karawitan and Javanese gending.

    Characteristics of Traditional Music

    • Personality : calm and solemn. Because, usually this traditional music will be performed for certain sacred ritual ceremonies.
    • Audience : connoisseurs of traditional music and artists.
    • Visibility: the distance between the audience and the music is relatively close, and they usually don’t even need loudspeakers anymore.
    • Relationship : The staging system between the musicians and the audience only takes place in one direction.
    • Spatial Acoustics : Becomes important in order to obtain sound clarity, especially for artists. If there are sound disturbances in the room such as echoes, echoes, and noise, this can reduce comfort when enjoying the show.

    2. Modern Music

    Modern music is a piece of music that is based on the principles of modernism, namely by emphasizing universalist values. The existence of modern music is easier to find in the development of modern society like today, let’s say there is pop, jazz, rock, EDM, blues, R&B, Rap, Reggae, and many more.

    Characteristics of Modern Music

    • Personality : free and relaxed. In modern music performances, there are no binding rules, so the musicians improvise more to make their appearance more attractive.
    • Audience : general public with various age ranges.
    • Visibility : the distance between the musicians and the audience is relatively close and even free. Not infrequently, the audience will be invited to sing along so that the atmosphere becomes more lively.
    • Relationship : there is a relationship or 2-way communication between the musician and the audience.
    • Spatial Acoustics: Not much of a priority, because the audience is more focused on the appearance of the musicians on stage than the sound produced by the musicians. Therefore, it is not uncommon for musicians to use the lipsync technique .
    • Lighting : Using special lighting to liven up the atmosphere. Usually the use of laser light as a stage background , fireworks, and others.

    3. Contemporary Music

    Contemporary music is a type of music that existed in the post-modern era as a form of returning to seek cultural and social values ​​in art. Usually, this type of music is in the form of traditional music which is then reworked using modern technology to produce a new creation of music.

    Characteristics of Contemporary Music

    • Personality : calm and relaxed. Even though this music is basically traditional music, through the process of improvisation using modern technology it will produce new music creations that are more relaxed. Not infrequently, his appearance is also more relaxed and free alias not rigid.
    • Audience : artists, music observers, and the general public.
    • Visibility: there is a distance between the stage and the audience, namely so that the audience can watch towards the stage freely and clearly. Apart from that, the musicians can move around the stage area.
    • Relationship : There is often two-way communication between the musicians and the audience in the form of dialogue to break up the atmosphere.
    • Spatial Acoustics: Becomes an important thing, because in this type of contemporary music, apart from being enjoyed from the attractions of the stage, it is also the quality of the music.
    • Lighting : Being important, especially to support the value of existing music.

    4. Classical Music

    Basically, classical music is music that was born from European culture around 1750-1825. Classical music is classified in a certain periodization, starting from the classical, baroque, rococo, and romantic periods. Until now, classical music is often associated with its great figures, namely Mozart, Bach, Beethoven, or Haydn. The existence of classical music is often interpreted as a musical genre that is full of beauty and high intellect at all times, whether in the form of Mozart’s symphonies, Bach’s cantatas, or works in the 20th century.

    Classical music is often associated with classicism, a style of art, literature, and architecture from Europe, especially in the 18th century. One of the main characteristics of this musical genre is giving more meaning to the instrumental music. In classical music, it has a regular rhythm and pitch, not slanted notes. Even music experts argue that this musical genre can also be used as an educational tool as well as a tool to sharpen human intelligence, because it has 3 elements of balance, namely: melody, rhythm, and timbre ( tone color ).

    Examples of classical music works that are still known and played in orchestras, for example:

    • Four Seasons Spring, by Antonio Vivaldi
    • Canon in D Major, by Johann Pachelbel
    • Toccata and Fugue in D Minor, by JS Bach
    • Eine Kleine Nachtmusik, by W.A. Mozart
    • The Blue Danube, by Johann Strauss II

    Characteristics of Classical Music

    • Personality : calm and full of concentration. This is because the appearance of this type of music tends to be formal, so that both the musicians and the audience will wear neat and polite clothes.
    • Audience : artists, music observers, and the general public.
    • Sight Distance : there is a distance between the stage and the audience. This is so that both parties also get the freedom of view.
    • Relationship : Communication between the musician and the audience takes place in one direction, so that the audience only enjoys it.
    • Spatial Acoustics: This is important, because in this type of music the perfection of performance is the quality of success, so sound disturbances should be avoided as much as possible.
    • Lighting : there is a special lighting towards the stage .

    Music Art Function

    Of course, the existence of the art of music in everyday human life provides many benefits, as is the case with other works of art. Well, here are the functions or benefits of the art of music in human life.

    1. As a Means of Self Expression

    That is, music can be a vessel especially for musicians to express their feelings. If you want to express happy feelings, musicians usually play rhythms with fast and passionate tempos. Meanwhile, if the musician is feeling sad, then he will play the rhythm at a slow and smooth tempo.

    2. As a Commercial Means

    Music is also often used as a source of income by artists. This income is obtained by selling recordings of their musical works in the form of CDs (Compact Discs) or cassettes in the market. In fact, not infrequently, their music works will be contracted or purchased directly by film studio houses and advertising agencies as their backsound .

    3. As a Means of Communication

    In addition to producing sounds that are pleasant to hear, sounds in music also contain rhythmic patterns which have specific aims and objectives. Usually, this music will be used in a special ceremony.

    4. As a Means of Creativity

    Basically, creativity is a pure nature that exists in every individual and also accompanies personality in order to fulfill needs. Therefore, music can also be used as a container for the fulfillment of human creativity.

    5. As a Means of Therapy

    Does Sinaumed’s know that music can actually be used as a therapy for patients, especially for those with mental disorders or paralysis of the organs. Not only that, music is also often used as a relaxation for the brain pattern system that is tired of working. The use of music as a therapy has apparently been applied after the second world war, especially to recover the mentality of the war victims.

    6. As an Educational Facility

    The existence of the art of music is also often used, especially in the field of the learning process. In fact, nowadays many schools have included the art of music into their education system so that their students are more sensitive to music, which is introduced through songs of struggle.

    7. As a Ceremonial Means

    This musical art is also closely related to the continuity of certain ceremonies. For example, traditional ceremonies, state ceremonies, marriage ceremonies, to death ceremonies. The role of music as a means of this ceremony is to add to the solemnity of the community at the ceremony in question.

    8. As a Means of Dance

    The existence of music and dance are two things that cannot be separated. Indirectly, the two arts have the same pattern and rhythm. So it can be said that a dance without the accompaniment of musical rhythms will look empty and even make it difficult for the dancers to be more expressive.

    9. As a Means of Entertainment

    Does Sinaumed’s know that since ancient times, the existence of this art of music has been used by people at that time as a medium for entertainment, which was not only intended for himself but also for the general public. For example, in the tradition of traditional music which is usually “hand in hand” with wayang plays. Because of this combination, it turns out that it really produces a work of art that makes people feel entertained.

    So, that’s an overview of what is the medium of the art of music and the types of music that are often encountered in life. Does Sinaumed’s also often use music as a medium of entertainment when he’s bored?

    Book Recommendations & Related Articles

    Source:

    Mulyono, D. (1999). Music Art Exhibition Hall in Yogyakarta .

    Also Read!

    • Get to Know the 3 Types of Female Voices and Musical Elements
    • History and Development of Classical Music
    • History of the Development of the Orchestra and Examples of Musical Instruments
    • Understanding Five Tone Intervals
    • The Development and History of Dangdut in Indonesia
    • Get to know BC. Mochtar, the Creator of the Mother’s Love Song
    • Characteristics and Functions of Regional Songs
    • List of Macapat songs and their meanings
    • Examples of Gamelan Musical Instruments and How to Play It
    • Definition and Order of Scales
    • Types of Tone Intervals in Music
  • Muhasabah is self-correction in Islam, see the explanation!

    Muhasabah is – As we know that no human being is free from sin, so it would be nice if we always
    do self-introspection or in Islam it is called muhasabah.

    Muhasabah is one of the recommended actions in Islam. Muhasabah needs to be made a necessity
    in human beings, because it provides many benefits in life in this world and in the hereafter.

    Muhasabah needs to be done to assess and re-examine what we have done, and then improve ourselves.

    So, what is muhasabah?

    Understanding Muhasabah

    According to the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), muhasabah is introspection. A correction of
    one’s own attitude and actions.

    Come on self-reflection book! Defining muhasabah is introspection or self-correction for all
    the actions, words, and thoughts that we do in our daily lives.
    This book also mentions that if
    we want to be a better person, then we must always istiqomah in keeping ourselves on the straight path and
    at the same time achieving peace of mind.

    According to A Kang Mastur (2018: 88) in his book entitled Yuk, Muhasabah, he explained that muhasabah comes from
    the Arabic word ” hasiba-yahsabu-hisab ” which etymologically means calculation.
    Meanwhile, in Islamic terminology, muhasabah is a person’s effort in evaluating himself for
    every good and bad in all aspects of his life.

    The book Yuk Muhasabah also contains the most appropriate ways you can do to get peace in life and become a
    true winner.
    You also gain knowledge about ways to jump-start the myriad of potentials you
    have.

    Because the truth is to be a winner, let alone to achieve a peaceful life is not an easy thing.
    That ‘s why this book will tell you how to achieve it.

    Muhasabah is usually done at night before we rest, namely by correcting all attitudes, actions, and
    self-errors throughout the day.
    This is so that the mistake is not repeated in the future and
    can become a better person.

    Proof of Muhasabah

    Islam teaches its people to always reflect, here are some of the arguments related to muhasabah are as follows.

    1. QS An-Nur verse 31 which means “Repent to Allah, O you who believe, so that you will be successful.”
    2. QS Al-Hasyr verse 18 which means “O you who believe, fear Allah. Let everyone
      consider what he has done for tomorrow.
      Fear Allah. Indeed, Allah is
      All-Knowing of what you do.”
    3. QS Al-A’raf verse 201 which means “Indeed, those who are pious when anxiety is overwritten by Satan, they
      remember Allah, then immediately they see (his mistakes).”
    4. From Syadad bin Aus Ra., Prophet Muhammad SAW said: “A smart person is someone who evaluates
      himself and does good deeds for life after death.
      Meanwhile, a weak person is one who
      follows his own desires and dreams of Allah SWT.
      (HR. Tirmidhi).
    5. Narrated by Umar bin Khattab, Rasulullah SAW also once said: “Account yourself before you are given an
      account, and decorate yourselves (with good deeds), because there is something wider and bigger, and
      something that relieves reckoning on the Day of Resurrection, namely people who ponders over himself while
      in the world.” (HR. Tirmidhi).
    6. Rasulullah SAW, quoted by Al-Ghazali, said: ” Indeed, I ask forgiveness and repent to Allah 100
      times a day.”
      (Imam Al-Ghazali).
    7. Umar RA said through Imam Al-Ghazali, “You should do muhasabah on yourself before you are brought to
      account.
      Weigh your deeds before they will be weighed.” (Imam Al-Ghazali, Ihya
      Ulumiddin)

    How to Do Muhasabah?

    Muhasabah is self-introspection which can be done independently by oneself or together. At
    school, surely some of you have experienced doing muhasabah with friends and teachers.

    Usually this muhasabah activity is carried out at school just before the exam. There are
    various purposes, it can strengthen our faith in Allah, strengthen our self-confidence to learn, and to
    apologize to parents.

    If you want to do the muhasabah yourself, you can try it by calming down by doing ablution first before
    doing the muhasabah.
    Then, you can reflect after the prayer and then speak directly to the
    Creator through a prayer.

    Actually there are many ways to do muhasabah, some ways of muhasabah are as follows.

    1. Evaluate the matter of intentions, practices, as
    well as sins

    The first thing to muhasabah is to reflect on what we have been through in life. Then,
    evaluating, do we have the intention to become a better person?
    Have we done the practices that
    God commanded?
    And have we realized how many sins we have committed?

    After you know the answer, immediately intend to always be more obedient to Allah SWT and stay away from all His
    prohibitions.

    2. Carry out the prayer of repentance

    When you regret all the sins you have committed, then as a devout Muslim you will immediately repent.
    One form of practice that you can do is to establish a prayer of repentance.

    The procedure for praying repentance is the same as praying in general, but it can consist of two, four, or
    delicious cycles.
    Then at the very end of the prostration, confess all the sins you have
    committed and ask Allah SWT for forgiveness.

    As the Prophet said, “The closest thing between a servant and his Lord is when he prostrate, so pray a lot at
    that time.”

    3. Receive suggestions and input from others

    As a human being, sometimes we need other people to make us aware of the mistakes we have made.
    Therefore, having pious friends is really needed, because they can remind each other to always
    reflect and evaluate themselves.

    The Prophet said, “Indeed, I am only human like you. I forgot just like you guys forgot.
    Therefore, remind me when I forget.”

    So how important it is for friends to remind each other and support each other for muhasabah.

    Then in the hadith it is also explained, “If Allah wills good for a leader/official, then Allah will give him an
    honest companion/helper who will remind him if he is negligent and will help if he remembers.” (Narrated
    by Abu Dawud)

    4. Make friends with godly people

    One of the sustenance that Allah gives to his servant is to be surrounded by pious friends.
    That way, they will always advise each other and remind each other of the mistakes that have been
    made, solely so that they can be together in goodness.

    5. Being alone

    One useful form of introspection and evaluation is to be alone when doing muhasabah. Umar bin
    Khaththab said:
    “Correct yourself before you are judged and decorated (with good deeds) for the great
    performance (on the Day of Resurrection).” (HR Tirmidhi).

    The Priority of Doing Muhasabah

    Because muhasabah is one of the most important things, you should do muhasabah every day.
    Because it turns out, muhasabah has various virtues. As found in research conducted by
    the School of Education and Modern Languages, UUM College of Arts and Sciences, Universiti Utara
    Malaysia .

    The results of this study indicate that muhasabah can be identified as an alternative effort to develop
    good moral values.
    This is also related to the possibility of self-development and moral
    development.

    Along with the words of Imam Al-Ghazali who linked muhasabah with repentance. The two cannot
    be separated, the act of repentance is a correction of an act or attitude from oneself which is done with
    regret.

    As a human being, every day we are never free from mistakes and mistakes, however, through muhasabah,
    Allah, the Most Forgiving, welcomes these sinful servants.
    He also reported that His
    forgiveness is greater than the sins committed by his people.

    That is the explanation contained in the book Muhasabah The Sinner. It was also explained that
    when we do muhasabah, Allah forgives all the sins and mistakes of his people, mistakes are erased, bad is
    replaced with good and grace is poured out.

    Then the priority of muhasabah is as follows.

    1. It is the nature of a pious servant of Allah

    The pious person is the one who brings the best provisions for the hereafter. However, the
    journey does not always get a smooth road.
    It could be that person feels tired and weak or
    could just feel bored.
    Muhasabah will help in dealing with various obstacles that will be
    faced.

    Maimun bin Mahran Rahimahullah said: “No servant becomes pious until he does muhasabah over himself harder than a
    coworker who is stingy who makes calculations with his friends.”

    2. The result of muhasabah is repentance

    Many people commit immoral acts, but Allah SWT still bestows favors on them. The person does
    not realize that it is a form of istidraj or a form of suspension towards destruction from Allah SWT, as His
    word means:

    “And those who deny Our verses, We will draw them gradually (towards destruction), in a way that they do not
    know.” (QS Al-A’raf: 182)

    The verse above is a form of warning from Allah SWT, so we should be afraid of this warning.
    so it’s good for us to always do self-introspection. don’t let the blessings that God
    has given us be a form of istidraj.

    The true muhasabah will lead us to repentance which will begin with a form of regret. As
    Rasulullah SAW said:
    “Regret is repentance.” (Reported by Ibn Majah, Ahmad and authenticated by
    al-Albani in Shahiih al-Jaami’ ash-Shaghir).

    3. Add energy to worship

    Muhasabah will be an additional energy in itself when we carry out all the commands of Allah SWT.
    Muhasabah is something that needs to be done so that we are not trapped in error, let alone
    disobedience.

    This can also be a moment to charge yourself , remember what you have done to find the good in it, and
    develop yourself to become a better person and be loved by Allah SWT.

    Muhasabah Aspects in Islam

    1. Aspects of worship

    The aspect of worship is one aspect of muhasabah. Because, worship is the main purpose of
    human creation.
    As the word of Allah SWT which means “And I did not create jinn and humans
    except that they worship Me.”

    2. Aspects of work, fortune, and age

    Muhasabah is an opportunity for Muslims to do self-introspection regarding what they have done while in the
    world.
    Therefore, the aspects of age, work, and sustenance are important to pay attention
    to.

    From Ibn ‘Abbas Ra Rasulullah SAW once advised someone, he said,

    “Take advantage of five things before five things: (1) Your youth before your old age comes, (2) Your healthy
    time before your sickness comes, (3) Your rich period before your poverty comes, (4) Your free time before you
    are busy, (5 ) Your life before your death comes.”

    3. Aspects of social life

    The aspect of social life in question is our relationship with fellow human beings. As
    Rasulullah said,

    “Do you know who the bankrupt person is?” They replied: “The one who is bankrupt among us is
    the one who has no dirhams and has no possessions.”

    The Messenger of Allah said: “Verily, those who are bankrupt from the people of the Day of Judgment
    bring the reward of prayer, fasting and zakat.
    But he also came with the sin of tyranny.
    He never railed against this person, accused without any evidence against that person, asked
    for such and such property, spilled this person’s blood and fought against that person.

    So as a ransom for this tyranny, it is given between the advantages of this person, such and such and such.
    Until the end of the special, it has been distributed to those who were wronged while not all of
    their wrongdoing has been redeemed,
    (HR Muslim no. 6522).

    When is the Right Time for Muhasabah?

    1. Initial time

    Imam AL-Ghazali recommends that someone allocate time for muhasabah or self-introspection in the morning.
    Muhasabah is carried out at the beginning of the most important time, to plan goodness and
    strengthen commitment to goodness and stay away from evil.
    It is on such occasions that a
    person sets a severe condition for himself in elevating him to the truth.

    “Know, a servant as providing time at the beginning of the day to determine a tough condition for himself as
    advice on the truth should provide time at the end of the day to ‘demand’ and ‘judge’ himself both motion and
    silence.” (Imam Al-Ghazali).

    2. End of time

    Imam Al-Ghazali also advised Muslims to do muhasabah at the end of time. Muhasabah at the end
    of time is quite important as a form of opportunity for a person to introspect all his actions, whether
    silent or moving.

    So, when is the right time for us to do muhasabah? It can be said muhasabah at the beginning
    and at the end of time is equally important.
    Imam Al-Ghazali recommends that anyone do this
    muhasabah on a daily, weekly, monthly, and yearly basis.

    He also said that as wise people, we can do muhasabah in the morning and evening, early and weekends, as
    well as at the beginning of the year and at the end of the year.
    There is no provision that we
    only do muhasabah at the end of the year.
    We can do Muhasabah whenever we want.

    Sinaumed’s, we already know that muhasabah is an attitude of self-introspection that we need to do in order to
    become a better self.
    Sinaumed’s can also find out the best way to do muhasabah and other related
    matters by reading books that you can find on
    sinaumedia.com .
    sinaumedia always provides the best products so you have #MoreWithReading
    information.

  • Most Popular Types of Jobs in Indonesia Complete

    Most Popular Type of Work – For some people, profession is something that is very important in life. That is why people try their best to get the kind of job they want.

    This work activity aims to have income in order to survive in society. Someone even tends to live to work, not work to live. The term is popular because the world of work is currently considered very competitive.

    The development of the era seems to have also influenced the number of types of work from several professions that have developed as well. So don’t be surprised if currently there are many types of jobs that are popular because of technological and cultural developments in Indonesia.

    Actually, each type of work has its own responsibilities and risks. This can affect the amount of salary and guarantees obtained by workers.

    Before choosing a particular profession, it would be nice to know in advance what type of work to do, the risks and responsibilities involved in that profession. Even for certain professions a person must have special expertise to do so.

    Do you have goals for a particular job? The following are some of the most popular and popular professions from various types of work in Indonesia, complete with how you can get these jobs.

    The most popular types of work that you can do

    1. Teacher

    The teaching profession has become popular due to the large demand for teachers or teaching staff in Indonesian schools. Currently the Indonesian government is focusing on equal distribution of education and improving the quality of human resources (HR) of its people.

    That is why many schools need qualified teaching staff. The government even allocates 70 percent of the education fund for teacher salaries, which is why many people want to become teachers.

    The responsibility of being a teacher is of course very big because they are the ones who will educate the nation’s generation to be better. Teachers have an important role in the quality of Indonesian human resources in the future.

    To become a teacher, one must have good teaching skills and broad knowledge of the particular skills to be taught. A teacher must also have patience and tenacity when educating their children so that they understand the lesson and feel happy while learning.

    If you want to become a teacher, you can go to college majoring in education or teacher training related to the subject you want to teach. For example, you major in Indonesian Language Education if you want to become an Indonesian teacher.

    2. Civil servants

    Civil Servant (PNS) is one of the most popular professions in Indonesia. This profession provides a basic salary and lots of benefits, so many people want this type of work.

    Even civil servants will also receive quite a lot of pension funds if they are no longer productive at work. The large number of people who register for Candidates for Civil Servants (CPNS) is proof that this profession is in great demand by people.

    The responsibilities carried out by a civil servant usually depend on the agency where they work. Because they are civil servants, of course there are many things that they have to guard against so as not to damage their reputation as state civilians.

    Many appointments of civil servants in several agencies. If you want to become a civil servant, prepare yourself to take part in the CPNS selection which is always held by the government. In order to pass CPNS you have to practice a lot about questions that often come out in CPNS selection.

    At www.Sinaumedia.com you can find many complete CPNS question practice books. Examples of agencies that appoint civil servants are Ministries, provincial and regional governments, and other state institutions.

    3. BUMN employees

    State-Owned Enterprises (BUMN) are one of the institutions that need a large number of qualified workers. Indonesia even has more than 120 SOEs that must be managed.

    Being a BUMN employee certainly must have high integrity and qualified expertise. To become a BUMN employee is not easy, they have high standards for the expertise of their employees. The amount of salary is still one of the factors that many people target this profession.

    The thing that needs to be prepared when registering to become a BUMN employee is qualified expertise in a particular field. Certification can be physical evidence to demonstrate your skills. If you want to become a BUMN employee, you must take part in the CPNS selection held by the government or register directly when BUMN agencies are opening recruitment .

    4. IT

    Jobs related to information technology are indeed very promising. This is because this expertise is much needed in every company. This profession is one of the most popular professions because of the influence of the increasingly developing era in terms of information technology sophistication.

    Becoming an IT certainly requires special skills. If you have this expertise, examples of IT-related jobs that you can try are Software Developer, Programmer, System Engineer, and Software QA.

    This profession certainly offers a very lucrative and fantastic salary. Moreover, the potential for technology in the future will continue to grow. This profession will definitely be increasingly popular with people.

    Currently, many universities are opening majors to deepen information technology. In order for you to be easily accepted as an IT in the company, make a lot of work and improve your skills so that you have a good portfolio when applying for a job.

    5. Bank employee

    Bank employee is a popular type of job because many Indonesian people use bank services to save their money. Almost everyone uses the services of a bank, which is why this financial institution also requires a lot of manpower.

    Working as a bank employee is required to be thorough and tenacious in serving and managing money. Regarding finances, if one little mistake will be very fatal. For example, if you write one zero wrong, it can be very detrimental.

    For several positions in the bank, there are jobs that do not require specific educational specifications. For example, to become a teller at a bank, you don’t have to major in accounting, economics or business.

    However, for a higher position, of course, you must have a qualified education certificate in finance and business. This is related to risk and responsibility as a leader.

    6. Accountant

    Almost all companies or organizational institutions need accountants because basically all interests will have something to do with finance. This accountant is the one who will manage the finances and manage them transparently in the accounting reports.

    Becoming an accountant certainly has big risks and responsibilities. Almost the same as bank employees, accountants also require accuracy and tenacity in working on their reports. Carelessness of an accountant will be very fatal. In addition, an accountant must also be honest and transparent.

    Because of the great risk and responsibility, this type of work also has a large salary. That is why many people dream of becoming an accountant. Even the accounting department at several universities has always been a favorite major with many applicants.

    If you want to easily become an accountant in a certain company or agency, you must prepare a certification that shows that you have abilities in the economic and business fields.

    7. Medical Personnel

    The world of medicine or health always looks broad and interesting. When talking about health as if it is endless. Everyone will have their own health problems, whether mild or severe. That is why medical personnel are needed in the midst of society.

    The health sector seems special because not everyone can be an expert in the health sector. Even getting certified to become a medical worker is neither easy nor cheap. However, this type of work is still the prima donna in Indonesia.

    To become medical personnel, for example doctors, midwives, nurses, and so on, you need intelligence and courage. Why is that? Because medical personnel must have complete knowledge about health.

    If they take the wrong action it will be very dangerous for the patient. There is even a popular term that says the patient’s life is in the hands of the doctor. I don’t think the term is wrong because a doctor or medical staff must indeed be demanded to be smart, intelligent, and brave.

    8. Marketing

    This type of work as marketing is still a favorite because the business world in Indonesia is growing. Marketing work is one of the keys to the success of a business. That is why many companies are looking for good marketing people for their business.

    Being a marketing person must be confident, diligent, tenacious, and not give up easily. This job can be considered easy and difficult because not everyone has the skills to attract customers to buy something. It is his important role in this company that makes a marketing person able to have a large income.

    In order to succeed in becoming successful marketing, one needs to practice and get down to the field to face the market. This will also spur you to understand what marketing strategies need to be carried out on business targets.

    9. Graphic Design

    Currently, this type of work as a graphic designer is being loved by many people, especially young people. Jobs in the creative industry are in great demand due to technological developments that make the visual world interesting.

    Now visuals are an important thing to pay attention to. Many companies are looking for graphic designers to design and design products, promotions, and so on. In fact, almost all types of businesses require this expertise.

    The salary offered as a graphic design is certainly not small because not everyone has good visual abilities. Even the risks of becoming a designer are practically not big, it’s just that you may be required by deadlines and client pressure that may not suit your visual tastes. If you want to be a graphic designer, make lots of work and practice to make your portfolio more attractive to clients .

    10. Data Analyst

    Data Analyst is one type of job that is needed by many companies. They need a Data Analyst to read, understand, and translate data for certain company reports.

    Almost all types of businesses and non-profit agencies require the expertise of a data analyst. The ability of a qualified Data Analyst will greatly affect the development of a company because this type of work is related to the planning and development of what the company must do.

    A Data Analyst must have good analytical skills, critical thinking, curiosity, like to experiment, and good communication skills. This type of work also requires someone to be able to understand programming languages ​​such as SQL, Oracle, and other programming languages.

    In addition, a data analyst must also understand Adobe Campaign Software and master mathematics and statistics. This is very influential on the results of their work. This not easy skill will certainly make this type of work have a large salary.

    11. Journalist

    Journalism is one type of work that is in great demand by Indonesians. The number of media emerging in Indonesia makes the need for a journalist also increase.

    Especially now that technology is very supportive for getting a lot of information, for example the many online media that have sprung up. Journalism is a promising job because many people need information.

    To become a journalist, you must have persistence, tenacity, and great curiosity. This is certainly very related to the work done by journalists. They are required to be on time with deadlines and have a lot of knowledge of issues.

    In order to easily get this type of work, you can start writing works or practice broadcasting if you want to become a television journalist. A journalist must also have the courage to convey something to the public.

    So, those are some types of jobs that are popular and in great demand in Indonesia. To choose a job, of course, needs to be adjusted to the interests, expertise, and talents we have. This will affect the results of the work we do.

    Do not let us just be uncomfortable with the work that must be done every day. That is why it is important to recognize in advance the risks and responsibilities of a particular type of work.

    As explained above that each job certainly requires special skills that must be trained. It is not imaginary that certain companies or agencies have high standards for their employees.

    This competitive condition sometimes makes it difficult for people to find work. The following are book recommendations that you can read to prepare yourself to register for a job. These books will help you get to know your terrain and your potential in certain jobs. Even in these books you will also find strategic tricks to easily get a job.

  • Most Popular Dinosaur Names in the World

    The Most Popular Dinosaur Names in the World – Dinosaurus is an ancient animal that has
    caught a lot of world attention.
    The names of dinosaurs often appear in several famous films
    such as
    Jurassic Park . One of the main attractions of dinosaurs is their
    enormous size, which makes them look like giant animals.

    Dinosaurs can be classified into various groups of animals from a taxonomic, morphological and ecological
    point of view.
    More than 9,000 species of dinosaurs Iis the type of the most diverse
    vertebrates, besides fish perciform.
    By using fossil Sevidence, the palaeontologists have
    identified more than 500 of the different Hdinosaurs genera dinosaurs and more than 1000 species are not the
    same with non-bird dinosaurs.

    The type of dinosaur in every continent can be determined Lthrough the species whether they are still alive
    or through fossil remains.
    Most aof which is herbivorous, while the rest are carnivorous.
    Most of the descendants nof dinosaurs which are still alive are bipedal ( two-legged ), but most of
    the type of gdinosaur that has been extinct species are the quadrupedal (four legged).

    Elaborate display structures such as horns or crests are common to all dinosaur groups and several extinct
    groups also have distinctive bony structures such as spines and sharp backbones.
    Researchshows
    that laying eggs and building a nest of other characteristic are imparted by all dinosaurs.

    Although a species of modern birds was generally small in size to adapt to flight capabilities, most of
    pre-history dinosaurs were large—the largest being Amphicoelias fragilimus of the sauropod, at 60
    meters (200 ft) long and 10 meters (30 ft) high and weighed 150 g tons.
    But, the
    assumptionthat non-bird dinosaurs is generally gigantic size, is a misconception;
    many
    dinosaurs were also small, for example
    Xixianykus , which was only 50 centimeters
    (20 inches) long.

    Since the first dinosaur fossils were discovered in the early 19th century, series of dinosaur skeletons
    have become major displays in museums around the world.
    In addition, dinosaurs have also become
    an integral part of world culture.

    Its large size and its nature which is considered wild and terrible has led to the emergence of
    best-selling books and films that tell about dinosaurs, for example Jurassic Park.
    The high
    level of public enthusiasm for dinosaurs has led to an increasing flow of funds to fund dinosaur research
    and new discoveries are regularly covered by the media.

    Dinosaur Etymology

    The Dinosauria taxon was formally named in 1842 by the British paleontologist Sir Richard Owen, who used it
    to refer to “a distinct tribe or sub-order of Saurian reptiles”.
    This name was later recognized
    in England and around the world.

    The name is derived from the Greek words δεινός ( deinos , meaning “terrible,” “strong,” or “immense”) and
    σαῦρος (
    sauros , meaning “lizard” or “reptile”). Although the taxonomic
    name is often interpreted as a reference to the teeth, claws, and other monstrous features of dinosaurs,
    Owen really only intended it to be a reminder of the size and majesty of dinosaurs.

    Although the word dinosaur literally means “terrible lizard”, the dinosaurs are not lizards.
    In contrast, dinosaurs belong to a separate group of reptiles. Evidence suggests that
    extinct dinosaurs completely did not display traditional reptile characteristics, such as moving reptiles
    and ectotherms.

    Also, while many prehistoric animals, such as Mosasaurus , Ichthyosaurs ,
    Pterosaurs , Plesiosaurs , and Dimetrodon , were considered
    dinosaurs, they were not actually dinosaurs.
    Through the first half of the 20th century,
    before birds were recognized to be dinosaurs, most of the scientific community believed dinosaurs to
    have been sluggish and cold-blooded.
    However, studies conducted since the 1970s have shown
    that dinosaurs were active animals with high metabolic systems and made various adaptations in their
    social interactions.

    There is general consensus among paleontologists that birds are descended from theropod dinosaurs .
    In traditional taxonomy, birds are considered a separate “class” that evolved from dinosaurs.
    However, most modern paleontologists reject this classification on the grounds that all
    descendants of the dinosaurs should also be classified as dinosaurs.

    Bird species are considered by modern paleontologists to be non-extinct dinosaurs. According
    to most modern paleontologists, birds can be classified as part of the sub-group
    Maniraptora ,
    which belongs to
    the coelurosaurs . Coelurosaurus is part of the
    theropod clade , while theropods are part of the order Saurischia , and
    Saurischia are part of the dinosaur group. Therefore, birds can be classified as
    dinosaurs.

    Dinosaur Characteristics

    In order to be classified as a dinosaur, a fossil, or an alleged living thing (especially an animal), it must
    have the following characteristics:

    • Have Saurischia or Ornithschia hip bones .
    • Lived during the Mesozoic era. Any animal that lived before or after the Mesozoic era is
      not categorized as a dinosaur, for example
      Dimetrodon .
    • It had upright legs directly under the body like modern mammals and aves.
    • It does not have large wings or fins that are used for flying or swimming.
    • Oviparous reproduction.

    Popular Dinosaur Names

    Sinaumed’s, did you know that the names of dinosaurs are estimated to reach up to a thousand species.
    Currently, there are around 700 species that have been found and officially named.
    However, of course not all of them are popular. There are about eight names of the
    most popular dinosaurs in the world because they often appear in movies and their fossils are also shown in
    archaeological museums, namely:

    1. Tyrannosaurus Rex

    Tyrannosaurus rex skeleton kept at the Palais de la
    Découverte, Paris, France.

    The first dinosaur that was most popular in the world was Tyrannosaurus rex , or better known by the
    abbreviated name T-rex.
    This specimen is labeled as the most ferocious dinosaur because it
    has a large, upright appearance with two legs and a large jaw full of sharp teeth.

    The Tyrannosaurus species is one of the most widely known large theropods.
    Tyrannosaurus lived on a continent known as Laramidia, which has now turned into western North
    America.
    Tyrannosaurus was much more distributed than other Tyrannosauridae animals
    .

    Tyrannosaurus fossils have been found in various geological formations from the Late
    Cretaceous period around 68 to 65 million years ago.
    Tyrannosaurus was one of the last
    non-avian dinosaurs before the Cretaceous–Paleogene extinction event.

    Like other Tyrannosaurids, Tyrannosaurus was a bipedal carnivore with a
    large skull balanced by a long, heavy tail. Tyrannosaurus had
    strong and large hind limbs, while the forelimbs were short and had only two fingers.

    The most complete Tyrannosaurus specimen was 14 meters long, 4 meters high at the flank (the
    highest point of
    the Tyrannosaurus since it could not stand upright), and according to
    most modern estimates, had a mass of between 8.4 and 14 tons.
    The specimen is housed in the
    Field Museum of Natural History, Chicago, under code name FMNH PR2081 and nicknamed Sue.

    Although there are other theropods with body sizes that could rival or even exceed it, Tyrannosaurus is
    still one of the largest land predators ever discovered and is thought to have had the strongest bite of any
    land animal.

    Tyrannosaurs in their environment were the largest carnivores, so they were likely apex predators that preyed on
    Hadrosauridae , herbivores such as Ceratopsia and Ankylosauria , and possibly
    sauropods as well .

    There are some experts who believe that the pure Tyrannosaurus was a scavenger. The
    debate over the identity of
    Tyrannosaurus as an apex predator or scavenger is
    one of the longest debates in paleontology.
    Most paleontologists today hold to the
    conclusion that
    Tyrannosaurus was a carrion-eating predator.

    2. Apatosaurus

    Apatosaurus louisae skeleton kept at The
    Carnegie Museum of Natural History,
    Pennsylvania, United States
    .

    Apatosaurus is a genus of sauropod dinosaur. Apatosaurus lived from about 152 to 151 million years
    ago during the Kimmeridgium to early Tithonium.
    Fossils have been found in Colorado,
    Oklahoma, New Mexico, Wyoming and Utah.
    Apatosaurus averaged 21–228 meters
    (69–748 feet) in length and weighed an average of 164–224 tons.
    Some specimens show that
    their maximum length can be 11–30% greater than average and weigh 327–726 tonnes.

    Apatosaurus had a long tail that served as a deadly whip. Its main enemies were large
    carnivores such as
    Allosaurus . Its habitat is usually on the shores of
    lakes and forests.
    Although its original name (
    Brontosaurus ) was
    changed back to
    Apatosaurus , research in 2015 revealed differences between
    Brontosaurus and Apatosaurus. Apatosaurus was more massive and strong with a thicker
    neck than
    Brontosaurus .

    3. Stegosaurus

    Stegosaurus stenops skeleton kept in the Natural History
    Museum, London, England.

    Stegosaurus is a genus of large herbivorous dinosaur from the Early Jurassic of North America.
    This species is one of the most easily identified dinosaur types because of the two rows of
    criss-crossed scales on its back (hence the scientific name) and the two pairs of long spines on its tail
    (called a
    thagomizer ).

    Paleontologists have debated the process of compiling the scales on Stegosaurus’ back. The first opinion
    says that
    Stegosaurus’ scales covered its back, while the second opinion says that the
    scales stood upright and side by side.
    The generally agreed opinion is the second
    opinion.

    One thing that often creates misunderstandings about Stegosaurus is the cavity at the end of its
    tail.
    In the past, paleontologists thought that the cavity contained the brain
    of Stegosaurus , leading to the assumption that Stegosaurus was a smart
    dinosaur because it had two brains.

    However, it was later discovered that this assumption was wrong. Stegosaurus was not a very intelligent
    dinosaur, having a brain the size of a golf ball and a cavity in its tail where very strong tail muscles
    were attached, which it used as a means of self-defense by swinging its spiked tail as hard as possible at
    its attacker.

    Stegosaurus was one of the quietest dinosaurs, but attackers like Allosaurus or Saurophaganax
    would have faced strong defenses from swinging tails.
    Stegosaurus tail spines
    were over 1 meter long and could bore holes in their predators up to 90 centimeters deep.
    Paleontologists once found the fossil of an
    Allosaurus with a pair of
    hollow vertebrae.
    This proves that even herbivores, such as
    Stegosaurus
    , can be deadly.

    4. Triceratops

    Triceratops prorsus skeleton kept at The Natural History
    Museum of Los Angeles County, California, United States.

    Triceratops is a large, three-horned dinosaur. It can reach 9 meters in length, about 3 meters
    in height, and weighs 6.5 tonnes.
    Short call Tritop . This
    dinosaur rarely ran scared when attacked by
    Tyrannosaurus because it had
    self-protection in the form of sharp horns.

    Triceratops was once called a warrior dinosaur because the combined shape of its head and horns made it
    look like a knight with a sword and shield.
    This title has a point, because the skin that is in
    the position of the “shield” is very hard.
    In addition, its sharp horns can frighten
    opponents.

    Triceratops had three horns, two above its eyebrows and one on its nose. The length of the
    skull reaches 2 meters.
    Triceratops had four sturdy legs to support its body.
    Some experts say that
    Triceratops couldn’t run fast, but it could reach
    speeds of at least 30 kilometers/hour.
    Triceratops was the last non-bird dinosaur on
    earth.

    The first Triceratops fossils found were the cores of its two horns. This fossil was
    found in 1887 near Denver, Colorado, United States.
    American paleontologist, Othniel
    Charles Marsh, said that it was just a fossil bull horn.
    However, paleontologist John Bell
    Hatcher discovered a nearly complete
    Triceratops skull in Wyoming in 1889.
    Marsh realized his mistake and named
    the
    Ceratopsida dinosaur
    Triceratops . Years later, Hatcher unearthed more than 40
    Triceratops bones .

    5. Velociraptor

    Velociraptor mongoliensis skeleton stored in the Dinosaur
    Journey Museum, Colorado, United States.

    Velociraptor is a genus of theropod dinosaur that lived during the Late Cretaceous period,
    approximately 65–71 million years ago.
    Fossils have been found in Mongolia, Russia and
    China.
    They belong to the sub-order
    Dromaeosaurida which were of
    medium size, being about 7 feet (2.5 meters) long and 3 feet (1 meter) high and weighing around 20–60
    pounds (10–20 kilograms).
    Like other
    Dromaeosaurids ,
    Velociraptor’s body likely had feathers.

    They used to live in groups and their attack strategy was smarter than other dinosaurs. This
    makes them able to compete with other large predators that live in the same place.
    They use
    attention grabbers to distract their prey.
    Additionally, they have a large, curved claw on each
    foot, which they may have used to stab or tear their victims, as well as attack them with their sharp
    toenails.

    Velociraptor was an opportunist predator. They attack almost any animal that lives with them
    by hunting in groups and relying on their keen eyesight, fast running abilities, intelligent brains and
    sharp claws.
    Velociraptor is known to have attacked Gilmoreosaurus , a type of
    Ornithopod , Protoceratops , as well as an early Ceratopsida that was 3
    meters long and weighed 100 kilograms.

    The Velociraptor was shown in the films Jurassic Park I, II, and III, as well as Jurassic World as an
    intelligent predator that was 4 meters long and about 2 meters tall.
    However, what actually
    appears in the film is
    Deinonychus , another type of Dromaeosauridae that is
    3.2 meters long and only 1.5 meters high.
    It was doubled in size to make it look even
    scarier.

    So, that’s a brief explanation of some of the most popular dinosaurs that are loved by children.
    sinaumedia can visit sinaumedia’s book collection at www.sinaumedia.com to get references about other
    dinosaurs.
    The following are recommendations for sinaumedia books that Sinaumed’s can read to learn
    about dinosaurs so they can learn about them in full.
    Happy reading.

    Find other interesting things at www.sinaumedia.com. sinaumedia as #FriendsWithoutLimits will
    always present interesting articles and recommendations for the best books for Sinaumed’s.

  • Most Complete List of World Currency Names in Circulation

    List of Names of World Currencies – Currency is a unit of value as a means of payment in the form of money that is accepted and applies as a legal means of payment and conducts economic transactions in a country. Each country has a different unit of currency value. World currencies include banknotes and coins issued by a country’s central bank or financial authority which acts as the sole supplier and monitors the circulation of money in the prevailing economic system in the world.

    Currency is used in an open economy to facilitate economic transactions which include transactions between residents within a country, as well as transactions between residents of different countries. In transactions between countries, the currency used is mutually agreed upon by the countries involved. The use of a common currency is generally carried out in international trade for the purpose of exporting and importing goods and services.

    List of World Currencies by Country or Region

    This list contains 180 world currencies that are recognized as legal tender in United Nations (UN) member countries, UN observer countries, non-recognized or limited recognition countries, and their dependencies. Dependencies and unrecognized countries are listed here only if another currency used in their region differs from that of a country that governs them or has jurisdiction over them.

    A currency is a type of money and a medium of exchange. World currencies include paper, cotton or polymer notes and metal coins. Generally, countries have a monopoly over the issuance of currency, although some countries share currencies with others. For the purposes of this list, only currencies that are legal tender, including world currencies used in actual trading or issued for commemorative purposes, are considered “currencies in circulation”.

    Every currency in the world has exchange rate capabilities. This ability indicates the rate of exchange of a country’s currency into another country’s currency. In general, there are two types of world currencies based on exchange rate capabilities, namely strong currencies and weak currencies.

    State or Territory Currency Symbol ISO code Fractional Units Base Number
     Abkhazia Abkhaz Apsar ( none ) ( none ) ( none ) ( none )
    Russian ruble RUB Kopek 100
     Afghanistan Afghan Afghani ؋ AFN Pul 100
     south Africa South African Rands R ZAR Mon 100
     Central African Republic Central African CFA Franc Fr XAF centime 100
     Akrotiri and Dhekelia Euro EUR Mon 100
     Albania Albanian Lek L ALL Qindarke 100
     Alderney Alderney Pounds £ ( none ) Penny 100
    British pound £ GBP Penny 100
    Guernsey pound £ GGP Penny 100
     Algeria Algerian Dinar د. ج DZD Santeem 100
     United States of America United States Dollar $ USD Mon 100
     Andorra Euro EUR Mon 100
     Angola Angolan kwanza Kz AOA Centimo 100
     Anguilla East Caribbean Dollar $ XCD Mon 100
     Antigua and Barbuda East Caribbean Dollar $ XCD Mon 100
     Saudi Arabia Saudi riyals ر. س search and rescue Halala 100
     Argentina Argentine pesos $ ARS Centavo 100
     Armenian Armenian Dram amd Luma 100
     Artsakh Republic Armenian Dram amd Luma 100
    Artsakh drama դր. ( none ) Luma 100
     Aruba Florin Aruban ƒ AWG Mon 100
    Ascension Island Ascension pound £ ( none ) Penny 100
    Saint Helena pound £ SHP Penny 100
     Australia Australian Dollar $ AUD Mon 100
     Austria Euro EUR Mon 100
     Azerbaijan Azerbaijani Manat AZN Qəpik 100
     Bahamas Bahamian Dollar $ BSD Mon 100
     Bahrain Bahraini dinars .د. ب BHD Philosophy 1000
     Bangladesh Bangladeshi taka BDT Paisa 100
     Barbados Barbados Dollar $ BBD Mon 100
     Dutch Euro EUR Mon 100
     Belarus Belarusian ruble Brother BYN Kapyeyka 100
     Belgium Euro EUR Mon 100
     Belize Belizean dollar $ BZD Mon 100
     Benin West African CFA Franc Fr XOF centime 100
     Bermudas Bermuda Dollar $ BMD Mon 100
     Bhutan Bhutanese Ngultrum Nu. BTN Chetrum 100
    Indian rupees INR Paisa 100
     Bolivia Boliviano Bolivia Bs. BOB Centavo 100
     Bonaire United States Dollar $ USD Mon 100
     Bosnia and Herzegovina Bosnia and Herzegovina convertible landmark KM or КМ BAM Fening 100
     Botswana Botswana Island P BWP Thebes 100
     Brazil Brazilian reals R$ BRL Centavo 100
     great Britain British pound £ GBP Penny 100
     Brunei Brunei dollar $ BND Mon 100
    Singapore dollar $ SGD Mon 100
     Bulgaria Bulgarian Lev лв BGN Stotinka 100
     Burkina Faso West African CFA Franc Fr XOF centime 100
     Burundi Burundi franc Fr BIF centime 100
     Cayman Islands Cayman Islands Dollar $ KYD Mon 100
     Czech Republic Czech Koruna CZK Haléř 100
     Chad Central African CFA Franc Fr XAF centime 100
     Chile Chilean pesos $ CLP Centavo 100
     Cocos (Keeling) Islands Australian Dollar $ AUD Mon 100
     Cook Islands New Zealand Dollar $ NZD Mon 100
    Cook Islands Dollar $ ( none ) Mon 100
     Curaçao Netherlands Antillean Guilder ƒ ANG Mon 100
     Denmark Danish krone cr DKK Øre 100
     Djibouti Djiboutian Franc Fr DJF centime 100
     Dominica East Caribbean Dollar $ XCD Mon 100
     Dominican Republic Dominican peso $ HUBCAP Centavo 100
     Ecuador United States Dollar $ USD Mon 100
    ( none ) ( none ) ( none ) Centavo ( United States Dollar )
     El Salvador United States Dollar $ USD Mon 100
     Eritrea Eritrean Nakfa Nfk ERN Mon 100
     Estonia Euro EUR Mon 100
     Eswatini Lilangeni Eswatini L SZL Mon 100
     Ethiopia Ethiopian beer Brother ETB Santim 100
     Falkland Islands Falkland Islands Pound £ FKP Penny 100
     Faroe Islands Danish krone cr DKK Øre 100
    Faroese crown cr ( none ) Oyra 100
     Fiji Fijian dollar $ FJD Mon 100
     Philippines Philippine pesos PHP Centavo 100
     Finland Euro EUR Mon 100
     Gabon Central African CFA Franc Fr XAF centime 100
     Gambia Gambian Dalasi D GMD Old 100
     Georgian Georgian Run GEL Tetris 100
     Ghana Ghanaian Cedis GHS tenant 100
     Gibraltar Gibraltar pound £ GIP Penny 100
     Grenada East Caribbean Dollar $ XCD Mon 100
     Guatemala Guatemalan Quetzals Q GTQ Centavo 100
     Guernsey British pound £ GBP Penny 100
    Guernsey pound £ ( none ) Penny 100
     Guinea Guinean Franc Fr GNF centime 100
     Equatorial Guinea Central African CFA Franc Fr XAF centime 100
     Guinea-Bissau West African CFA Franc Fr XOF centime 100
     Guyana Guyanese Dollar $ GYD Mon 100
     Haiti Gourde Haiti G HTG centime 100
     Honduras Honduran Lempiras L HNL Centavo 100
     Hong Kong Hong Kong dollar $ HKD Mon 100
     Hungary Hungarian Forint Ft HUF Filler 100
     Iceland Icelandic króna cr UTI Eyrir 100
     India Indian rupees INR Paisa 100
     Indonesia Indonesian Rupiah Rp IDR Rupiah 1000
     Iran Iranian rials IRR Dinar 100
     Iraq Iraqi Dinar ع.د IQD Philosophy 1000
     Ireland Euro EUR Mon 100
     Isles of Man British pound £ GBP Penny 100
    Manx pounds £ IMP Penny 100
     Israel Israeli new shekel ILS Agora 100
     Italy Euro EUR Mon 100
     Jamaica Jamaican Dollar $ JMD Mon 100
     Japan Japanese Yen ¥ JPY Mon 100
     German Euro EUR Mon 100
     jersey British pound £ GBP Penny 100
    Jersey pounds £ JEP Penny 100
     New Caledonia CFP franc Fr XPF centime 100
     Cambodia Cambodian Riel KHR Mon 100
    United States Dollar $ USD Mon 100
     Cameroon Central African CFA Franc Fr XAF centime 100
     Canada Canadian Dollar $ CAD Mon 100
     Kazakhstan Tenge Kazakhstan KZT Tïın 100
     Kenya Kenyan shilling Sh KES Mon 100
     Kiribati Australian Dollar $ AUD Mon 100
    Kiribati dollar $ ( none ) Mon 100
     Colombia Colombian pesos $ COP Centavo 100
     Comoros Comoran franc Fr KMF centime 100
     Congo, Democratic Republic Congo franc Fr CDF centime 100
     Congo, Republic Central African CFA Franc Fr XAF centime 100
     South Korea South Korean won KRW Jeon 100
     North Korea North Korean won KPW Chon 100
     Kosovo Euro EUR Mon 100
     Costa Rica Colón Costa Rica CRC Centimo 100
     Croatia Croatian kuna kn HRK Lipa 100
     Cuba Cuban convertible peso $ CUC Centavo 100
    Cuban pesos $ CUP Centavo 100
     Kuwait Kuwaiti dinars د. ك KWD Philosophy 1000
     Kyrgyzstan Som Kyrgyzstan с KGS Tyiyn 100
     Laos Lao Kip LACQUER Att 100
     Latvia Euro EUR Mon 100
     Lebanese Lebanese pound ل. ل LBP Piastre 100
     Lesotho Lesotho loti L MSM Sente 100
    South African Rands R ZAR Mon 100
     Liberia Liberian Dollar $ LRD Mon 100
     Libya Libyan dinar ل.د POIs Dirham 1000
     Liechtenstein Swiss Franc Fr CHF rappen 100
     Lithuania Euro EUR Mon 100
     Luxembourg Euro EUR Mon 100
     Madagascar Ariary Madagascar Ar MGA Iraimbilanja 5
     Macau Macanese Pataca P MOP Avo 100
     Macedonia, Republic Macedonian Denar ден MKD Deni 100
     Malawi Malawian kwachas MK MWK patch 100
     Malaysia Malaysian ringgit RM MYR Mon 100
     Maldives Rufiyaa Maldives .gmail MVR Laari 100
     Mali West African CFA Franc Fr XOF centime 100
     Malta Euro EUR Mon 100
     Marshall Islands United States Dollar $ USD Mon 100
     Mauritania Mauritanian ouguiya UM MRO Khoums 5
     Mauritius Mauritian Rupee MUR Mon 100
     Mexico Mexican pesos $ MXN Centavo 100
     Egypt Egyptian pound £ or ج. م EGP Piastre 100
     Micronesia Micronesia Dollar $ ( none ) Mon 100
    United States Dollar $ USD Mon 100
     Moldova Moldovan leu L MDL Tire 100
      Monaco Euro EUR Mon 100
     Mongolia Tögrög Mongolia MNT Mongo 100
     Montenegro Euro EUR Mon 100
     Montserrat East Caribbean Dollar $ XCD Mon 100
     Morocco Moroccan Dirham د. م. MAD centime 100
     Mozambique Mozambican Meticals MT MZN Centavo 100
     Myanmar Burmese Kyats Ks MMK Pya 100
     Namibia Namibian Dollar $ NAD Mon 100
    South African Rands R ZAR Mon 100
     Nauru Australian Dollar $ AUD Mon 100
    Nauruan dollar $ ( none ) Mon 100
       Nepal Nepalese Rupee NPR Paisa 100
     Nicaragua Córdoba Nicaragua C$ NIO Centavo 100
     Nigeria West African CFA Franc Fr XOF centime 100
     Nigeria Nigerian Naira NGN Kobo 100
     Niue New Zealand Dollar $ NZD Mon 100
    New Zealand dollar $ ( none ) Mon 100
     Norway Norwegian krone cr NOK Øre 100
     Oman Omani rial ر. ع. OMR Baisa 1000
     South Ossetia Russian ruble RUB Kopek 100
     Pakistan Pakistani Rupee PKR Paisa 100
     Palau Palau Dollar $ ( none ) Mon 100
    United States Dollar $ USD Mon 100
     Palestine Israeli new shekel ILS Agora 100
    Jordanian Dinar د.ا JOD Piastre 100
     Panama Panamanian Balboas B/. PAB Centésimo 100
    United States Dollar $ USD Mon 100
     Ivory Coast West African CFA Franc Fr XOF centime 100
     Papua New Guinea Papua New Guinean kina K PGK Toea 100
     Paraguay Guarani Paraguay PYG Centimo 100
     French Euro EUR Mon 100
     peruvian Peruvian Sol S/. PEN Centimo 100
     Pitcairn Islands New Zealand Dollar $ NZD Mon 100
    Pitcairn Islands Dollar $ ( none ) Mon 100
     Poland Polish Zloty PLN Grosz 100
     French Polynesia CFP franc Fr XPF centime 100
     Portugal Euro EUR Mon 100
     Qatar Qatari riyals ر. ق QAR Dirham 100
     Romania Romanian leu lei RON Tire 100
     Russia Russian ruble RUB Kopek 100
     Rwanda Rwandan Franc Fr RWF centime 100
     Sabbath United States Dollar $ USD Mon 100
     Sahrawi Republic Algerian Dinar د. ج DZD Santeem 100
    Mauritanian ouguiya UM MRO Khoums 5
    Moroccan Dirham د. م. MAD centime 100
    Sahrawi’s Peseta ₧ or Ptas ( none ) centime 100
     Saint Helena Saint Helena pound £ SHP Penny 100
     Saint Kitts and Nevis East Caribbean Dollar $ XCD Mon 100
     Saint Lucia East Caribbean Dollar $ XCD Mon 100
     Saint Vincent and the Grenadines East Caribbean Dollar $ XCD Mon 100
     Samoa Tala Samoan Q WST Sene 100
     British Indian Ocean Region United States Dollar $ USD Mon 100
      San Marino Euro EUR Mon 100
     Sao Tomé and Principe Dobra Sao Tome and Principe Db STD Centimo 100
     New Zealand New Zealand Dollar $ NZD Mon 100
     Senegal West African CFA Franc Fr XOF centime 100
     Serbia Serbian Dinar дин. or din. RSD para 100
     Seychelles Seychelles rupee SCR Mon 100
     Sierra Leone Leone Sierra Leone Le SLL Mon 100
     Singapore Brunei dollar $ BND Mon 100
    Singapore dollar $ SGD Mon 100
     Saint Eustatius United States Dollar $ USD Mon 100
     Saint Maarten Netherlands Antillean Guilder ƒ ANG Mon 100
     Cyprus Euro EUR Mon 100
     North Cyprus Turkish lira TRY Thin 100
     Slovakia Euro EUR Mon 100
     Slovenia Euro EUR Mon 100
     Solomon Islands Solomon Islands Dollar $ SBD Mon 100
     Somalia Somali shilling Sh SAUCE Mon 100
     Somaliland Somaliland shilling sl ( none ) Mon 100
     South Sandwich Islands and South Georgia British pound £ GBP Penny 100
    South Sandwich Islands Pound and South Georgia £ ( none ) Penny 100
     Spanish Euro EUR Mon 100
     Sri Lanka Sri Lankan rupees Rs or රු LKR Mon 100
     Sudan Sudanese pound ج. س. SDG Piastre 100
     South Sudan South Sudanese Pound £ SSP Piastre 100
     Syria Syrian pound £ or ل.س syp Piastre 100
     Suriname Surinamese Dollar $ SRD Mon 100
     Sweden Swedish krona cr SEC Ore 100
     Switzerland Swiss Franc Fr CHF rappen 100
     Taiwan New Taiwan Dollar $ TWD Mon 100
     Tajikistan Tajikistani Somoni ЅМ TJS Diram 100
     Cape Verde Cape Verdean Escudo Esc or $ CVE Centavo 100
     Tanzania Tanzanian shilling Sh TZS Mon 100
     Thailand Thai baht ฿ THB satang 100
     Timor Leste United States Dollar $ USD Mon 100
    ( none ) ( none ) ( none ) Centavo ( none )
     China Chinese Yuan ¥ or 元 CNY Fen 100
     Togo West African CFA Franc Fr XOF centime 100
     Tonga Paʻanga Tong T$ TOP Art 100
     Transnistria Transnistrian ruble p. PRB Kopek 100
     Trinidad and Tobago Trinidad and Tobago Dollar $ STD Mon 100
     Tristan da Cunha Saint Helena pound £ SHP Penny 100
    Tristan da Cunha pounds £ ( none ) Penny 100
     Tunis Tunisian Dinar د. ت TND Millime 1000
     Turkey Turkish lira TRY Thin 100
     Turkmenistan Turkmen Manat m TMT Tennesi 100
     Turks and Caicos Islands United States Dollar $ USD Mon 100
     Tuvalu Australian Dollar $ AUD Mon 100
    Tuvaluan dollar $ TVD Mon 100
     Uganda Ugandan shilling Sh UGX Mon 100
     Ukraine Ukrainian hryvnia UAH Kopiyka 100
    Russian ruble RUB Kopek 100
     United Arab Emirates United Arab Emirates dirhams د. إ AEDs Philosophy 100
     Uruguay Uruguayan pesos $ UYU Centésimo 100
     Uzbekistan Som Uzbekistan UZS Tiyin 100
     Vanuatu Vatu Vanuatu Vt VUV ( none ) ( none )
     VaticanCity Euro EUR Mon 100
     Venezuelan Bolívar Venezuela Bs VEF Centimo 100
     Vietnamese Vietnamese Dong VND Hào 10
     British Virgin Islands British Virgin Islands Dollar $ ( none ) Mon 100
    United States Dollar $ USD Mon 100
     Wallis and Futuna CFP franc Fr XPF centime 100
     Yemen Yemeni rial YER Philosophy 100
     Jordan Jordanian Dinar د.ا JOD Piastre 100
     Greece Euro EUR Mon 100
     Zambia Zambian kwacha ZK ZMW Ngwee 100
     Zimbabwe Botswana Island P BWP Thebes 100
    British pound £ GBP Penny 100
    Chinese Yuan ¥ or 元 CNY Fen 100
    Euro EUR Mon 100
    Indian rupees INR Paisa 100
    Japanese Yen ¥ JPY Mon 100
    South African Rands Rs ZAR Mon 100
    United States Dollar $ USD Mon 100
    ( none ) ( none ) ( none ) Mon ( none )

    Related Book Recommendations

    1. The world of stocks isn’t as beautiful as social media: a beginner’s guide

    2. World Economic System

    3. Economics, Business World, and Community Development

  • Mosquito Life Cycle: Complete with Pictures and Explanations

    Sinaumed’s, during the rainy season you may often find pools of water which are everywhere and can trigger the birth of mosquito larvae. In general, children have a fairly large curiosity.

    Mosquitoes have various kinds, but currently one type of mosquito that is most feared by many people, namely Aedes Aegypti . Mosquitoes also have 4 stages for their life cycle, starting from being an egg, then a larva, then a pupa, and becoming an adult.

    Based on the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention on its website, all stages of life from egg to adult, of course, take about 8 to 10 days.

    As you already know, these mosquitoes really like to suck blood from humans, these types of mosquitoes are female animals. Based on the quote reported by Widya Wiyata Pertama World Insects, that the blood he has sucked is used as a process for mosquitoes to lay eggs.

    Mosquitoes suck human blood by using their needle-like mouths, then stick them into the body of humans or animals.

    The female mosquito, once sucking blood is very large, which is about twice the size of its body. The blood is needed to store a protein for the egg. After sucking blood one to five times, these animals usually immediately lay eggs to death.

    The Aedes Aegypti mosquito , only flies a few blocks in its life. Unlike other mosquito animals, this mosquito prefers to suck blood from humans. And these animals are very comfortable living together near humans.

    Therefore, these animals can be found in a number of houses and buildings. This place did not use a screen on the windows nor did it have a door nor did it leave the door open. Unlike female mosquitoes, this type of male mosquito prefers to suck water or plant extracts.

    Mosquitoes are small insects whose presence is quite disturbing to humans. Not only as a source of disease, mosquito bites also cause allergic reactions, for example, itching or bumps.

    However, did you know that actually the main food of mosquitoes is flower essence so it is not blood from humans. Here are six interesting facts about mosquitoes that you didn’t know about.

    1. Mosquitoes do not have teeth, these animals suck their food source by using their proboscis.
    2. This mosquito animal has a main food in the form of juice and flowers or nectar.
    3. Male mosquito species usually don’t suck blood, so only the female type requires protein in the blood to make eggs
    4. There are about 3000 species of mosquitoes in the world
    5. Mosquitoes have existed since the time of the dinosaurs.
    6. These animals cannot live for a long time, the life span for Culex mosquitoes is only around 7 days.

    Mosquito Life Cycle

    Mosquitoes have a fairly perfect life cycle process, divided into 4 stages, from laying eggs, becoming larvae, to pupae, and adult mosquitoes. After this male mosquito animal marries a female animal, then he will look for a blood that he uses to nourish the eggs.

    The development of this stage is called metamorphosis, which is further discussed in the book Metamorphosis Series: Ngiing…Ngiing…Flying Mosquitoes which is below.

    It usually takes about 3 to 4 days after the animal sucks blood for the egg to form. Here are the complete phases of the mosquito life cycle from being an egg to being an adult.

    1. Eggs

    Usually the parents will find a moist environment, for example, a pool of water. This animal uses a sensor that it has under its stomach to measure the appropriate temperature and humidity. After the mosquito incubates the eggs until they hatch.

    A number of mosquitoes have small egg shapes similar to dust and are scattered in ponds. But there are also mosquitoes that assemble their eggs close together. In this egg-laying phase it takes 2 days until it finally hatches as a larva.

    2. Larvae

    The incubation phase can generally last for about 5 to 10 days, depending on environmental temperature, food, and the presence of other predators. Larvae have different shapes and characteristics according to each species.

    An example is the Culex mosquito larva, which has a shape similar to a pipe or a slender siphon, with fine hairs around the larvae that are irregular and hang on aquatic plants. While the Anopheles mosquito does not have a siphon.

    3. Pupae

    4. Adult Mosquitoes

    Usually adult mosquitoes will be on the surface of the water to dry their bodies so they can fly. In general, the male type of mosquito will come out of the cocoon first, followed by the female. This is the final phase of the mosquito before the adult mosquito returns to reproduce and repeats its life cycle.

    Mosquitoes are considered as quite deadly insect animals. This is because mosquito bites are the cause of outbreaks of dengue fever. Dengue fever is a disease caused by Dengue Virus (DENV).

    In order to prevent mosquitoes from dengue fever, it is better to keep the environment clean. By closing the water reservoir and spraying which functions to kill the larvae and mosquitoes around your environment.

    Cycle and Lifespan of Mosquitoes

    How many days does the mosquito life cycle last?
    The mosquito life cycle from egg to adult usually takes 8 to 14 days. However, the time of the mosquito life cycle cycle can vary and depends on a number of factors, namely temperature and also the quality of the food source needed at the larval stage.

    How long do mosquitoes live?
    If you are repeatedly asked how long mosquitoes live, then the following is the response.
    In general, how long the life span of these animals depends on several factors, such as:

    • Humidity
    • Mosquito species
    • Temperature
    • Presence of natural predators
    • Gender

    However, the average age for male mosquitoes is known to have a fairly shorter age than the age for female mosquitoes. This type of male mosquito can only survive for 10 days or a week. Meanwhile, the age of female mosquitoes can range from 3 to 4 weeks and can even take longer depending on the species.

    To better understand the metamorphosis cycle of mosquitoes and other animals which are divided into two, namely perfect and imperfect metamorphosis, the Science Comic book Smart Boy: Metamorphosis comes with various interesting illustrations!

    Diseases Caused by Mosquitoes

    Mosquitoes are one of the most deadly animals in the world. Because of his expertise in spreading a disease, it can result in millions of deaths each year.

    Based on data from WHO in 2015, malaria causes 438 thousand deaths worldwide. Not only malaria, another mosquito-borne disease, namely dengue hemorrhagic fever, which can also cause a number of fatalities.

    Breaking the life cycle of mosquitoes can help you stay protected from various kinds of diseases, including:

    1. Dengue Hemorrhagic Fever (DHF)

    Cases of dengue hemorrhagic fever have increased by about 30 times in the last 30 years. So you need to anticipate the disease. If not then you need to immediately prevent it and handle it, because Dengue Hemorrhagic Fever can cause death.

    2. Malaria

    Indonesia still has a number of flows that are endemic to malaria. For sufferers, the disease can produce symptoms such as headaches, vomiting, fever, and chills.

    3. Zika

    Zika is a disease caused by a virus that is spread by mosquitoes. The virus is quite dangerous, if faced by a pregnant woman. Because the Zika virus can trigger physical disorders of the fetus, namely microcephaly or which is characterized by the size of the baby’s head that is so small.

    4. Chikungunya

    Chikungunya can be marked by the appearance of a lump or swelling similar to the symptoms of joint disorders. These sufferers can experience pain such as nausea, headaches, and red spots. There is no medicine that can cure this disease. However, this disease can heal by itself.

    5. Yellow Fever or Yellow Fever

    As the name implies, sufferers of yellow fever will have the characteristic color of the skin and eyes turning yellow. If it’s mild, the disease can only cause back pain, headaches, vomiting to chills.

    6. Elephant’s Foot

    Elephantiasis or the term lymphatic filariasis is a disease caused by parasites that have lodged in the body’s lymphatic system. The body’s lymphatic system has the goal of regulating the balance of body fluids and fighting infection. Disturbances in the balance of body fluids, causing the legs to look swollen and then a term called elephantiasis appears.

    How to Break the Mosquito Life Cycle

    Anticipating the spread of diseases caused by mosquito bites, it is effective when mosquitoes are in the early stages of their life cycle. So, there’s nothing wrong with understanding in detail about the life cycle of mosquitoes.

    An effective way to avoid a disease that is transmitted by mosquitoes is to break the life cycle.
    There are various ways you can do this. However, in general, the steps for 3M plus were initiated by the Indonesian Ministry of Health which were considered as effective steps.

    Here’s how to break the life cycle of mosquitoes using the 3M steps :

    Drain

    Routinely drain a water reservoir that you frequently use, for example a bucket or bathtub. As well as the need to drain and clean the drinking water containers in dispensers and refrigerators.

    Close

    Close tightly the water reservoirs, for example water drums, jugs to plant pots.

    Utilizing Used Goods Back

    Utilizing or using used goods again or what we usually call recycling used places that can hold water. We can use this as a step to break the life cycle of mosquitoes properly.

    While the steps that require implementation other than the three steps above are:

    • Provide larvicidal powder in water reservoirs that are difficult to clean
    • Use mosquito repellent
    • Avoid the habit of hanging clothes in the house
    • Wear mosquito nets when sleeping
    • Regulate ventilation and light in the house
    • Raising fish that can prey on mosquito larvae
    • Plant mosquito repellent plants

    The mosquito life cycle has four stages, namely laying eggs, becoming larvae, then pupae, and turning into adult mosquitoes. The life cycle occurs for 8 to 10 days.

    The life cycle of mosquitoes can be broken so that the spread of diseases through mosquitoes can be prevented. Of course it could save a number of lives. With the fact that the mosquito is a deadly animal in the world with several diseases it carries.

    Diseases such as Malaria, Chikungunya, DHF, elephantiasis, and yellow fever are diseases that can be avoided by breaking the chain of life.

    So you need to remember to keep doing draining activities, and closing all stagnant water places, and recycling used items around the house so they don’t get buried and turn them into mosquito nests.

    Unique Facts about Mosquitoes

    Sinaumed’s, it turns out there are some unique facts about mosquitoes that people rarely know about. In the following, the author has collected some unique facts that Sinaumed’s must know.

    1. Mosquitoes are classified as deadly animals

    This animal is already known as a deadly animal in the world. Where mosquitoes have caused more human death than wild animals such as sharks or snakes. Despite their very small size, mosquitoes are known to kill more than 700,000 people each year. Mosquitoes are also animals that cause infectious diseases such as Malaria, Zika, and Dengue.

    2. Only Female Mosquitoes Bite Humans

    Does Sinaumed’s know that female mosquitoes are a type of mosquito that likes to suck human blood. While male mosquitoes do not.

    Actually, the main food of both male and female mosquitoes is nectar, which is a sweet substance in a plant. However, male mosquitoes only eat nectar and that is enough to meet their energy needs.

    Meanwhile, female mosquitoes need additional energy in the form of protein substances to lay eggs. Therefore, female mosquitoes still have to suck human blood. This is because human blood contains protein and amino acids which are important for the mosquito’s body to produce eggs and develop them.

    3. Mosquitoes Have Been There Since the Age of Dinosaurs

    Did Sinaumed’s already know that mosquitoes have existed since the time of the dinosaurs. This is evidenced by the discovery of biting insect fossils. This fossil has been identified as dating from the Triassic Period. Where the era occurred in 199-251 million years ago.

    So, those are some explanations about the life cycle of mosquitoes and their unique facts. Remember, Sinaumed’s, to avoid several types of diseases caused by mosquitoes, we must be diligent and routinely maintain the cleanliness of the environment. In addition, we also need to apply some of the tips described above.

    For Sinaumed’s who want to study or know the life cycle of mosquitoes and other unique facts in more detail. The author would recommend the following books that discuss mosquitoes and other animals.

  • Mosaic is a work of art, see the history and method of making it

    Mozaik is – Hello Sinaumed’s, have you ever heard of the word Mozaik? Yes, it’s
    like something put together by sticking together the pieces to make a beautiful new visual
    masterpiece.

    But really, what is Mosaic? How found? And so forth. This time we
    will discuss all things related to Mosaic.
    What exactly is a mosaic? Let’s ask the
    experts.

    Definition of Mosaic according to experts

    1. According to Hajar Pamadhi and Sukardi
    (2008:56)

    Pamadhi and Sukardi argue that Mosaic is the creation of two or three dimensional works of art using materials or
    materials from pieces that are deliberately made by cutting them into pieces or in the form of pieces and then
    arranging them by sticking them on a flat surface by gluing them.

    2. According to Soemardji (1992)

    Soemardji argues that mosaic is a work of art which contains elements that are arranged and glued together in
    such a way on a plane surface so as to form an image or design.

    3. Sumanto (2005)

    Sumanto believes that mosaic is a way of creating images, paintings or decorations by gluing small pieces of
    certain materials.

    That means according to the experts. In general, mosaic can be interpreted as a two- or
    three-dimensional work of art that uses materials such as glass, ceramics, colored paper or other media that
    are cut into pieces, and can even use materials that are no longer used because they are broken or torn.
    These materials are then arranged and affixed to the patterned areas, so that they become a new
    work of aesthetic value.

    History of Mosaic

    That said, this work of art was introduced by the Sumerians in Mesopotamia around 4000 or 5000 years ago.
    At that time, mosaics were made using clay plates on the walls, so that they formed the desired
    pattern of images.

    Then it developed, the Egyptians made mosaics using materials such as gemstones which were used to decorate walls
    and furniture.

    The Greeks also developed using colored natural stones, the stone materials used are the materials of choice, in
    order to produce natural and permanent colors.

    The Romans began to use the material to make mosaics in the form of chips. Usually the motifs
    of these works depict something, ranging from simple motifs, to everyday stories and heroic myths.
    The materials used usually use ceramics, glass, and clay to produce special effects.

    The Difference between Mosaic and Similar Works

    Mosaics, collages, and montages are two or three-dimensional works of art that apply the art of pasting
    pieces of material and arranging them to form an image.
    But who would have thought, even though
    they were similar, in fact the three of them had differences.
    Where does the difference
    lie?

    For montage, montage is a work of art that uses an image from magazines, books, newspapers, etc. to be
    arranged into a new work of art.
    For example cutting a picture of a car in a newspaper or
    magazine, then putting it together in a new field.

    A collage is a work of art by attaching several types of materials such as newspapers, seeds, and beads to
    a patterned area.
    Meanwhile, mosaic is gluing one type of material into a new shape.

    It is clear now the difference? Then, what exactly is the function of this mosaic?
    Let’s try to see one by one!

    Mosaic function

    1. Aesthetic practical function

    Aesthetics has the meaning of everything related to the appreciation of beauty. The aesthetic
    practical function here is a work of art with a decorative function to beautify or beautify a room.

    2. Expression function

    As a function of expression, this work will exist based on the expressions that appear from the maker.
    Usually, mosaic artists have a myriad of creative ideas, which are then expressed in their mosaic
    works.

    3. Educational function

    Creativity in making this work will involve motor functions, intellect, absorption, emotion, and aesthetic
    taste.
    So by itself, each of these functions will increase with the frequency of making this
    work.

    4. Psychological function

    In terms of psychological functions, mosaics act as a medium for channeling various kinds of emotions that
    a person experiences.
    Now many people refer to it as healing media .

    5. Social function

    As a social function, mosaics function as a means of preserving cultural values ​​that are strong in society, so
    that they can be entertainment, present beauty, and as part of education in society.

    Materials Used

    More curious about this work? You can, you know, make this work by utilizing the materials
    around you.
    What materials can be used to make mosaics?

    The following are materials that can be used in making mosaic art:

    1. Ceramics

    Works of art that use ceramic materials, usually use ceramic pieces consisting of various colors that match
    certain motifs or according to patterns that have been designed.

    2. Glass

    This artwork usually uses pieces of glass in various shapes and sizes according to the desired pattern.

    3. Paper

    In making it, usually use colored paper or paper that is commonly used for origami, then cut according to needs.

    4. Seeds

    Seeds of plant origin can also be used to make mosaics, such as green bean seeds, black soybean seeds, saga
    seeds, and so on.

    5. Stone

    The types of stone that are often used to make mosaics are usually natural stone chips, marble, brick chips,
    gravel, or flagstone.

    6. Leaves

    Leaves are also a material that can be used to make mosaics. From a variety of shapes and
    characteristics, leaves can be arranged into an interesting pattern in a mosaic artwork.

    7. Rubber

    In mosaic works, processed rubber is usually used, such as used tires which are cut into small pieces or made
    into pieces to match the required shape and size.

    8. Metal

    There are several types of metals that can be used as mosaic materials, including brass, zinc, and
    aluminum.
    It is also possible that precious metals such as gold can also be used to make
    mosaics.

    Of course, according to the funds you have, Sinaumed’s. Even though it is cut into small pieces
    according to the desired needs, gold is still of high value.

    9. Mika

    Mica is a kind of mineral. The word mica comes from the Latin word micare
    which means sparkling.
    So, the mica used in this mosaic art is a mineral such as aluminum
    silicate or glass magnesium, when used for mosaics, it will look sparkling.
    In addition,
    mica also serves as electrical insulation.

    10. Skin

    The skin is the outermost part of living things. The skin that is often used as a mosaic
    material is the skin of fruits or plants, often even shells or eggshells are used.

    Of course, apart from the materials mentioned above, we also need other supporting materials to make a mosaic
    work of art, such as mats, glue or adhesive, pencils, cutting tools, as well as erasers.

    Mosaic Making Method

    In making mosaic art, there are several methods that must be considered. Methods in making
    mosaic works of art are needed so that the resulting work has aesthetic value and is full of beauty.

    Several methods are often used in making mosaic artwork, including:

    1. The direct method

    The direct method uses the technique of sticking one by one the pieces of material used on the surface of another
    three-dimensional object.

    2. Indirect method

    This indirect method is based on first arranging the mosaic pieces on another medium, then transferring them to
    the surface of a three-dimensional object.

    3. The indirect method twice

    This method is the same as the indirect method, but the process is carried out twice. So,
    after the first method is done, it is done by repeating the same method.

    How to Make a Mosaic

    After the materials and methods, you know. Now is the time for you to try to make it, Sinaumed’s.
    Here’s how to make it:

    1. Prepare the necessary materials

    This is the first thing you have to prepare. As stated above, the materials that need to be
    prepared include mats, glue, pencils, cutting tools, erasers, the desired material can be paper, leather,
    leaves, rubber, and so on.

    2. Determine the base to be used

    Selection of base, related to the material to be used. It is recommended to choose a base that
    is sturdy and thick, so that the material used can stick perfectly.
    Several base materials can
    be selected, such as cardboard, board, canvas,
    duplex paper, and cardboard.

    3. Make a pattern on the base plane

    After determining the base to be used. The next step is to make a pattern or sketch on the
    base area to be used.
    Patterns are made, according to what is desired by using a pencil, so
    that they can be easily erased if a drawing error occurs.

    The patterns can be animals, plants, landscapes, humans, and so on. Make sure the pattern
    drawn is of sufficient size to attach the pieces of material properly.

    4. Apply adhesive

    After the base plane and pattern image are ready, apply glue to the area where the pieces of material will
    be attached.
    So that the material is easy to set, don’t give too much adhesive.
    Paste the material on the wider area first, then stick on the small parts.

    5. Wait for it to dry completely

    After all the materials are glued to the base plane, wait until the adhesive dries and sticks perfectly.
    To make it look prettier, put a frame on the finished mosaic work.

    Examples of Extraordinary Mosaic Works

    Here are some examples of famous mosaic works made by world-class artists.

    1. Secret Between You and Me

    The mosaic work above is called Secret between you and me, made by Atsuko Laskaris, a Japanese-born
    artist who is now working in California.
    This work depicts a little girl who has wings like
    a butterfly playing with a butterfly.
    This work includes intricate work and has amazing
    detail.

    2. Autumn Landscape

    This mosaic artwork entitled Autumn Landscape was created by an artist named Sandra Bryant.
    Sandra and her husband, Carl Bryant, are artists who create works of art such as large murals
    for the public, mosaics for housing, and many other works.

    Sandra uses small pieces of glass and ceramic to create very intricate mosaic works. Autumn Landscape uses
    a material in the form of glass which was made in 2006.

    3. Secret Mosaic Staircase

    This time, it’s not a series of glass or ceramic pieces arranged for wall hangings or indoor decorative
    ornaments. Secret Mosaic Staircase is a work on the 163 steps that lead to the top.

    This work was created by Irish ceramics Aileen Barr involving 300 workers. Over two and
    a half years of work, the work involved 2000 handcrafted fontanels and 75000 mirror fragments, stained
    glass and tiles to complete the sea to sky design, incorporating the names of more than 220
    sponsors.

    How about it, Sinaumed’s? Interesting right? If you have an interest in making
    mosaic art, you can start learning from now on.
    If you don’t understand the methods and
    techniques, you can use the following book as a guide for learning to make mosaic art.

    Related Book Recommendations

    1. Mosaic Skills

    This book by Silvana Solichah contains 108 pages containing various examples of handicrafts from mosaic
    paper.
    In making crafts or handicrafts, it takes patience, touch, and creativity.

    Every effort to produce beautiful works of art, must have various kinds of challenges. This
    book will show you how, step by step, to produce beautiful work.
    This book guides the process
    from start to finish in producing works.

    Many tips are given to make it easier to be creative, so that it has artistic value. More
    curious?
    Get this book soon, and have fun practicing.

    2. The Most Beautiful Mosaics

    An Andrea Hirata makes mosaic works in another form. Andrea Hirata is a novelist with his
    famous work, namely Laskar Pelangi.
    Laskar Pelangi is a novel by Andrea Hirata which has been
    adapted to the big screen.

    The Most Beautiful Mozaik-Mozaik Novel is a book that contains a collection of editor-chosen chapters that
    are considered the best of all the books by Andrea Hirata.
    In each chapter, we will be
    presented with feelings of conflicts that are raging in our hearts.

    Tells about the feelings full of memories of a beautiful childhood, playing with friends, respect for teachers,
    beautiful surroundings, not burdened with piled workloads, the struggles of Belitung village children who are
    trying to stay able to go to school, even though it is full of struggles against the inevitability and all the
    turmoil of other feelings, which can make sad and touched.

    Even though this book contains a collection of many books, it does not diminish your reading experience in
    following the storyline.
    More curious about this book? Please visit
    www.sinaumedia.com to propose this book by Andrea Hirata.

    That’s a brief review of mosaics, Sinaumed’s. Have fun creating works of art. Always
    remember, sinaumedia will accompany you with quality readings that can be found at
    sinaumedia.com so that you can #MoreWithReading.

    It turns out that you don’t always have to use new materials to make mosaics, you know, Sinaumed’s. You can
    also use existing materials, including those that have been thrown away.
    Wouldn’t it be
    interesting if it could become a new and valuable work?

  • Morning Day Night Diet Menu

    Day and Night Diet Menu – Everyone wants a healthy body with ideal body posture.
    This of course can be realized in various ways, one of which is by going on a diet.

    Through this diet program, it is believed that we can lose weight by adjusting our diet to be healthier.
    The success of the diet is not only in the way we manage our diet, but also must be balanced with
    exercise.

    In managing the diet should not be arbitrary. The types of food included in the morning and
    evening diet must contain balanced nutrition, from carbohydrates, vitamins, proteins, healthy fats, to
    minerals.

    When you’re on a diet, it doesn’t mean you eat small portions right away. However, we still
    eat as usual with a menu that is not excessive.
    In this morning and evening diet, there are
    prearranged meal times, namely

    • Breakfast (06.00 – 08.00)
    • Morning snack (09.30 – 10.00)
    • Lunch (12.00 – 14.00)
    • Afternoon snack (16.00 – 17.00)
    • Dinner (18.00 – 19.00)

    Then, what are the recommendations for the morning and evening diet menu? Come on, look
    at the following reviews so that
    Sinaumed’s can follow the example for dieting
    activities!

    Morning Day and Night Diet Menu Recommendations

    First day

    Breakfast

    (06.00 – 08.00)

    • Two slices of whole wheat toast with butter
    • Tea or coffee with sugar. It’s best not to add milk.
    Morning snack

    (09.30 – 10.00)

    An apple
    Have lunch

    (12.00 – 14.00)

    • Grilled chicken breast with butter or olive oil
    • Boiled vegetables (can be carrots, corn, and broccoli)
    • Glass of water
    Afternoon snack

    (16.00 – 17.00)

    An apple
    Dinner

    (18.00 – 19.00)

    • Lean beef steak
    • Mashed potatoes (mashed potatoes)
    • Glass of water

    The second day

    Breakfast

    (06.00 – 08.00)

    • A glass of low fat milk
    • One banana
    • Glass of water
    Morning snack

    (09.30 – 10.00)

    1 medium piece of papaya fruit
    Have lunch

    (12.00 – 14.00)

    • Vegetable salad with macaroni cooked in olive oil or low-fat oil
    • Glass of water
    Afternoon snack

    (16.00 – 17.00)

    1 banana
    Dinner

    (18.00 – 19.00)

    • Skinless boiled chicken breast
    • Boiled vegetables (can be carrots, corn, or broccoli)
    • Glass of water

    The third day

    Breakfast

    (06.00 – 08.00)

    • Boiled eggs added with cheese
    • Glass of water
    Morning snack

    (09.30 – 10.00)

    Fruit juices without added sugar
    Have lunch

    (12.00 – 14.00)

    • Red rice
    • Pepes fish
    • Boiled tofu or tempeh
    • Glass of water
    Afternoon snack

    (16.00 – 17.00)

    1 apple
    Dinner

    (18.00 – 19.00)

    • Vegetable and mushroom salad cooked in olive oil or low-fat oil (chicken breast or prawns
      can be added)
    • Glass of water

    The fourth day

    Breakfast

    (06.00 – 08.00)

    • 2 slices of whole wheat bread with jam
    • Fruit salad
    • A glass of low fat milk
    Morning snack

    (09.30 – 10.00)

    1 apple
    Have lunch

    (12.00 – 14.00)

    • 6 tablespoons of rice
    • A bowl of vegetables
    • 1 piece of skinless grilled chicken
    Afternoon snack

    (16.00 – 17.00)

    Fruit salad
    Dinner

    (18.00 – 19.00)

    • Steamed chicken
    • Mashed potatoes (mashed potatoes)
    • Glass of water

    Fifth day

    Breakfast

    (06.00 – 08.00)

    • Vegetable omelette (2 egg whites with 1 yolk. vegetables can be tomatoes)
    • A glass of green tea without sugar
    Morning snack

    (09.30 – 10.00)

    Fruit juice without added sugar
    Have lunch

    (12.00 – 14.00)

    • A portion of gado-gado without lontong (more boiled vegetables)
    • Glass of water
    Afternoon snack

    (16.00 – 17.00)

    Fruit salad
    Dinner

    (18.00 – 19.00)

    • Vegetable salad
    • Mashed potatoes (mashed potatoes)
    • Glass of water

    Sixth Day

    Breakfast

    (06.00 – 08.00)

    • 2 scrambled eggs
    • Cutlets
    • A glass of green tea without sugar
    Morning snack

    (09.30 – 10.00)

    3 pieces of pineapple
    Have lunch

    (12.00 – 14.00)

    • 4 tablespoons of brown rice
    • Grilled fish
    • fresh vegetables
    • Glass of water
    Afternoon snack

    (16.00 – 17.00)

    Fruit salad
    Dinner

    (18.00 – 19.00)

    • Vegetable and mushroom salad cooked in olive oil or low-fat oil (chicken breast or prawns
      can be added)
    • Glass of water

    Seventh day

    Breakfast

    (06.00 – 08.00)

    • 2 whole wheat toast with jam
    • A glass of low fat milk
    Morning snack

    (09.30 – 10.00)

    A glass of red guava juice
    Have lunch

    (12.00 – 14.00)

    • 4 tablespoons of brown rice
    • Boiled chicken breast
    • Glass of water
    Afternoon snack

    (16.00 – 17.00)

    Fruit salad
    Dinner

    (18.00 – 19.00)

    • Boiled vegetables
    • A glass of low fat milk

    Nutritional Content in the Morning Afternoon
    and Evening Diet Menu

    In the morning and evening diet menu, even though the portion is relatively small, it must still contain
    balanced nutrition for the body.
    The nutritional content is carbohydrates, protein, minerals,
    vitamins, and healthy fats.

    1. Carbohydrates

    The content of carbohydrates will always be needed by the body because it functions as a source of energy.
    Even so, in this morning and evening diet, you only need to reduce the amount of carbohydrates that
    enter our bodies.

    a. Rice

    Eating rice is important for health. However, in this diet program, you can replace it with
    brown rice.
    Why does it have to be brown rice? Because red rice has a lower
    calorie content, but is rich in vitamins and minerals which are good for weight loss.

    b. Bananas

    Bananas are one of the fruits that contain carbohydrates. Apart from bananas, there are also
    dates, mangoes, oranges, and beets that you can make recommendations if you are bored with bananas.

    c. Boiled potato

    Another way to enjoy carbohydrates is to eat boiled potatoes. Boiled potatoes have been used
    as a dietary food recommendation by health experts.
    This is because boiled potatoes contain
    vitamins and minerals, especially potassium, B vitamins to vitamin C.

    In fact, in 100 grams of boiled potatoes it has about 87 calories! Therefore, boiled potatoes
    are suitable as food for the diet because they have high fiber content and are low in fat.

    d. Sweet potato

    Don’t think that sweet potatoes are an ancient food. In fact, sweet potatoes have a lot of
    carbohydrate content and can be an option to replace rice.
    Various types of sweet potatoes are
    suitable
    for consumption in diet programs, especially purple sweet potatoes and sweet
    potatoes.

    Sweet potatoes are said to have low calories, so don’t hesitate to make sweet potatoes one of your diet menus!

    e. Wheat bread

    In the previous diet menu recommendations, there is a breakfast menu in the form of 2 slices of whole wheat
    bread.
    This is because two slices of wheat bread contain about 190 calories. In
    contrast to two slices of plain white bread which contains about 200 calories.

    Apart from that, wheat bread has ingredients that are beneficial to the body such as fiber, vitamin K, and
    anti-oxidants which can function to reduce stroke triggers.

    By making whole wheat bread a part of the diet menu at breakfast or lunch, it will make your stomach feel full so
    you don’t constantly want to eat again.

    2. Protein and Fat

    In order for your body to stay healthy, you don’t only need carbohydrates, but you also have to eat foods
    that contain protein and fat.
    In this case, you need an energy source in the form of side
    dishes so that your diet program is successful.

    a. Steamed Tofu and Tempeh

    Tofu and tempeh are types of side dishes that are easy to find at low prices. Even though it’s
    cheap, the protein content in tofu and tempeh is no less high than meat,
    you know…

    Tofu contains low calories so it is suitable for those of you who want to run a low calorie diet program.
    However, tofu and tempeh are not suitable for those who are on the DEBM diet because the protein
    must be of animal origin, such as meat.

    b. Boiled eggs

    Eggs are considered to have many health benefits, therefore in the recommendation for the morning and evening
    diet menu the night before, there is a boiled egg menu for breakfast.

    This means that eggs contain high nutrition and low calories and amino acids which function to facilitate
    our body’s metabolic system.
    From the low calories that boiled eggs have, this can be a simple
    way to lose weight.

    c. Boiled or Steamed Chicken Breast

    Besides having an affordable price, chicken breast also contains high protein. However, in
    order to consume this chicken breast, it must be prepared by boiling or steaming,
    right… of
    course without the skin.

    d. Fish

    Sinaumed’s must have known that fish contains good nutrition for the body. Therefore, fish can be
    a recommendation in your diet menu.
    However, to process this fish, you can’t mix it with oil
    and limit the use of sugar and salt, ok?

    Fish is suitable to be used as a diet menu if it is processed by burning, boiling, or pepes.
    Don’t eat fried fish if you want your diet to be successful, because fried fish contains a lot of
    oil.

    3. Vitamins

    The content of vitamins is also a complement to the diet menu, you know…

    Foods that contain this vitamin can be vegetables and fruits. Vegetables contain lots of
    nutrients and are low in calories, so they are suitable for your diet menu.

    a. Urap

    Did Sinaumed’s know about vegetables that are processed with ointment? This food is
    in the form of boiled vegetables and mixed with grated coconut sauce.
    This ointment preparation
    can be a diet menu option because it contains boiled vegetables so it is good for the body.

    b. Soup

    For Sinaumed’s who want to process vegetables in a fast and simple way, they can choose this vegetable soup.
    However, for a diet menu, it’s best if the vegetable soup doesn’t need to be put in broth, right?
    Just add enough salt to taste.

    c. Vegetable Salad

    Vegetable salad is a contemporary and practical way of preparing vegetables. Salads generally
    contain a mixture of mayonnaise and cheese, for this vegetable salad you shouldn’t …

    You can process it by boiling vegetables and then mixing it with olive oil to make it taste better, so you will
    like it when you eat it!

    So, those are the recommendations for the morning and evening diet menu along with the
    nutritional content that must be contained in the food menu.
    Sinaumed’s can create your own style
    of menu variation with a dose that is not excessive
    . In carrying out this diet program, you
    also have to continue to exercise regularly
    so that you get maximum results.

  • Morning call to prayer, Arabic, Latin and their meanings, complete with how to determine the time

    Reading the Morning Adhan – The companions of the Prophet in his time often gathered in the mosque to wait for the prayer time to come. However, because of the distance and busyness, the markers for prayer times were proposed by his friends. Some suggest using a bell, sounding a trumpet, or lighting a fire.

    For this reason, the Prophet Muhammad informed his revelation regarding the call to prayer. By order of the Prophet, Bilal bin Rabbah became a muezzin. Bilal was chosen because he has a loud and melodious voice. So since then, the call to prayer has become a marker of prayer for Muslims.

    Meaning of Adhan

    In language, the call to prayer means notification or call. As Allah has said in the letter At Tawbah Verse 3:

     وَأَذَانٌ مِنَ اللَّهِ وَرَسُولِهِ إِلَى النَّاسِ

    Meaning: “and this is a call from Allah and His Messenger to mankind”

    There is a meaning of the call to prayer in terms of a call or invitation that marks the entry of the five daily prayer hours and is pronounced with certain words and readings.

     

    You can learn about the Miracle of Carambola Antioxidants
    by the Editors of Health Secret

    Azan law

    Scholars have many disagreements about the law of the call to prayer. Most of the scholars say that the law on the call to prayer is sunnah muakkad, but another opinion that is stronger on this issue is the opinion that the law on the call to prayer is fardu kifayah. But keep in mind, this law only applies to men. Women are neither obligated nor sunnah to carry out the call to prayer.

     

    Adhan terms

    The following are the conditions for making the call to prayer, the conditions are:

    1. Has Entered Prayer Times

    The valid condition for the call to prayer is when the time for prayer begins, so that the call to prayer made before the time for prayer starts is invalid. However, there are exceptions for the dawn call to prayer. The morning call to prayer is only permitted to be carried out twice, namely before dawn arrives and when dawn arrives which is when the sadiq dawn rises.

    2. Intend to call to prayer

    For someone who is going to call to prayer, it is necessary to intend first in his heart (not with a certain lafazh), that he will carry out the call to prayer with a sincere feeling for Allah alone.

    3. Pronounced using Arabic

    According to some scholars, it is invalid for a call to prayer to use a language other than using Arabic. Among the scholars there are those who think so, namely scholars from Hambali, Hanafiah, and Shafi’i schools.

    4. There is no mention in the pronunciation of the call to prayer that changes the meaning

    The point is that the call to prayer should be free from pronunciation errors which in this case can change the meaning and meaning of the call to prayer. The adzan lafadz-lafadz must be pronounced clearly and correctly.

    5. The lafadz are pronounced in order

    The lafadz-lafadz adhan should be pronounced according to the sequence as explained in the authentic hadiths. As for how the order will be discussed below.

    6. The lafadz are pronounced in succession

    The point is that with the recitation of the call to prayer that exists one with another, it can be said in succession and not separated by a word or an action outside the order in which the call to prayer is performed. However, it is still permissible to say or do something light in nature, such as sneezing.

    7. The call to prayer is heard for people who are not at the muezzin’s place

    The call to prayer echoed by the muezzin must be heard by people who are not at the muezzin’s place when giving the call to prayer. This can be done by raising the volume or using a loudspeaker.

    How to Determine the Time of Fajr Adhan

    So what is the right way to determine the time of the dawn call to prayer?

    Based on the explanation from  the Ministry of Religion of the Republic of Indonesia,  the determination of the time for the dawn call to prayer is carried out based on the paradigm of the dawn to occur. More specifically, fingerprint dawn occurs when the sun is at an altitude of -20° or around 3.52 in the morning. Meanwhile, the Tarjih Council assessed the point at -18° or 4.00.

    The Ministry of Religion claims that the time for determining the dawn call to prayer which they explained is clear. In determining the time for the dawn call to prayer, the Ministry of Religion of the Republic of Indonesia was supported by experts from BMKG, LAPAN, PBNU, PERSIS, BIG, Islamic universities throughout Indonesia, PUI, and Al-Irsyad.

    Even so, the timing of the dawn call to prayer could be less or more, this is due to the movement of the earth and also the sun.

    While the determination of the time for the dawn call to prayer still leaves little room for debate, the determination of the final time for dawn is relatively simpler, namely at sunrise. As mentioned in the following hadith.

    God bless you

    Meaning: From Abdullah bin Umar radhiyallahuanhu that Rasulullah SAW said, “And the time for the dawn prayer is from the rising of dawn (sadiq) until before the rising of the sun.” ( HR . Muslim )

    The nature of a muezzin

    There are several things that must be considered to become a muezzin, which are as follows:

    1. Muslims

    It is required that to become a muezzin a Muslim is required. The call to prayer is not valid if it comes from a non-believer.

    2. Sincere only hope for the face of Allah

    It is fitting for a muezzin to make the call to prayer with sincere intentions and hope for the face of Allah. Rasulullah shallallahu ‘alaihi wa sallam said: “Stipulate a muezzin not to take the wages of the call to prayer.”

    3. Fair and trustworthy

    The point is that a muezzin should be fair and trustworthy at prayer times.

    4. Has a good voice

    The Prophet sallallaahu ‘alaihi wa sallam once said to his friend, Abdullah bin Zaid: “go and teach what you see (in a dream) to Bilal, because he has a better voice than yours”

    5. Knowing when prayer time comes

    It is desirable for a muezzin to know when the prayer time will come so that he can call the call to prayer at the start of the time and avoid mistakes.

     

    You can learn about Peeling Complete Adhan and Iqamat
    by Yusni A Ghazali, Yusni A. Ghazali

    Lafadz Reading the Morning Azan

    Azan is a call for Muslims to notify when the obligatory prayer is entered by a muezzin every five daily prayers. When the sound of the call to prayer is heard, it is sunnah to answer the call to prayer. In accordance with what has been said by the muezzin, unless the muezzin says: “Hayya alash-sholah”, “Hayya alal-falah”, and “Assalatu khairum minan-naum” (in the morning call to prayer).

    When the muezzin says “Hayya alash-shalah” or “Hayya alal-falah”, it is sunnah for us to answer it with the pronunciation “La haula wa la quwwata illa billahil ‘aliyyil ‘azhim” which means “There is no power and no strength except with Allah’s help” .

    When a muezzin says “Assalatu khairum minan-naum” in the dawn call to prayer, it is sunnah by answering with the pronunciation “Shadaqta wa bararta wa ana ‘ala dzalika minasy shahidin” which means “You are right and your words are good and I am one of those who have witnessed the truth.”

    And below is the complete recitation of the morning call to prayer in Arabic, Latin and the meaning of Indonesian.

    Lafadz reading the morning call to prayer

     

    Allah

    Allahu Akbar, Allahu Akbar, Allahu Akbar, Allahu Akbar

    Meaning: Allah is the Greatest, Allah is the Greatest

     

    أَشْهَدُ اَنْ لاَ اِلَهَ إِلاَّاللهُ ، أَشْهَدُ اَنْ لاَ اِلَهَ إِلاَّاللهُ

    Ashhadu La Ilaha Illallah, Ashhadu La Ilaha Illallah

    Meaning: I testify that there is no god but Allah, and I testify that there is no god but Allah

     

    O Allah

    Ash Dudunamuhammadarosuulullah, Ash Dudunamuhammadarosuulullah

    Meaning: I bear witness that Muhammad is the Messenger of Allah, I testify that Muhammad is the Messenger of Allah

     

    حَيَّ عَلَى الصَّلاَةِ ، حَيَّ عَلَى الصَّلاَةِ

    Hayya is lazy, Hayya is lazy

    Meaning: Come on, let’s pray

     

    حَيَّ عَلَى الْفَلاَحِ ، حَيَّ عَلَى الْفَلاَحِ

    Hayya alphalah, Hayya alphalah

    Meaning: Come to victory, Come to victory

     

    ???

    Assolatuhoiruminannaum, Assolatuhoiruminannaum

    Meaning: Prayer is better than sleeping, Prayer is better than sleeping

     

    Allah

    Allahu Akbar, Allahu Akbar la ilaha illallah

    Meaning: Allah is the Greatest, Allah is the Greatest, There is no god but Allah

     

    The way to answer the call to prayer is to answer the same lafadz as what has been mentioned in the sentence reading the call to prayer except for the call to prayer which reads “Hayya ‘alal falah” and “Hayya ‘alal falah”, then the way to answer it is by reading:

     

    لاحول ولاقوّة الاّ بالله

     

    “Laa haula walaa quwwata illa billahi.”

    Meaning: There is no effort and strength, except with the help of Allah.

     

    However, when we have heard the voice at the dawn call to prayer, then by answering the dawn call to prayer when the muezzin recites the sentence:

     

    الصّلاة خير من النّو

    “As shalaatu khairum minan naum.” 2x

     

    So, those of us who heard it answered with the following reading:

     

    صدقت وبررت وانا على ذلك من الشّاهدين

     

    “Shadaqta wabararta wa anaa ‘alaa dzaalika minasy syaahidiina.”

    Meaning: it is also true that what you say is good and I am also for that, including those who witnessed it.

     

    When the sound of iqamah is echoed by a muezzin, it is sunnah for us to answer the iqamah with the sentences that have been heard answered exactly the same as those said by a muezzin, except for the sentence:

     

    “Qad Qamatis Wrong”, then answered with reading or lafadz as follows:

     

    أقامها الله وأدامها وجعلني من صالحي أهلها

     

    “Aqaamahallahu wa adamaha ja’alna min shaalihi AKH.”

    Meaning: “May Allah will establish the prayer eternally, and may Allah make me one of the best people to pray.”

     

    Then, after hearing the sound of iqamah, we answer it by reading a prayer after iqamah, which is as follows:

    الّلهمّ ربّ هذه الدّعوة التّامّة والصّلاة القائمة صلّ وسلّم على سيّدنا محمّد وآته سؤله يوم القيامة

    Allaahumma rabba hadzihid da’watit taammati wash-shalaatil qaa-imati, shalli wasallim ‘alaa sayyidinaa muhammadin, wa aatihi su’lahu yaumal qiyaamati.

    Meaning: “O Allah, who has the most perfect calling, and has upheld prayers, pour out all the grace of greetings on our lord the Prophet Muhammad, and grant all his requests on the last day.”

    • Understanding Fasting: Types, Terms, Pillars, and Conditions
    • Prayers Ask for Matchmaking and Practice to Accelerate Matchmaking
    • Types of Compulsory Fasting: Definition, Intentions, Time and Conditions
    • 10 Benefits of Reading Al-Quran, Lots of Fadhilah!
    • Prayers Before and After Studying with Adab and Benefits

     

    You can learn about the Mystery of the Fajr Prayer
    by Badrul Munir

  • Moral Hazard: Definition, History, Ways to Overcome, and Impact

    Moral hazard is an action that often occurs in a company. The initial use of
    the term itself had a negative connotation, implying fraud
    or immoral behavior.

    A number of bankers then proposed that the credit restructuring period affected by Covid-19 could be
    extended again for at least one year.
    The current economic pressures have left concerns for
    the debtor’s performance prospects.

    Until now, the Financial Services Authority (OJK) is currently studying this possibility. In
    fact, a number of observers have also asked banks to be aware of the potential moral hazard from debtors if
    the credit restructuring period affected by Covid-19 is extended again.

    What is meant by moral hazard? What are the causes and effects of moral hazard?
    How to overcome and prevent moral hazard? You can find all these questions in this
    article, Sinaumed’s.

    Definition of Moral Hazard

    Moral hazard is a risk that a party has not signed a contract in good faith or has provided misleading
    information regarding assets, liabilities or regarding their credit capacity.
    Kotowitz in
    The New Palgrave Dictionary of Economics then states that moral hazard is the
    action of agents in maximizing their utility by previously sacrificing others and in situations where they
    do not bear all the consequences or do not fully enjoy the benefits of these actions.

    Moral hazard itself is often used in terms of the insurance business. Moral hazard is the
    possibility that the insurer deliberately takes actions that can harm the insured goods in the hope of
    getting a replacement claim from the insurance company.
    The word moral hazard itself is then
    often used in a banking perspective which refers to the behavior of interested parties
    (stakeholders) .

    Paul Krugman himself stated that the concept of moral hazard has been widely used in explaining various behaviors
    of debtors (borrowers) and lenders (creditors/banks) who dared to take high risks during the financial
    crisis that occurred in Southeast Asia in 1997-1998.

    Luiz A. Pereira, Silva & Masaru Yoshitomi stated that moral hazard is a behavior of interested parties
    (stakeholders) , for example the bank (shareholders and management) or banking debtors which then creates
    incentives to have hidden agendas and actions that are contrary to business ethics and laws that apply to
    his advantage.

    These interested parties are on behalf of the corporation, or for the benefit of the corporation, based on a work
    relationship or based on other relationships, within the scope of corporate business, either individually or
    jointly.

    History of Moral Hazards

    The term moral hazard itself originated in the 17th century and was widely used by British insurance
    companies in the late 19th century by Dembe and Boden.
    The concept of moral hazard was the
    subject of new research by economists in the 1960s and later implied immoral or fraudulent behavior.

    Economists use the term moral hazard to describe the inefficiencies that can occur when risks are
    transferred or cannot be fully evaluated, rather than descriptions of the ethics or morals of the parties
    involved.
    Until now, moral hazard is often identified with a behavior in the form of fraud
    committed by individuals or groups.
    The fraud tends to lead to the economic sector, such as
    insurance, banking, and the like.

    How to Overcome Moral Hazard

    Basically, moral hazard can be overcome. The following are ways to overcome moral hazard cited
    from various sources:

    Build Motivation or Incentives

    This can be seen in insurance, to avoid moral hazard, insurance companies will design contracts to provide
    incentives for customers to insure a product.
    They also will not insure the full amount, where
    there is also a process for paying the first down payment of an insurance claim.
    Insurance
    companies will also complicate the process of obtaining money, so insurance users will be more reluctant to
    file claims.

    Punishing Bad Behavior

    The government can then provide bank guarantees and punish those responsible for making reckless decisions,
    such as in performance-paying decisions on the part of individuals.
    That means, in order to
    avoid moral hazard in the labor market, some form of performance evaluation is carried out and there is no
    guarantee of lifetime employment.

    In simple terms, giving punishment to those who intend to commit moral hazard. That way, moral
    hazard actions can be handled optimally.

    Preventing Moral Hazard in Banking

    Taswin Ibrahim and Ragimun in a journal entitled Moral Hazard and its Prevention in the Banking Industry in
    Indonesia then wrote about efforts to prevent moral hazard, namely

    1. Strengthening the regulation on the implementation of risk-based guarantee premiums.
    2. There needs to be restrictions on bank ownership.
    3. Discipline levy so that the market can be carried out through transparency of information and reduction of
      deposit guarantee values.
    4. Implementation of risk-based management or supervision.

    The application of risk management in banking itself needs to comply with the principles of:

    1. Transparency, or a
    Risk Management Policy that Must Be Transparent

    By doing so, all potential risks must be disclosed openly. This hidden risk will then become a
    source of big problems in the future.

    2. Appropriate Assessment

    The point is that it must be based on an accurate assessment methodology. The
    company then needs to make continuous investments to be able to develop various concepts, methodologies, and
    tools and techniques continuously to then build strong risk management.

    3. Quality and timely information

    This needs to be done because it will support assessment accuracy and quality measurements for decision making.

    4. Diversification

    By doing this, the dangerous risk for the bank can be overcome.

    5. Independence

    The point is that risk management must be based on independence in a relationship between each unit in the
    organization.

    6. Disciplined Decision Patterns

    The point is that no matter how good the concepts, methodologies and tools and techniques are used, the
    quality of decisions at risk depends on how management decides the best way to use the available concepts,
    methodologies, tools and techniques.
    Therefore, the decision-making process must then refer to
    a standard pattern followed by high discipline.

    7. Determination of Banking Risk Limits and
    Tolerances

    Setting limits will then provide maximum certainty in taking risks and narrowing down opportunities to commit
    moral hazard.

    8. Implementation of Internal Control on
    Every Transaction

    With proper control of each transaction, moral hazard can be prevented.

    Moral Hazard Causes and Impact

    Moral hazard in banking can occur due to weaknesses in regulations and legislation, ownership structure factors,
    aspects of deposit insurance and credit lending aspects, as well as weakened market discipline.

    Therefore, good and stable regulations should be found or created, be able to regulate properly, not lead to a
    concentration of economic power, then have the flexibility to grow the banking industry, and have the ability to
    distinguish which banks are healthy and which are not.

    The following below are the factors that cause moral hazard:

    1. Low income: It is believed that the reason why individuals will later participate in moral hazard is due to
      lack of income or sufficient resources to control future costs.
    2. Lack of personal or moral values
    3. Lack of personal values ​​that uphold honesty is sometimes a factor that encourages someone to do moral
      hazard.
    4. Information discrepancies between principals and agents which then lead to what is commonly referred to as a
      conflict of interest where each party then tries its best to maximize the benefits of the other.

    Impact of Moral Hazard

    Moral hazard also refers to a situation that then arises when an individual has the opportunity to take
    advantage of various financial agreements or situations, knowing that all risks and impacts will then fall
    on other parties.
    This means that one party is open to options – and therefore tempted – to
    take advantage of the other party.

    The second party itself as the party that bears all the consequences of every risk that is then taken in a
    moral hazard situation, allows the first party to be free to do whatever they want, without fear of
    responsibility.
    They are able to ignore all moral implications and act in the way that is most
    beneficial to them.
    The impact of moral hazard includes:

    1. Cost overruns

    Expense overruns that are not in accordance with the budget Individuals who bear the burden of risk will spend
    more than budgeted for the same risk due to moral hazard.

    2. Conflicts of Interest and Legal Cases

    Moral hazard also results in conflicts of interest and legal cases when both parties later become aware of
    various missing information.

    3. Triggering Corruption

    One of the main impacts of moral hazard is corruption. Individuals who are willing to maximize
    their profits from activities that don’t cost a penny.

    Moral Hazards and Their
    Prevention in the Banking Industry in Indonesia

    The banking industry is a unique industry when compared to other industries. In this case,
    other industries, such as profit-oriented industries, this industry also carries out its supervisory role or
    monitors debtors, on the other hand this industry is also monitored by depositors, including regulators and
    deposit insurance agencies. .

    Depositors do not directly monitor the use of funds which are then placed with debtors, but banking
    institutions that monitor debtors have a role as a mandate for depositors or depositors of funds at the
    bank.
    This monitoring or control will work properly when they have aligned interests.

    If there is no alignment of incentives and interests between them, a conflict of interest will occur.
    In fact, it will complicate various monitoring functions, whereby shareholders can then take high
    risks at the expense of other shareholders, depositors, and deposit insurance institutions.

    Therefore, the role of regulation regarding moral hazard is managed properly and wisely. This
    needs to be done because it really functions as a public representation related to monitoring in the banking
    industry.

    The case of the burglary of Citibank customer funds which was then carried out by certain individuals either on
    their own behalf or on certain conspiracies is a clear example of moral hazard in the banking world in
    Indonesia.

    Related Books

    Managing Banking Service Quality

    Excellent service is closely related to banking business services. This is important to
    provide a sense of satisfaction and foster trust in customers so that they feel that they are being cared
    for or cared for properly and correctly as they should.
    One of the competency certification
    programs in the banking sector in Indonesia that is still very much needed in the banking industry is
    funding and services .

    This Funding and Services module is a continuation of the previously published modules. This
    module is a minimum reference that must be owned by prospective
    tellers , or customer
    service , or bank funding o cers . The main source of this module is from
    SKKNI (Indonesian National Work Competency Standards), various modules or training materials implemented
    by various banks, as well as existing practices in the Indonesian banking industry.
    By
    mastering this module, prospective participants will have the minimum ability to become
    a
    teller , customer service and bank funding officer.

    Banking Law Responsibilities of Shareholders

    In the implementation of shareholder responsibility based on the principle of Piercing the Corporate
    Veil in the context of banking law in Indonesia, there are still weaknesses related to juridical and
    sociological aspects.
    As a result, the legal responsibility of bank shareholders cannot be
    fully prosecuted as it should be.
    Especially when it is related to the clause in Law Number
    40 of 2007 concerning Banking, which simultaneously accommodates
    the doctrine of separate
    legal personality of a company and piercing the corporate veil , so that in certain
    circumstances the legal responsibilities of shareholders have limitations and even do not apply.

    Automatically, when the bank company is unable to fulfill its obligations, the shareholders are only
    responsible for the amount of capital included.
    This book seeks to discuss and examine these
    issues through legal approaches and comparisons as well as examples of national and international banking
    cases.

    Banking Accounting Edition 3
    Transactions in Rupiah Currency

    Transparency of bank financial reports is a necessity for every party with an interest in banking matters.
    Bank Indonesia as the monetary authority has responded to this through regulatory changes related
    to the financial information of a bank.
    This book has integrated banking regulations, concepts
    and banking accounting standards.

    In addition to discussing and presenting in full both the concepts of bank accounting, product accounting,
    deposit insurance and bank services as well as the preparation of branch and joint financial reports,
    examples and cases are also given that are easy to understand.
    Thus this book deserves to be
    owned and becomes one of the references for students, academics, banking practitioners, as well as parties
    interested in this field and concerned with the development of banking in Indonesia.

    Financial Services
    Marketing: Targeting Indonesian Banking Consumers

    This book describes in detail the development of Indonesia’s financial services sector, which has been up
    and down since the colonial period to the present.
    The following discussion focuses on
    consumers, because consumers play an important role in the development of a financial service provider.
    In this discussion about consumers, readers can see the problems that often occur in the Indonesian
    financial services sector.

    The writing of this book uses a combination of academic and popular approaches, by presenting the results of
    empirical research and the practice of marketing financial products in the banking world.

    Banking Accounting Theory and Application

    This book is prepared based on the 2016 Curriculum Standards which place students more as owners of
    theoretical and practical or technical abilities.
    This book is also equipped with a summary to
    make it easier to use and practice questions to test students’ understanding of the material contained in
    the book.
    In this book, the theory and application of Banking Accounting will discuss
    “basic material for banking and practice of accounting records in the banking
    sector”
    .

    Closing

    Moral hazard is an action that should not be taken because it can harm other people or can
    even bankrupt a company.
    Therefore, we do our best to prevent moral hazard from occurring, so
    that criminal acts of corruption can be avoided.
    This is a review of Moral Hazard, starting
    from its definition, history, steps to overcome it, its causes and effects.
    Hope it is
    useful!

    Talking about banking, actually it’s not just about law, but also talking about banking. If
    you want to find books about banking, you can get them at
    sinaumedia.com .
    To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so
    that Sinaumed’s has
    #MoreWithReading information .

  • Monopolistic Market: Definition, Characteristics, and Examples

    Monopolistic Market – Monopolistic competition market is a type of imperfect competition market. This monopolistic market system was developed due to the lack of satisfaction in the analysis of the perfect market competition model or monopoly market. However, if we look at it from a monopolistic market structure, the system is closer to a perfectly competitive market. However, producers will participate more in this type of market to produce a product that is different and has its own characteristics.

    A monopolistic market is a market that has many consumers who can produce a different commodity. This type of market is also often referred to as a market that has many sellers who only offer one type of product but with different quality, shape and product size. In a monopolistic market, consumers will feel a difference from the characteristics of each product offered by one producer with other producers.

    With the difference in each product offered, it will reflect the real difference between the products to be purchased. But it is also possible that the difference that is created is only the perception of each consumer. Where the products offered by various manufacturers in the market are indeed different. For example, we can see the difference in a product from its packaging or physical form. Starting from differences in shape, size, function, and also product quality. In addition, we can see the differences between each product from the brand, logo, and also the packaging.

    Then to see more clearly regarding product differences, we can look at the product sales credit period, ease of access, commodity availability, location to get community, after sales service, and so on. As for examples of products sold in monopolistic markets that we can encounter in everyday life, namely cosmetics, clothing, medicines, places to eat, and many more.

    Definition of Monopolistic Market

    In a monopolistic market, there are many sellers offering homogeneous or similar merchandise. But the products sold are distinguished by their quality, shape, and size, and all existing sellers must compete optimally. Products sold in this market have different qualities, prices and sizes even in one type of product. Fixed price determination will usually be determined directly by the seller. So it does not use market mechanisms.

    A monopolistic market is basically a market that exists between two extreme types of markets, namely perfect competition markets and monopoly markets. Therefore, each of these types of markets contains elements or characteristics derived from monopoly competition markets and perfect competition markets. In other words, a monopolistic competition market can be interpreted as a market which has many sellers or producers who produce a variety of products.

    Characteristics of a Monopolistic Market

    The following are some of the characteristics of a monopolistic market that you need to understand:

    1. Having a very large number of producers or sellers

    There are many producers in a monopolistic market. So that each seller or producer must be satisfied with a relatively small market share or market share. Not only that, sellers in a monopolistic market do not have full power to determine prices in the market.

    This is related to the number of sellers who are quite a lot. So that various difficulties arise related to coordination between producers or sellers. So price collusion is almost impossible. Every business owner must always actively seek their own target market.

    2. Product Differentiation

    The product differentiation referred to here is a similar product having different characteristics. We can see the difference from the shape, size, pattern, quality, and others. Each manufacturer will give characteristics and a special touch to the products they produce. Like apparel manufacturers and also sports equipment such as Nike, Adidas, Fila, Skechers, and also Puma have similar products. Where all these companies issue the same type of shoes. But the products they produce have their own characteristics and characteristics.

    Therefore, every company or producer cannot arbitrarily determine market prices, be it lowering or increasing prices. If one producer tries to undermine the market price, other producers will automatically follow suit. However, producers still cannot increase product prices. This is because if someone is determined to raise their price but their competitors maintain their previous price, then the company will incur a loss.

    3. Manufacturer Competition Not Based on Price

    In a monopolistic competition market, producers or sellers tend not to be able to play with prices in the market. Unless there is a consensus that is carried out simultaneously with other manufacturers. Therefore, the competition that occurs in this market system is more directed to the design, quality, marketing, and advantages of each product.

    Even if someone wants to play with the price, for example there are manufacturers who want to set high prices for the products they offer, then these producers must be able to convince consumers regarding the quality and also the advantages of these products compared to similar products owned by competitors.

    4. Freedom for New Producers to Exit and Enter the Market

    All producers in this market system have the freedom to enter and leave the market. This is because the products they offer can be replaced by similar products from other manufacturers that still survive in the market. This certainly will not cause product scarcity and inconvenience consumers who want to find these products.

    Meanwhile for new producers, they do not need to have a large amount of capital to be able to join and compete for market share. Provided that the product offered has an affordable price and is of good quality and can be accounted for. That way, consumers in the market will accept the presence of the new producer.

    5. Development of Technology and Innovation

    Because there is intense competition and there are many competitors in it. So every producer or seller is required to be able to continue to provide innovation to the products they offer. This also causes technology to develop rapidly to keep up with the innovations desired by manufacturers.

    When a manufacturer innovates, it will bring more profit than the normal profit when using old products. With increased income or profits, it will be easier to attract other producers to carry out similar or better innovations. Therefore, the concept of innovation and technology will never end as long as there is intense competition between one manufacturer and another.

    Advantages In Monopolistic Competition Markets

    The demand graph that will be faced by producers in a monopolistic competition market is more elastic than in a monopoly market. However, the level of demand does not reach perfectly elastic properties like the demand curve in a perfectly competitive market. However, in a monopolistic competition market, you will get some advantages that you cannot get in other types of markets. Here is the full explanation:

    a. Maximizing Profits In The Short Term

    The demand that is faced by all producers in a monopolistic competitive market is the majority of which comes from the overall consumer or market demand. The maximum profit can be obtained if the producer continues to produce the goods provided until the level of MC equals MR is reached. In that case, the company or producer will earn profits above the average in a short period of time.

    b. Maximizing Long Term Profits

    The existence of profits that exceed the average limit will cause the development of producers in the market. So that every producer in the market must be prepared to face less demand at various price levels. So, the profit that will be obtained also decreases to normal levels.

    There Are Inefficiencies in Monopolistic Competition Markets

    There are two reasons why inefficiencies arise in this monopolistic competition market. The first is because the selling price is greater than the marginal cost. Then the second is excessive capacity. If the company experiences a minimum loss, then they will exit the market.

    So that the number of producers or sellers in the market will decrease and the number of requests obtained by producers who are still there will increase. With the exit of these producers from the market, it will continue until the producers get a normal profit.

    In this situation, there will be no more producers entering the market and no more companies leaving the market. That is what is called the long-run equilibrium of the company in a monopolistic competition market.

    Advantages and Disadvantages of Monopolistic Competition

    The following are some of the advantages and disadvantages of monopolistic competition markets that you need to understand.

    The advantages of Monopolistic Competition Market are:

    a. The number of companies in the market will provide distinct advantages for consumers in choosing the best goods or products for them.
    b. There is freedom to go in and out for the producers. So that it will encourage producers to always innovate in every product they offer.
    c. There is product differentiation that can encourage consumers to be more careful in choosing the product to be purchased and can make each consumer more selective about the product to be chosen.
    d. This market is relatively easy to find because most of our daily needs are in a monopolistic market.

    Disadvantages of a Monopolistic Market

    a. Monopolistic competition market has a fairly high level of competition, both in terms of price, quality and service. So that producers who do not have sufficient capital and experience, will leave the market more quickly.
    b. It takes a large enough capital to be able to enter the market. This is because the business owners in it have high economies of scale.
    c. This market can encourage various companies to always provide innovation. So that it will increase production costs which will impact on product prices that must be paid by consumers.

    Monopoly Market Factors

    The following are several factors that cause a monopoly market, including:

    1. Have Resources

    Source companies can monopolize the market because the ownership of unique and special resources is not owned by other companies. To trigger a monopoly economy, namely the existence of a powerful company, be it all of the raw materials that are available or most of them.

    2. Economies of Scale

    The company will get the maximum profit if the production level in the company is large enough. Because, when a company reaches a situation where production costs are minimum, the amount of production is almost equal to the demand in the market.

    This can have an impact on reducing product prices if production is higher and at high production levels as well. Then for the price to be made as low as possible, so that companies that have just joined will not be able to enter and compete with other companies that have developed first. That is what can trigger the emergence of a monopoly market.

    3. Monopoly Rights Revenue from the Government

    Regulations made by the government can also create monopoly power. For example regarding copyright regulations and also patents.

    Copyrights and patents are useful legal guarantees to prevent plagiarism. An effort to develop a type of technology to be able to create new products will provide benefits for the company itself. So that the technology is prohibited and the government gives sanctions or penalties to companies that commit plagiarism or plagiarism.

    Example of a Monopolistic Market

    The following are examples of monopolistic competition markets that are important to know:

    a. Cigarette factory

    Cigarette factories such as Djarum, Gudang Garam, Dji Sam Soe, and others, both produce cigarettes. But each company has its own characteristics. In fact, the price set by each company is also different. There is no standard that can determine that the price of these products must be the same or uniform.

    In addition, each company has the power to influence the market using its products. However, they cannot influence the overall market price or the prices set by their competitors. The other differences that we can see from all the examples of products from the manufacturers above are regarding the cigarette mix, the appearance of the packaging design, and also the flavor variants provided. Then, the number of cigarettes in the package also depends on each manufacturer.

    b. Motorcycle Factory

    Another example of monopolistic competition in Indonesia is the Honda or Yamaha motorcycle factory. Where Honda’s motorbikes are always considered more economical compared to other motorcycle brands. Meanwhile, the Yamaha output motorbike is considered to have superior power compared to other motorbikes.

    This is an example of a monopolistic competition market. Where the two brands both produce motorcycles. However, both have quite different characteristics.

    Thus the discussion of monopolistic markets along with their characteristics and examples. Where from the explanation above we can draw the conclusion that a monopolistic market is a market that is developed because there is no satisfaction in perfect competition markets and monopoly markets. In other words, a monopolistic market is a combination of perfect competition and monopoly markets.

    Book Recommendations & Related Articles

     

  • Monologue: Definition, Aspects, Characteristics, Types, and Recommended Books

    Monologue – Talking about performing arts, there are indeed many kinds, especially since every performing art always displays beauty every time it appears. Usually this performing arts is performed on an indoor stage or an outdoor stage. Apart from that, some performing arts are free to be exhibited by the public and some are paid.

    Performing arts that are held in this room are usually carried out in an arts theater building. However, there are also those that are carried out in a hotel room which has quite a large room. Meanwhile, performing arts held outdoors are usually carried out in a large area, such as a field or parking lot. Performing arts that are held indoors or outdoors certainly have their own pleasure when watching them.

    The performing arts themselves are usually played or performed by people who are experts in the performing arts. For example, singing shows will certainly be performed by someone who is good at singing, as well as other performances. Someone who is going to do a performance will definitely do some practice beforehand in order to be able to show the maximum appearance to the audience.

    Some prefer to watch performing arts alone, some prefer with friends or with family, and some prefer to watch shows with their loved ones. So, do you prefer to watch shows alone or accompanied by other people?

    Each performing arts certainly has its own uniqueness and characteristics. In addition, connoisseurs or observers of the performing arts also vary. One of the performing arts that many people like is theatrical art. When it comes to theatrical art, it is bound to be attached to drama and monologues. Even though these two things are in the theater arts, they are fundamentally different.

    On this occasion, we will discuss more about the art of performing monologues. It could be that after knowing what a monologue is, you will become more interested in participating in monologue performances. So, take a look at this review, it’s trash, Sinaumed’s.

    Definition of Monologue

    Monologue comes from the Greek word mono and legein. Mono means one while legein means to speak. So, a monologue is just one person speaking. As previously explained, this monologue is part of theatrical art. Therefore, monologue can be said as a role art that is performed alone.

    In short, monologue can be said as someone who speaks alone. Monologue means the study of acting. So, a monologue is a scene that is played by only one person. Apart from that, some monologues are only in the form of movements and some are combined with a script that has been made.

    The communication process that occurs in the monologue is carried out in stages where each stage is in the form of an event that is played out by himself so that he can present a story that can be understood by the audience. Therefore, some people say that doing a monologue must consist of an element of communication. This element must exist so that the monologue actor can convey the meaning of a story through acting performed by himself.

    In simple terms, it can be said that a monologue is a way to convey a message with just one speaker in a motion that is adapted to the contents of the statement. This is in line with the meaning of monologue based on the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), monologue is a play scene with a single actor who carries a conversation alone.

    Aspects of Assessment Monologue

    If you want to act out a monologue, you should pay attention to several aspects of the monologue. This needs to be done so that the meaning and message of the monologue can be conveyed while the audience feels amazed at the way the story is told. The following are aspects of monologue assessment, including:

    1. Theme Appropriateness

    The first aspect of conducting a monologue is the suitability of the theme. Every performing arts organization must have a predetermined theme. Therefore, the story to be conveyed by a monologue must be in accordance with a predetermined theme. For example, when you want to bring up the theme of independence, the story that is told must be related to independence, such as struggle.

    Monologues that match the theme make it easier for the audience to understand the storyline and take meaning from the monologue stage. So, don’t always remember to adjust the theme when you want to act out a monologue.

    2. Character Mastery

    The second aspect of the monologue is character mastery. As previously explained, monologue is part of acting, so you should master the role to be played. Therefore, monologue actors will practice for weeks or even months before doing monologue theater.

    In mastering this character, some are done independently and some are done with a mentor. Both of these are equally good and should be adapted to one’s own character and abilities.

    3. Mastery of the Stage

    Monologue is an art that is played or performed on stage, so that when playing it, the actor must dominate the stage. In this case, mastery of the stage can be interpreted as an actor who understands what direction he should move when acting out a monologue.

    4. Props and Costumes

    In the arts, acting cannot be separated from props and costumes. Both aspects must exist because they can support the storyline, so that the audience understands what story the monologue actor wants to convey. Usually, these props and costumes have been determined by the director of the monologue theatrical performance, so the monologue actor only needs to wear the costume.

    5. Decoration

    In addition to props and costumes, when staging a monologue, you must pay attention to the decoration aspect. That’s right, decoration must be given great attention because it has quite an important aspect because without decoration, a monologue performance will feel normal and will reduce the audience’s awe.

    There is already a team for the decoration itself, so that the monologue actors can focus on the movements and dialogue that will be brought on stage. This decoration must also be adjusted to a predetermined theme.

    6. Vocal or Intonation

    In staging a monologue, the actor will issue a dialogue that will form a story. Therefore, in playing a monologue, you must pay attention to aspects of vocals or intonation. This is because these two things can touch the audience’s feelings and it becomes easier to understand the meaning of the monologue being played.

    Monologue Features

    1. The form of one’s opinion is collaborated with silent sentences or dialogues. Where to be able to synchronize requires careful planning. However, there are exceptions to a few people who are skilled at creating the art of monologues spontaneously without a plan.
    2. The performer of the monologue is only one person, there are no opponents or partners.
    3. Use descriptive narrative messages. Of course using a certain theme that has been set. To support this narrative, supporting documents are needed, which can be in the form of presentations, pictures or something else.
    4. Monologue is more often used for theater arts and acting. Rarely used in dramas, soap operas or FTV.
    5. Monologues can invite the audience to interact simply to give an impression of their actions.
    6. More appropriate and suitable for silent dialogue, or in general language, pantomime performances that only combine communication through movement and alone.
    7. Describe consistently but interact with each other’s messages.

    Monologue Types

    1. Biographical Narrative Monologue

    A biographical narrative monologue is a narrator who is required to retell actual events that have been experienced in the past. The thing to emphasize here is that the narrator should not highlight the characters of other characters in the story. In other words, purely just telling himself.

    2. Fictional Character-Driven Monologue

    A fictional character-driven monologue is a monologue that gives the narrator the freedom to tell based on his imaginative power. With this type of monologue, you can highlight more than one character and be free to express it.

    The imaginative intention here is not merely the narrator’s imagination. The narrator can also tell an imaginative story when he was a child. So, it’s not just the narrator’s imagination in the present, but more broadly the intended imaginative form.

    3. Topical monologue

    Topical monologue is one monologue that emphasizes everyday events. Where the monologue is not just telling the story of everyday life that is experienced. but the monologue may also tell the results of observations that have been made. Of course based on observation through observation.

    If you look at it at a glance, you could say that a topical monologue is similar to a stand-up comedy. However, the two actually have something in common, viz. the similarities between the two have a sense of humor where the sense of humor is taken from combining anecdotes.

    4. Storytelling monologue

    In accordance with its type, monologue storytelling focuses more on narrative stories. The narrator is the storyteller who tells by following the changes in the expression being told. Then, the narrator can imitate the character of the character being told.

    5. Reality Based Monologue

    Thus, the difference between a reality-based monologue and other monologues lies in the core form or presentation of the monologue itself. In this type of monologue a narrator refers to experiences, real stories that have been used.

    The form of reality-based monologue is not only conveyed in the form of a story. However, it can also be presented in the form of photo shots, text, or in video form. In fact, it can also be conveyed in the form of a story.

    6. Monologues of Biographical Characters

    The most notable difference from a biographical monologue is that it features dialogue rather than story. So, in this type of monologue, the narrator can tell more than one character. In fact, it can stage more than 10 character characters at once.

    Basically, to act out a monologue is not easy, so special skills are needed. Not only that, monologue actors also have to practice regularly so they can give performances that will impress the audience.

    Well, that’s the explanation of the monologue. So, are you getting interested in exploring the monologue role?

    If Sinaumed’s is interested in knowing more about monologues, you can learn about them by reading references on the internet or books that you can only get at sinaumedia.com . To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

    Book Recommendations Related to Monologues

    1. Political Monologue

    In this Political Monologue book , five monologues written by Putu Fajar Arcana are presented in an unusual way of looking at reality.

    Monologues are not so popular as a method of expressing various phenomena that occur around us. However, these works prove how the story and role of a character can become an anchor to slowly enter the vast jungle of the world of politics, which is a mess.

    This Political Monologue book provides evidence that the world of harsh and banal politics can also be approached in a subtle way, but still dives right down to the core of the problem, namely human morality!

    2. The Monologue of the Wind

    The Wind Monologue is a collection of Bagus Burham’s poems. For him, writing poetry is nothing. The poetry he wrote was later recorded as a pilgrimage in honor of his predecessors in the world of literature, an attempt to emulate exemplary and kindness, as well as a way of self-museum.

    Bagus Burham’s poems are soft and sometimes empty and even harsh, like an unexpected wind.

    Bagus Burham, born in Kudus 1992. Now he is listed as a PGSD student at Muria Kudus University and is active in the Jenang Literary Community. Bagus Burham’s works have appeared in various poetry anthologies of poets in Central and East Java. In fact, his poetry has also appeared in various media, both print and online media , which contain his selected works.

    3. Aldy’s Monologue: The Inspirational Story of Atistics Paintings of Persons with Autism

    Aldy or Raynaldy Halim, born in 1997, has had autism since he was 16 months old. Various ways of healing have been attempted by the father and mother, involving many doctors, psychiatrists, psychologists, religionists, traditional healers to spiritual experts from various cities and countries.

    Aldy finally got better through painting therapy, and now he is a painter. The beauty of the nuances of his work is phenomenal, thus attracting the attention of international exhibition committees. This book tells of his suffering, his struggles, his achievements, and his happiness.

    Augustine says: deus intimeor intimo meo, God is closer to me than I am to myself. Aldy, through the strokes of his paintings, has succeeded in embodying the story of the hidden presence of God’s love in his life.

    Aldy’s paintings are not only rich in color, but also decorated with messages of love, even though all of them are depicted in abstract patterns. Aldy’s paintings also often carry messages from nature, so that his works can be an inspiration for all mankind.”

    Aldy’s paintings contain many beautiful nuanced details. Aldy’s work is a form of energy and imagination that grows from purity of heart, starting from hidden talents. Everything flows and boils down to a vibrant canvas with vibrant colors.

    4. 25 Monologues by Arswendo Atmowiloto

    Arswendo Atmowiloto has one and a half months to write 25 monologue scripts. The number 25, at the same time welcoming the 25th anniversary, London School of Public Relations (LSPR), Jakarta, where he teaches Creative Writing and Directing courses.

    Since 2015, together with students from the Performing Arts Communication (PAC) concentration, he has had a program of writing scripts, training, staging, and discussing those embodied in productions with the titles “We Perform Theater” (PAC Batch 17, 2015), “Kisah Ruang Wait” (PAC Batch 18, 2016), and “Parade 25 Monologue by Arswendo Atmowiloto” (PAC Batch 19, 2017).

    Twenty-five monologue texts in this book are dedicated to LSPR Jakarta, Indonesia’s favorite communication college, which has a tradition of performing arts and performing arts festivals every semester.

    Thus the review of the monologue. Sinaumed’s can read other monologue-related books that have been recommended at sinaumedia.com. sinaumedia always provides the best products so you have #MoreWithReading information.

  • Monetary Policy Instruments: Definition, Types, Purpose, and Examples

    Monetary Policy Instruments – Every country has a central bank which has the duty to regulate the smooth circulation of money in its sovereign territory. Monetary policy is one type of central bank policy to carry out its duties. However, what exactly is meant by monetary policy? Also, what are the monetary policy instruments that Sinaumed’s must understand as a citizen? Check out the full explanation in the following article.

    Monetary Policy Instruments

    As is well known, monetary policy is an economic policy towards controlling money circulation and economic growth. The main measures as macroeconomic variables are the unemployment rate and inflation. However, not only that, there are other monetary policy instruments, including the following.

    1. Discount Policy (Discount Rate)

    Discount policy is a monetary policy instrument that is measured by bank interest rates. Conditions in which commercial banks lend funds to Bank Indonesia as the central bank with the aim of making money circulate in an orderly manner.

    Note the following:

    • If the central bank raises interest rates, it will reduce the amount of money in circulation to overcome inflation

    So, when interest rates are raised, people will be more interested in saving at banks, Grammeds. This happens because the money saved will get greater interest. Due to the high public interest in saving, the money circulating in society will also decrease.

    • If banks lower interest rates, it will have the effect of increasing the amount of money in circulation to overcome deflation

    So, when interest rates are lowered, people will be more interested in using money because if you save, you will only get interest or a small profit.

    2. Open Market Operations

    When the government controls the circulation of money through the sale or purchase of securities owned by the government, what is used as an instrument of monetary policy is open operation.

    Noteworthy:

    • If the central bank sells SBI, it will have the effect of reducing the money supply to overcome inflation

    When SBI is purchased by the public, the money will be received by the central bank, which can reduce the money supply.

    • If the central bank buys SBI again, it will increase the money supply to overcome defaluation.

    When the central bank buys SBI, the central bank will exchange them for money, so that the money circulating in the community will also increase.

    3. Statutory Reserve Ratio Policy

    Next, the monetary policy instrument is the mandatory reserve ratio. The mandatory reserve ratio is a policy of the central bank to increase or decrease commercial bank cash reserves.

    Things to watch out for, Squad:

    • If the central bank increases cash reserves, it will reduce the money supply and serve to overcome inflation.

    So, as a result, commercial banks have to hold more money in reserves so that the money supply can be reduced, Sinaumed’s .

    • If the bank reduces cash reserves, it will increase the money supply to overcome deflation.

    So, commercial banks have to spend more money on the public rather than holding that money as reserves, so the amount of money in circulation will increase in the community.

    4. Determination of Reference Interest Rates

    To achieve monetary policy objectives, Bank Indonesia has the authority to control money circulation through interest rates.

    • Tight Credit is a central bank policy that is useful for reducing the amount of money in circulation in order to overcome inflation, meaning that strict conditions for granting will reduce the number of people or entrepreneurs to obtain credit, due to difficulties in obtaining credit with increasingly difficult conditions.
    • Loose credit is a policy of the central bank to increase the amount of money in circulation to overcome deflation, meaning that looser terms of provision will be useful for increasing the number of people or entrepreneurs who can get credit because the conditions are also simplified.

    The interest rate set by Bank Indonesia will be used as a reference for commercial banks throughout Indonesia to carry out their activities. Thus, the money supply can be increased.

    5. Moral Appeal

    Finally, the monetary policy instrument is moral appeal. In this case, Bank Indonesia as the central bank urges all commercial banks to adopt a policy of reducing or increasing loan interest rates

    Definition of Monetary Policy

    Monetary policy is a decision taken by the government to support economic activity through various matters related to determining the amount of money circulating in society.

    The main objective of monetary policy is to maintain the stability of the availability of money in a country. Monetary policy must be carried out because the state’s money supply will affect various economic activities, such as inflation, bank interest rates, and so on.

    Therefore, the person in charge and implementer of monetary policy in Indonesia is Bank Indonesia as the central bank. This is based on Law no. 23 of 1999 concerning Bank Indonesia Monetary Policy.

    Definition of Monetary Policy According to Experts

    1. Soeharsono Sagir: Monetary policy demonstrates the ability of Bank Indonesia as a central bank to achieve its sole objective, namely to achieve and maintain rupiah stability (inflation and rupiah exchange rate under control).
    2. Sadono Sukirno: Monetary policy is the central bank’s steps to influence the amount of money supply and interest rates in the economy with the aim of overseeing the forms of loans and investments made by commercial banks.
    3. Suryana: Monetary policy is a government policy to influence the course of the economy by influencing the supply of money in society or by influencing interest rates.
    4. Natsir: What is meant by monetary policy is any action or effort by the central bank to influence the development of monetary variables (money supply, exchange rates, interest rates, and credit interest rates) in order to achieve the desired goals.
    5. Perry Warjiyo: Monetary policy is the policy of the monetary authority or central bank in the form of monetary aggregates in order to achieve the development of economic activities carried out by taking into account the cycle of economic activity, the nature of a country’s economy, and other fundamental economic factors.
    6. Muana Nanga: The definition of monetary policy is a policy carried out by the monetary authority by controlling the amount of money in circulation and interest rates to influence the level of aggregate demand and reduce economic instability.

    In other words, monetary policy is a process in which the government, central bank, or a country’s monetary authority controls the supply of money, the availability of money, and the cost of money or interest rates in order to achieve growth-oriented goals and economic stability.

    Monetary Policy Objectives

    Bank Indonesia has the goal of achieving and maintaining stability in the value of the rupiah. This goal is in accordance with what has been stated in Law no. 3 of 2004 article 7 concerning Bank Indonesia. What is meant by stability in the value of the rupiah includes stability in the prices of goods and services as reflected in inflation.

    To achieve this goal, since 2005 Bank Indonesia has implemented a monetary policy framework with inflation as the main target of monetary policy ( Inflation Targeting Framework ) and adheres to a free floating exchange rate system .

    The role of exchange rate stability is very important to achieve price and financial system stability. Therefore, Bank Indonesia also implements an exchange rate policy to reduce the volatility of excessive exchange rates, not to direct the exchange rate at a certain level.

    1. Ensuring Economic Stability

    The economic growth of a country must be controlled and sustainable. This can be realized by balancing the flow of goods and services with the circulation of money. Therefore, the objective of monetary policy is to maintain economic stability by means of regulations and stipulations related to the circulation of money in society.

    2. Controlling Inflation

    In order to suppress inflation, Bank Indonesia must establish policies with the aim of reducing money circulating in the community and maintaining the availability of money in banks. Thus, one of the objectives of the existence of monetary policy is to control inflation.

    3. Increasing Employment

    The next objective of monetary policy from Bank Indonesia is to increase the availability of jobs. The stability of the circulation of money makes production activities increase. With an increase in production activities, human resources are needed in its management. So that this can be useful for absorbing labor with the existence of jobs.

    4. Protecting the Stability of Goods Prices in the Market

    The next objective of monetary policy is to protect market price stability. When market prices are stable, it will foster public confidence in current and future price levels. So that the level of purchasing power that exists between periods remains the same. This price stability can be regulated through the balance of money circulation, demand for goods, and production of goods.

    5. Maintaining the balance of the international balance of payments

    Monetary policy does not only influence domestic economic activities, but also those outside the country. One of the goals of monetary policy is to maintain a balance in the international balance of payments. This can be realized through the stability of the number of exported and imported goods which are equal in size. Therefore, it is not surprising that the government often conducts devaluations in this regard.

    6. Encouraging Economic Growth

    All impacts on monetary policy are expected to be able to stimulate economic growth. Because, in order to achieve this goal requires various successes from each component. For example, such as the availability of jobs, inflation rate control, production activities and demand for goods, and others.

    Types of Monetary Policy Types

    In making decisions regarding money circulation, Bank Indonesia uses two types of monetary policy. The explanation is as follows.

    1. Expansive Monetary Policy

    Expansionary monetary policy is a type of monetary policy that manages and regulates the circulation of money in economic activities. In this case, the main objective is to increase the circulation of money in society so that the wheels of the economy can increase.

    2. Contractive Monetary Policy

    Next, contractionary monetary policy is a type of monetary policy which is a policy taken as a step to reduce the circulation of money in society when inflation occurs. This was realized by selling government bonds, increasing bank interest rates, and increasing reserve requirements for banks.

    Example of Monetary Policy in Indonesia

    In practice, a lot of regulations have been implemented as a result of monetary policy in Indonesia. The following is an example of monetary policy in Indonesia.

    1. Implementation of Direct Credit by Bank Indonesia

    First, an example of monetary policy is Bank Indonesia providing direct credit. Providing direct credit to many sectors or projects that require funds urgently. This is able to increase the amount of money in circulation because the sector or project must finance all activities as soon as possible.

    2. Provision of Overdraft Facilities

    When Bank Indonesia assists commercial banks that are experiencing short-term liquidity difficulties, this is an example of monetary policy using an overdraft facility . The assistance provided is short-term loans with high interest rates. This is done in the hope of being able to control the circulation of money so that it remains stable.

    3. Issuance of Government Bonds

    Furthermore, an example of monetary policy is by issuing government bonds. In this case, the government is trying to collect funds from the public so that the money circulating in the community decreases.

    4. Rupiah Intervention Program

    The rupiah intervention program is an example of monetary policy in Indonesia carried out by Bank Indonesia by means of a process of borrowing and borrowing funds directly on the Interbank Money Market within a 7-day period. This is done as an effort to support operating activity instruments in the open market.

    Also read:

    • Macroeconomic Theory: Definition and Key Issues
    • Types of Economic Activities and Examples
    • Populist Economic System: Definition, Characteristics, Targets
    • Understanding the Definition of the Digital Economy, Benefits
    • What is Economic Growth Theory
    • Understanding Green Economy: Origins, Goals, Principles
  • Monetary Policy: Definition, Types, Objectives and Instruments

    Definition of Monetary Policy – Monetary policy is a policy in an effort to control the country’s economy on a macro basis to achieve a better economy by regulating the amount of money in circulation. A good economy itself can be seen from price stability through a controlled inflation rate, Sinaumed’s. Check out the details below, Sinaumed’s.

    Definition of Monetary Policy

    Monetary policy is the process of regulating a country’s money supply to achieve certain goals, for example controlling inflation, achieving full employment or more prosperity. Monetary policy can involve setting loan interest standards, ” margin requirements “, capitalization for banks or even acting as last resort borrowers or through negotiated agreements with other governments.

    Monetary policy is basically a policy aimed at achieving internal balance (high economic growth, price stability, equitable development) and external balance (balance of payments) and achieving macroeconomic goals, namely maintaining economic stability as measured by employment opportunities, stability prices and a balanced international balance of payments.

    If stability in economic activity is disrupted, then monetary policy can be used to recover (stabilization measures). The influence of monetary policy will first be felt by the banking sector, which will then be transferred to the real sector. Monetary policy is an effort to achieve high levels of economic growth in a sustainable manner while maintaining price stability.

    To achieve this goal, the Central Bank or the Monetary Authority seeks to regulate the balance between the supply of money and the supply of goods so that inflation can be controlled, achieving full employment and smooth supply or distribution of goods. Monetary policy is carried out, among others, with one but not limited to the following instruments, namely interest rates, minimum reserve requirements, intervention in the foreign exchange market and as the last place for banks to borrow money when experiencing liquidity difficulties.

    Understand other popular terms such as economics, monetary, finance, and banking through the Dictionary of Popular Terms: Economics, Monetary, Finance, Banking which is below.

    Definition of Monetary Policy According to Expert Opinions

    The following is the definition of monetary policy according to experts including:

    • Muana Nanga : The definition of monetary policy is a policy carried out by the monetary authority by controlling the money supply and interest rates to influence the level of aggregate demand and reduce economic instability.
    • Boediono Monetary : What is meant by monetary policy is the action of the government through the Central Bank to influence the macro situation which is carried out by balancing the money supply with the supply of goods so that inflation can be controlled, achieving full employment opportunities and smooth supply or distribution of goods.
    • M. Natsir : What is meant by monetary policy is any action or effort by the central bank to influence the development of monetary variables (money supply, exchange rates, interest rates, and credit interest rates) to achieve the desired goals.
    • Perry Warjiyo : Monetary policy is the policy of the monetary authority or central bank in the form of monetary aggregates to achieve the development of economic activity which is carried out by taking into account the cycle of economic activity, the nature of a country’s economy and other fundamental economic factors.

    Types of Monetary Policy

    Two types of monetary policies can be taken as steps to influence the money supply. These policies are expansionary monetary policy and contractionary monetary policy, as follows:

    1. Expansive Monetary Policy

    Expansionary Monetary Policy is often called Loose money policy (easy money policy) is a policy that regulates the amount of money supplied in the economy. This is done by lowering interest rates, buying government securities by the central bank, and lowering reserve requirements for banks. Expansionary policies will also reduce the unemployment rate and stimulate business activity or consumer spending activities.

    Overall, in all countries, the objective of expansionary monetary policy is to increase economic growth with the risk that inflation will be even higher. Expansive monetary policy mainly increases the money circulating in society so that the wheels of the economy run faster. This policy is able to increase people’s purchasing power (demand) and reduce the number of unemployed when the economy is experiencing a recession or depression. Expansionary monetary policy also affects the unemployment rate in a country.

    For example, expansionary policies are usually implemented to reduce the unemployment rate because the availability of large amounts of money will stimulate business activity so that the labor market gets bigger. With fiscal authority, the central bank controls the exchange rate of the domestic currency (Rupiah) against foreign currencies. A concrete example is that the Indonesian bank increases the money supply by issuing more printed money. Rupiah currency becomes cheaper than other countries’ currencies.

    Learn other existing monetary policies in Indonesia through case studies discussed in the book Monetary Economics by Prof. Dr. Haryo Kuncoro, SE, M.SI.

    2. Contractive Monetary Policy

    Contractive Monetary Policy is a policy in order to reduce the amount of money in circulation. This policy was carried out when the economy experienced inflation. Also known as a tight money policy (tight money policy). Contractive monetary policy (monetary contractive policy) which is called tight money policy (tight money policy) is a policy of reducing the amount of money in circulation.

    The main objective of this policy is to reduce the inflation rate. The goal of contractionary monetary policy is to reduce the money supply in the economy. This goal can be achieved by increasing interest rates, selling government bonds, and increasing reserve requirements for banks.

    Examples of Monetary Policy in Indonesia Some examples of monetary policy that have been implemented in Indonesia are as follows: Bank Indonesia (BI ) conducts certificate auctions, or it could also be through purchasing securities in the capital market. UBI may lower interest rates if economic conditions match expectations. Conversely, BI can raise interest rates if it wants to limit economic activity so that the flow of money decreases.

    When the economy experiences a recession, the circulation of money will increase so that economic activity increases. An example is buying securities. When there is inflation, BI will reduce the flow of money to the public by selling securities to reduce excessive economic activity.

    Prof. Dr. Ali Wardhana as the Governor of the World Bank and International Monetary Fund expressed how hard it was for him to escape from the pressure of developed countries’ policy formulations in the global economic crisis discussed in Prof.’s book. Dr. Ali Wardhana: Monetary and Fiscal Policy Reformer in Indonesia.

    Monetary Policy Objectives

    Bank Indonesia has the goal of achieving and maintaining stability in the value of the rupiah. This objective as stated in Law no. 3 of 2004 article 7 concerning Bank Indonesia. What is meant by stability in the value of the rupiah includes stability in the prices of goods and services as reflected in inflation.

    To achieve this goal, since 2005 Bank Indonesia has implemented a monetary policy framework with inflation as the main target of monetary policy (Inflation Targeting Framework) and adheres to a free floating exchange rate system.

    The role of exchange rate stability is very important in achieving price and financial system stability. Therefore, Bank Indonesia also implements an exchange rate policy to reduce excessive exchange rate volatility, not to direct the exchange rate at a certain level.

    In practice, Bank Indonesia has the authority to conduct monetary policy by setting monetary targets (such as money supply or interest rates) with the aim of maintaining the inflation rate target set by the Government. Bank Indonesia can also implement monetary control measures based on Sharia Principles. In summary, the objectives of monetary policy include:

    1. Economic Stability

    Economic stability is a condition in which economic growth takes place in a controlled and sustainable manner. That is, the growth of the flow of goods/services and the flow of money is running in balance.

    2. Job Opportunities

    Job opportunities will increase if production increases. An increase in production is usually followed by an improvement in the fate of the employees in terms of wages and work safety. Improvements in wages and work safety will increase the standard of living of employees and ultimately prosperity can be achieved.

    3. Price Stability

    Price stability is characterized by the stability of prices of goods from time to time. Stable prices cause people to believe that buying goods at the current price level is the same as future price levels, or the purchasing power of money over time is the same.

    4. International Balance of Payments

    The balance of payments can be said to be in a balanced state if the total value of goods exported equals the value of goods imported. To get a balanced balance of payments, the government often implements monetary policy. An example is by devaluing.

    5. Maintain stability and economic growth

    Maintaining price stability from the large amount of money in circulation, Increasing employment opportunities, Improving the position of the trade balance and balance of payments, if the state devalues ​​the rupiah into foreign currencies.

    Monetary Policy Instruments

    Monetary policy is an economic policy that regulates the rate of growth and circulation of money within a country. The main macroeconomic variables that are regulated by monetary policy are inflation and unemployment.

    The ways that characterize monetary policy are the regulation of interest rates, buying and selling of government securities, and changing the amount of cash circulating in the market. The central bank or state financial regulatory agency such as the Ministry of Finance is responsible for the formulation of monetary policy. The main objectives of this policy are inflation management, unemployment management, and maintenance of currency exchange rates.

    Monetary policy can set targets regarding inflation rates, interest rates, and currency values. The Central Bank is the main actor in implementing monetary policy directly and indirectly. Examples of direct monetary policy are printing new money, freezing balances of private/state companies, overhauling the banking system, taking over banking/credit affairs, and many more.

    The central bank participates in money circulation and banking credit traffic. Meanwhile, an example of indirect monetary policy is giving influence to the provision of credit by the banking world. The regulation of money supply in society is carried out by increasing or decreasing the amount of money in circulation.

    Learn about monetary policy including economic activity cycles, policy targets, to case studies in Indonesia through the book Fiscal & Monetary Policy: Theory & Empirical.

    Monetary policy can be carried out by implementing monetary policy instruments, the aim of which is to regulate the amount of money in circulation in order to maintain price stability, both direct and indirect instruments. Some of the main instruments, including:

    1. Discount Facility (Discount Rate)

    The Discount Facility is the interest rate set by the government on commercial banks that borrow money from the central bank. When commercial banks experience conditions that require them to borrow money from the central bank, the government can use this opportunity to regulate the amount of money in circulation.

    If the government wants to increase the amount of money in circulation, then the government will lower the loan interest rate or discount. When loan interest rates decrease to become cheaper, commercial banks will be more interested in borrowing money from the central bank.

    Conversely, when the government wants to reduce the amount of money in circulation, the government will raise interest rates. The increase in interest rates will reduce the intention of commercial banks to make loans at the central bank so that the government can reduce the rate of increase in the money supply.

    2. Open Market Operations

    Open Market Operations (OMO) are one of the most important indirect monetary policy instruments due to their very flexible nature compared to other instruments. OPT is carried out by the government to control the amount of money in circulation by selling (open market selling) or buying (open market buying) government-owned securities.

    a. Open Market Selling is done when the government wants to reduce the amount of money in circulation by selling securities in circulation. When the government sells these letters to the public, the money used by the public to buy these letters will go to the monetary authority. Finally, the money circulating in society is getting less.

    b. Open Market Buying is done when the government wants to increase the amount of money in circulation by buying securities in circulation. When the government buys securities from the public, the money circulating in the community will increase.

    In Indonesia, monetary policy in the form of OMOs is carried out by selling or buying securities consisting of Bank Indonesia Certificates (SBI, Money Market Securities (SBPU) and Government Securities (SBN) which are divided into Government Securities (SUN) consisting of from State Treasury Bills (SPN) and State Bonds including Zero Coupon Bonds (ZCB) and State Retail Bonds (ORI), State Sharia Securities (SBSN) including Retail SBSN.

    When the government wants to reduce the amount of money in circulation, the government will sell various securities, conversely, when the government wants to increase the amount of money in circulation, the government will buy back various securities that have been sold previously.

    3. Reserve Requirement Ratio

    When the minimum required reserve is reduced, the bank has more money that can be circulated in society through loans. Conversely, if the government wants to reduce the amount of money in circulation, then the government can increase the minimum amount of mandatory bank reserves so that banks have less money to circulate.

    When the minimum required reserve is reduced, the bank has more money that can be circulated in society through loans. Conversely, if the government wants to reduce the amount of money in circulation, then the government can increase the minimum amount of bank mandatory reserves so that banks have less money to circulate.

    4. Moral Appeal (Moral Persuasion)

    Monetary policy instruments in the form of moral appeals can be carried out by the central bank to control the amount of money in circulation through various means. The central bank can urge commercial banks to lower or increase their lending rates.

    The central bank can also provide advice to these banks to be careful in providing credit to the public or to limit their desire to borrow money from the central bank through the Discount Facility. In addition to these 4 instruments, Bank Indonesia has several other monetary policy instruments, such as:

    • Direct Credit, namely Bank Indonesia provides credit directly to sectors, programs, projects or activities that are urgent in nature and must be prioritized. This direct credit will increase the amount of money circulating in the community because it is used to finance prioritized programs or activities.
    • Determination of Import Advances whereby importers are required to pay a certain percentage as an advance payment for the purchase of foreign exchange that they need to import goods from abroad. With the establishment of this instrument, the government can regulate the amount of money circulating from the import side and can control the country’s foreign exchange.
    • Overdraft Facility (Overdraft Window) in which Bank Indonesia will provide very short-term loan facilities to banks experiencing short-term liquidity (disbursement) difficulties. The interest rate applied to this facility is higher than other loan sources so that it can control the amount of money in circulation.
    • Rupiah intervention in which Bank Indonesia lends and borrows funds directly at the Interbank Money Market (PUAB) overnight for up to 7 days to assist instruments for Open Market Operations.
    • Bank Indonesia Wadiah Certificates (SWBI) are instruments that were originally created by Bank Indonesia as facilities for Islamic banks, but this does not rule out the possibility that these SWBIs will be used to assist Open Market Operations. The implementation of SWBI is not carried out by auction but instead opens a window so that it is similar to the central bank deposit facility. Furthermore, banks will increase the interest rates they charge their customers. Thus, the cost of borrowing in the economy will increase, and the money supply will decrease.

     

  • Moment of Inertia: Definition, Formula, and Examples of Its Embodiments in Life

    Moment of Inertia – For ordinary people, the term “moment of inertia” will sound foreign
    and they don’t even know the exact definition.
    This is only natural, because the term is
    generally found in Physics disciplines where not everyone studies it.

    But if you hear the name “Isaac Newton”, surely most people will immediately know that the name belongs to
    someone who discovered the theory of gravity in Physics.
    Well, it turns out that Isaac Newton
    not only discovered the theory of gravity which is always described by coconuts falling from the tree, you
    know
    , but also created the theory of Newton’s Laws related to inertia, aka inertia.

    A simple example of the occurrence of inertia, aka inertia, is a top game that is played, a roller
    coaster game , and a skateboard game. So, what is the moment of inertia in the study of
    physics?
    What is the formula for calculating this moment of inertia? What are
    some examples of the manifestation of the moment of inertia in everyday life?
    So, so that
    Sinaumed’s understands it, let’s immediately look at the following review!

    What is Moment of Inertia?

    Before understanding what the moment of inertia is, it’s better if Sinaumed’s slowly understands the
    definition of inertia, aka inertia, both in terms of terms and language.

    The term “inertia” comes from the Latin word “iners” which means ‘sluggish’ or ‘lazy’. In
    simple terms, this inertia, aka inertia, leads to the resistance of physical objects when they resist
    changes in motion.
    Reporting from studimipa.com , this inertia can
    also be interpreted as a force to hold objects that are initially still to remain still or objects that
    continue to move at a constant speed.

    Well, it turns out that this inertia or inertia has been mentioned by a famous philosopher, Galileo Galilei who
    stated that basically all things are in a state of rest. If the object moves,
    it means there is an influence coming from outside.

    In short, the tendency of objects to “preserve themselves” is what is known as inertia. The
    greater the inertia alias possessed by an object, then the object tends to be more difficult to accelerate
    or slow down its movement.
    Meanwhile, the word “moment” in the term “moment of inertia” refers
    to events related to inertia or inertia around us.

    Then, does this inertia or inertia have anything to do with the branch of physics? Of course
    there is, especially in Newton’s First Law which was coined by Isaac Newton, the founder of the theory of
    gravity.
    In Newton’s Law I states that ” Inertia is the basic property of an object,
    that is, the object will maintain its state” .

    This is a simple example, when we sit quietly in a moving car, then suddenly the driver brakes suddenly
    because a cat is passing by, then our bodies will immediately be pushed forward, right?
    Well,
    that’s a form of inertia or inertia.

    In general, the term “inertia” can also refer to ‘the amount of resistance to a change in velocity’, which
    is identified as mass.
    As Galileo Galilei said earlier, all objects will basically remain
    stationary, unless subjected to an external force (in the sense of net force = 0) which moves at a constant
    speed.
    So, on that basis, it can be concluded that,

    “Moment of inertia is a measure of the inertia of an object to rotate on its axis.
    The magnitude of the moment of inertia depends on the shape of the object and the position
    of the axis of rotation.”

    The existence of this matter plays a major role in rotational dynamics, such as mass in basic dynamics,
    determines the relationship between angular momentum (angular center) and angular velocity, determines the
    relationship between moment of force (torque) and angular acceleration, and so on.
    Since this
    moment of inertia is still within the scope of physics, then of course it has a special symbol, namely
    I or J .

    The Relationship Between Inertia and Mass

    Does Sinaumed’s know that inertia, aka inertia, has a relationship with the mass of an object?
    Yep, the amount of inertia, aka inertia, also depends on the mass of the object.
    The greater the mass of the object, the greater the measure of inertia alias inertia.
    Likewise, the greater the inertia value of an object, the greater the force required to stop
    the object.

    For example, there is a sedan and a cement mixer truck that are in the middle of a stop. To
    move the two vehicles at the same speed, of course, different forces are needed so that the sedan and the
    cement mixer truck can move.
    If that’s the case, Sinaumed’s will surely understand
    that the power to push a sedan is much less than the power to push a cement mixer truck.

    The Existence of the Moment of Inertia of a Point
    Body

    In the discipline of Physics, there is a term for objects that are subject to inertia, namely point objects
    and rigid bodies.
    The striking difference between a point object and a rigid body is the change
    in the distance contained in the system.
    In a point object, there are 2 types of system motion,
    namely 1) Center of Mass Motion;
    and 2) Relative Motion.

    Reporting from superprof.co.id , the moment of inertia of an object is influenced by its mass and
    distance to the point of rotation.
    That is why, the formula is actually the product of the
    mass of an object particle to the square of the distance from the pivot point.
    Well, the
    farther the mass of the object is from the axis, the greater the moment of inertia, aka the inertia, it
    will have.
    In this case, the formula used is:

    I = mr 2

    Information:

    I = moment of inertia (kg.m 2 )

    m = object mass (kg)

    r = distance of particle to the axis of rotation (m)

    Existence of Moment of Inertia in Rigid Bodies

    Generally, a rigid body is an object that does not experience any change in shape, especially after being
    subjected to a rotational force.
    During the rotation, the particles inside the rigid body will
    move in a space that has a circular trajectory, so that their positions will be relatively fixed to one
    another.
    This process also prevents rigid bodies from gaining kinetic energy when they are in
    translational motion.
    The reference to circular motion that occurs in a rigid body is called
    the moment of inertia.

    Yep, the existence of the moment of inertia is not only affected by mass and distance (as in point
    objects), it is also influenced by how the object forms.
    The shape of a solid spherical ring,
    cylinder shape, hollow ball shape, and others also has a measurement of the moment of inertia value of each.
    Even the formula is also different for each form of object.

    Formula for Calculating Moment of Inertia

    In general, the formula to calculate it is:

    I = mr 2

    Information:

    I = moment of inertia (kg.m 2 )

    m = object mass (kg)

    r = distance of particle to the axis of rotation (m)

    Moment of Inertia Formula for Rigid Bodies

    Previously, it was explained that the existence of this measure of inertia is not only influenced by mass
    and distance (as in point objects), it is also influenced by how the object is shaped.
    Yep, the
    measure of inertia in the shape of an object has its own value and the formula is different depending on how
    the shape of the object is.
    So, here are some formulas for calculating the moment of inertia
    for rigid bodies that have various shapes.

    Object Shape Axis Picture Moment of Inertia formula
    Stem Center I = (1/12) ml 2
    Stem End I = (⅓) ml 2
    Hollow Ball through diameters I = (⅔) m. r 2
    Solid Ball through diameters I = (⅖) m. R 2
    Solid Cylinder Cylinder axis I = (½) m. R 2
    Cylinder Tube Tube axis I = (½) m. (R1 2 + R2 2 )
    Thin Stem through diameters I = (1/12) m. (a 2 + b 2 )
    Thin Ring Through the center and perpendicular to the radius I = m. R 2

    For these rigid bodies, there are several things that need to be considered, especially in the formula for
    cylindrical rod-shaped objects, namely:

    • If spherical rigid objects are multiplied by the square of the radius, then for cylindrical rigid
      bodies multiplied by the length of the rod.
      The length of the cylinder rod has the symbol
      for the letter L with units of meters (m).
    • If the rigid objects are triangular or quadrilateral, multiplied by the length of the side and the unit is
      meters (m).

    Example of a moment of inertia problem

    1. An object rotates with a radius of 0.5 m around its center and the mass of the object is 10 kg.
      So, what is the moment of inertia of the object?

    ANSWER:

    Given: m = 10 kg; r = 0.5 km

    Asked: I

    Completion:

    ⇔ I = mr 2

    ⇔ I = 10.0,5 2

    ⇔ I = 2.5

    So, the moment of inertia on the object is 2.5 kg.m 2

    1. A solid ball has a radius of 0.5 m, and has a mass of 50 kg, determine the moment of inertia of the solid
      ball!

    ANSWER:

    Given: k = ⅖; m = 50 kg; r = 0.5m

    Asked: I

    Completion:

    ⇔ I = kmr 2

    ⇔ I = ⅖. 50. 0.5 2

    ⇔ I = 20. 0.25

    ⇔ I = 5

    So, the moment of inertia of the solid ball is 5 kg.m 2

    1. A cylindrical rod rotating through a shaft at the end has a length of 2 meters and has a mass of 9 kg.
      Determine the moment of inertia of the cylinder rod!

    ANSWER:

    Is known:

    k cylinder rod with shaft at end = ⅓

    m = 9 kg; L=2m;

    Asked: I

    Completion:

    ⇔ I = kmL 2

    ⇔ I = ⅓. 9. 2 2

    ⇔ I = 3.4

    ⇔ I = 12

    So, the moment of inertia in the cylinder rod is 12 kg.m 2

    The Embodiment of Moments of Inertia in
    Everyday Life

    The existence of this moment of inertia is not just theory and formula , you know , but there are
    also manifestations that we often encounter in our daily life.
    So, here are some examples
    of the embodiment of moments of inertia that occur in everyday life.

    1. The existence of satellites

    Does Sinaumed’s know that the existence of a satellite moving in outer space is a manifestation of the
    moment of inertia?
    Yep, basically a satellite is an object that is outside the swan and
    always rotates around a larger object without stopping.
    Why does the satellite move around
    a larger object without stopping?
    That’s because there is inertial motion that makes it
    move continuously in a circular manner.

    2. Fruit and Leaves Falling From Trees

    The second manifestation of the moment of inertia is the falling of fruit and leaves from a tree when the
    limb is disturbed.
    The state of the tree branch when it has not been shaken, will definitely be
    silent.
    Then, when the tree branch is shaken, it will start to move and affect the fruit and
    leaves which were originally in a still state.
    After that, the fruit and leaves will fall from
    the tree.

    3. Dust On The Carpet

    The manifestation of the third moment of inertia is the dust that falls from the carpet while it is being
    cleaned.
    When you want to clean the carpet, surely Sinaumed’s will hit or slash
    it with a broom, right?
    Well, the carpet that was initially stationary, then moved but the
    dust particles were still in a state of rest, aka in the initial state of inertia.
    After
    the carpet is slashed repeatedly using a broomstick, dust particles will fall.

    4. Pushed Forward When the Car Brakes Suddenly

    Has Sinaumed’s ever taken public transportation, whether it’s an angkot or a bus, then the body will be
    pushed forward when the driver brakes suddenly?
    Well, it can also be a manifestation of the
    existence of moments of inertia in everyday life.

    5. Stir the Milk in the Glass

    When you want to brew milk, surely Sinaumed’s will stir it first, right? So, during the
    process of stirring the milk, you will definitely see that the “current” is still rotating, even though
    we have stopped stirring.
    Well, it can also be a manifestation of the moment of inertia
    that keeps the “flow” of milk moving, even after the stirring process is complete.

    6. Athletes Running Before Long Jumping

    Did Sinaumed’s ever try the long jump when he was still in school? Usually, this practice
    is carried out to fulfill Basic Competencies in Physical Education subjects.
    So, when we
    want to do a long jump, we will definitely do a running run.
    Running square off where we
    are asked to run as hard as possible and then stop at a certain point, then just jump into the sandbox.
    The moment when we run and then stop is the embodiment of inertia.

    So, that’s a review of what is the moment of inertia along with the formula and examples of its
    manifestation in everyday life.
    Can Sinaumed’s name examples of other manifestations
    of moments of inertia?

  • Moderate is an Attitude, See Definition, Characteristics, and Examples

    Moderate is – As citizens of a country full of diversity, we have made peace with
    differences and uphold unity in the name of Indonesia.
    This is proof that we have succeeded in
    instilling moderation in our daily lives.

    The moderate attitude itself is the embodiment of the second precept of Pancasila, namely “Just and
    civilized humanity”.
    Without a moderate attitude, peace between groups in Indonesia is just a
    dream and a figment of imagination.

    But what exactly is moderation? what are the features and concepts? What benefits
    will we get from this moderate attitude?
    Let’s discuss everything together here.

    Definition of Moderate is

    Moderate, according to the Big Indonesian Dictionary, means always avoiding extreme behavior or
    disclosure;
    tend toward the middle dimension or path.

    And in some ways, moderation is indeed a condition that is not absolute, is in the middle, and is
    measurable.
    This means that we position ourselves according to the context without being
    inclined to one particular party.
    However, it is also because of that that moderation is
    conditional in nature and is heavily influenced by our estimates which are not absolute.

    On the other hand, being moderate is also evidence that a person has the ability to see things logically
    and in balance.
    In addressing a matter, moderate people will see from various sides and uphold
    justice.
    Even for some conditions, moderate is the ideal condition. Like religion
    or politics.
    This moderate explanation is in line with that explained by Albertus M. Patty in
    his book entitled Religious moderation: a moral-ethical virtue.

    Characteristics of Moderate People

    Moderate people usually tend to take a middle position, be fair, and mediate in a conflict.
    Therefore, not infrequently, moderate people can negotiate well and make wise and appropriate
    decisions when faced with various situations.

    Besides that, there are many more characteristics of moderate people. But in general, these
    characteristics can be subdivided into 4, namely being open, thinking rationally, being humble, and bringing
    benefits.

    1. Open

    A moderate usually has an open attitude and makes him able to receive input from various parties.
    And when he gets criticism, he doesn’t think of it as an “attack” but a trigger to make himself
    grow in a better direction.

    That is why, a moderate person will never feel that he is the most righteous, let alone against people who have
    views or thoughts that are different from his.

    2. Rational Thinking

    For people with a moderate attitude, all things must be accepted and reviewed by common sense.
    If not, then there is something to be questioned in order to get a clearer answer.

    Therefore, don’t be surprised if moderate people always speak based on opinions that come from science so that
    every word they say can be proven and accounted for.

    Moderate people tend to have the ability to think critically, orderly, methodically, and coherently.
    It doesn’t stop there, they are also able to think objectively, sharply, abstractly, and use
    systematic principles.

    3. Humble

    The next feature of a moderate attitude is humility. They are far from being arrogant because
    they always feel they have deficiencies in various things, especially science.
    Therefore, for
    moderate people, learning is a way to stay alive and be human.

    And most importantly, moderate people will always be humble when talking to other people and will not feel that
    they are the most righteous among their friends.

    4. Provide Benefits

    With a humble attitude that is always attached to him, a moderate person will try his best to benefit
    himself and those around him.
    For them, being a useful person is much more important than
    showing their own merits.

    Moderate in politics

    Differences, like a double-edged sword, can be the strength or weakness of this nation – depending on who
    and how to use them.
    Every time a political year enters, the parties who are dishonest and
    irresponsible take advantage of this weakness for their own interests.

    2019 was arguably one of the successful political years that left a negative effect on the people of
    Indonesia.
    The polarization and enmity between the two presidential candidates reached an
    advanced level when society no longer upholds moderation.
    Even though a democratic country like
    Indonesia is synonymous with this moderate attitude.

    Democracy is also a mediator between the extreme left (authoritarian) and the extreme right (anarchy).
    Authoritarian is a leadership style where everything depends on the leader. Decisions
    are taken by leaders absolutely and members must follow these decisions.

    Meanwhile, anarchy is a leadership style that depends on all components in the organization, so that the leader
    seems to have no existence at all.

    Democracy is in the middle of the two leadership styles, which means that not everything depends on the
    leader at the same time, not everything depends on all components in the organization.
    Democracy is about a balance between absolute leadership and the participation of all
    organizational components.

    In the context of a country, all citizens – both leaders and people – must have the ability to be people who are
    open, think rationally, humble, and at the same time try to provide benefits to the country.

    You can take a deeper look at being moderate in politics by reading the book Politics of Moderation and
    Religious Freedom written by Zainal Abidin Bagir and Jimmy Sormin.
    In this book you will find
    answers about the origins of the emergence of moderates in Jokowi’s government, why moderates emerged in the
    midst of the current socio-political upheaval, and others.

    Moderation in Religion

    In the context of religious life, especially Islam which is adhered to by around 86% of Indonesia’s
    population, moderation also plays a very important role.
    Because, moderate is the midpoint
    between the extreme left and the extreme right.

    The extreme left side tends to understand Islam in a radical textual way, while the right side has a more
    flexible context.
    On the left side, people view Islam as something exclusive so that if there
    are people who are not the same as them, then they are not considered Muslims.

    On the other hand, people on the right view Islam as very flexible and easy to interpret. In
    the end, people on the right have no boundaries between religion and tradition or culture.

    The choice of this ideology has a great influence on one’s way of thinking and everyday behavior.
    Sinaumed’s has certainly heard or read the news about how people label other parties who have
    different religious views as infidels.
    Even though Allah SWT created all things in pairs which
    mean different but complement each other.

    This is where the role of moderation is needed to mediate between the two camps. Moderate
    Islam is often defined as Islam that is rahmatan lil’alamin.
    Moderate Islam is our way of
    continuing the main task of the Prophet Muhammad SAW who was sent by Allah SWT to give to the entire
    universe (QS. Al-Anbiya’: 107).

    But of course, being a moderate person in religion is not an easy task because we must be able to act
    fairly.
    Apart from that, we must also be able to determine what is permissible and what is not,
    what is good and what is bad.

    In general, a moderate attitude in Islam has its own characteristics, namely: not blaming each other, not
    feeling self-righteous, and willing to dialogue.
    These three characters are proof that the
    difference given by Allah SWT is a gift.

    Moderate is also associated with good attitudes and behavior, friendly, not easily provoked by emotions
    (temperament), rational thinking, applying Islamic law and modern rules in a balanced way.
    Simply put, moderate Islam is about tolerance while adhering to existing laws.

    It’s not enough to stop there, moderation is also needed to build an inclusive religious environment so that
    inter-religious relations in Indonesia can become even more harmonious.

    Thus, a moderate attitude in religion is not limited to Muslims, but all adherents of religions.
    With this attitude, everyone can avoid extreme understanding and intolerance when bringing their
    beliefs into the public sphere.

    It seems utopian indeed, but actually this condition is not something that is impossible. The
    key is the ability of every religious community to be able to understand each other and realize the
    importance of tolerance in practicing their respective beliefs.

    Mutual understanding here means understanding that every religion has its own teachings which are of course
    different.
    Then an attitude of tolerance is needed so that no party blames each other because
    of these differences.
    That way, the religious atmosphere in Indonesia can run better and
    harmonious.

    Islamic moderation has a mission: to maintain a balance between two extreme poles that are difficult to
    reconcile.
    The main idea is to oppose all forms of violence, extremism, terrorism, fanaticism,
    and the like. So, how exactly are the thoughts, understandings and practices of Islam developing among
    Indonesian Muslims?
    To answer this question, Sinaumed’s can read the book Indonesian Islamic
    Moderation by Prof.
    Dr. Mujamil Qomar, M. Ag.

    This book answers and examines it in depth in various aspects. In fact, it is also accompanied
    by a radical review of the implications of Indonesian Islam for the dynamics of civilization, friendly
    Islamic diversity, and stability of peace.

    Examples of moderate attitude in religion

    a. Addressing the differences in
    Eid al-Fitr

    An example of a moderate attitude in religion can be seen by Sinaumed’s from the difference in the
    determination of Eid al-Fitr.
    As you know, in Indonesia there are two major Islamic
    organizations, namely Muhammadiyah and Nahdlatul Ulama.
    When determining Eid al-Fitr, both use
    different methods because in this country Eid al-Fitr can be “twice”.

    Muhammadiyah uses the intrinsic hilal method and is based on studies from the Tarjih Council and the Tajdid
    PP Muhammadiyah.
    While NU uses the physical moon sighting method or (rukyatul hilal bil
    fi’ly).

    We must respect these differences because differences themselves are sunnatullah that we cannot avoid.
    In addition, when viewed from the other side, the difference in setting the date of this Eid is a
    special pleasure that can only be felt by Indonesians.

    With this difference, the Eid al-Fitr holiday will be longer. For those who don’t celebrate
    Eid, they have more time to gather with family.
    For those who celebrate first, they can enjoy
    the peace of Eid al-Fitr and its series of worship.
    For those who celebrate afterwards, can
    enjoy the perfection of fasting.

    b. Say hello to non-Muslims

    Apart from addressing the differences in Eid al-Fitr, moderation can also be shown in the context of
    greeting non-Muslims.
    In Indonesia, there are people who think that greeting non-Muslims is
    something that is not necessary because it is prohibited by religion.
    But there are also those
    who consider it permissible as a form of tolerance between religious communities in Indonesia and Allah SWT
    wants Muslims to be a blessing that brings goodness to the people around them.

    A moderate attitude is needed to address this matter because even though around 86% of Indonesia’s
    population adheres to Islam, Indonesia does not make religious regulations the basis for formulating state
    regulations.
    So we need to look at this-saying greetings to non-Muslims-with caution.

    In everyday life, greeting and greeting are part of social interaction. In other words,
    prohibiting greeting non-Muslims is tantamount to destroying social interaction.
    And it can be
    concluded, this view is a wrong view because Islam is a religion that fights for humanity, justice, and
    peace.

    c. Congratulate the
    moments of other religious holidays

    In addition to greetings, congratulating the moments of other religious holidays to their adherents is
    still being debated to this day.
    In fact, if viewed objectively and carefully thought through,
    wishing merry-Christmas for example-is a good deed to fellow human beings which is commanded by Islam.
    The Prophet sallallaahu ‘alaihi wa sallam also often set an example for his people to do good to
    non-Muslims.

    However, Sinaumed’s needs to remember that congratulating does not mean agreeing with other people’s beliefs.
    Congratulating is part of the etiquette of social intercourse. So congratulations to
    non-Muslims that you say should not interfere with your faith in Allah and His Messenger and you do not
    support their beliefs.
    So just say congratulations to build solidarity, maintain relations
    between neighbors or friends.

    Moderate in a more personal context

    Beyond politics and religion, moderates can also be drawn into a more personal context. In
    this context, moderate is indicated by a certain character attitude.
    For example, such as
    courage and love of something.

    Courage, when viewed from the other side, can be seen as an attitude and action that mediates between fear
    on the left side and recklessness on the right side.
    Fear is a condition when a person does not
    have the courage to do something without a logical reason.
    While recklessness is excessive
    courage and is not based on careful calculations.

    Courage stands between the two as the ability to control fear and prevent recklessness. Or you
    can also call it a measured recklessness.

    Love, stands between hatred and fanaticism. Hate itself is a condition of antipathy towards
    something that makes a person think negatively of a subject or object.

    On the other hand, fanaticism is uncontrollable love. When someone becomes fanatic about
    something, he is unable to see objectively, so anything related to what he loves is considered as something
    positive.

    Love mediates between the two. This means that love can see something that is negative or
    positive correctly and then changed again into something positive.

    Thus the discussion about moderation, from all the discussion above it can be said that it is necessary for us to
    always maintain a moderate attitude, so that we can respect one another.

    If you want to understand more deeply about moderation, then you can find books about moderation at
    sinaumedia.com . To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always
    provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

  • Modals in English: Definition, Types, Example Sentences and Questions

    A. Definition of Modals

    In understanding more deeply about modals, you can first study tenses in English through the Tenses Smart
    Book by Drs.
    Arif Yosodipuro, MM.

    B. Types of Modals

    1. Present Modals

    a. will (will)

    Used to express:
    – means “will” in the future simple tense, and is the same as to be going
    to

    Example: I will go to Bandung tomorrow (I will go to Bandung tomorrow)

    Politely request or offer

    Example: Will you carry that bag for me? (Will
    you carry the bag for me?)

    b. Shall (will)

    Used to express:
    – it means “will” in the future tense
    Example: I shall go to Jakarta
    tomorrow (I will go to Jakarta tomorrow)

    – Offering help
    Example:
    Shall i turn on the light?
    (Should I turn on the light?)

    – Making a
    promise

    Example: I shall meet her tomorrow

    c. Must (must, must)

    Auxiliary verbs which mean must or must, are used to express:
    – Must/must
    Example: You
    must go now (You have to go now)

    – In negative sentences and making answers from
    interrogative sentences, always use need not or needn’t not must not or
    mustn’t

    Example: Must I go now? Yes you must / yes you
    need

    -Must not (musn’t) indicates a prohibition or not
    allowed

    Example: You must not smoke in the class (You must not smoke in the
    class)

    – Must = have to (she/he has to)
    Example: You must read this book =
    You have to read this book

    – Must doesn’t have a past tense. The past
    form that has the same meaning is “had to”, and the form is the same for all
    objects

    Example: I had to meet my sister yesterday (I had to meet my sister
    yesterday)

    d. May (may, may)

    The auxiliary verb which means “may/may”, is used to express:
    – Application for a
    permit

    Example: May I borrow your motorcycle? Yes, you
    may

    – Request or hope
    Example: May you both full of
    happiness

    e. Should/ought to

    Used for:
    – Auxiliary verbs which mean better or should
    Example: She ought to be here
    now (He should be here now)

    – Expressing unfinished/fulfilled or neglected
    tasks/work

    Example: The work ought to have been finished last week (The work should have
    been completed last week)

    f. can (can)

    Used to express:
    – Ability or skill of a person
    Example: I can sing (I can
    sing)

    – Ask permission
    Example: Can I borrow your book?
    (Can I borrow your book?)

    -Example
    : He can be ill
    (Maybe he is sick)

    2. Modals Past

    a. would

    Used to express:
    – Past form of will which means “will”
    Example: He would be punished
    before he escaped (He would be punished before he escaped)

    -A polite request/request
    Example: Would you please help me? (Would you like to help
    me?)

    -When combined with the word “like” then it shows desire or desire
    Example: i would like to eat (I want
    to eat)

    – Combined with the word “rather” shows the meaning of prefer (prefer)
    Example: I would rather be a
    doctor than a president (I choose to be a doctor rather than being president)

    b. Should

    Used to express:
    – Past form of shall
    Example: When he came to my house I should
    go

    – Suggestions, means “preferably”
    Example: You are ill, you should go to the doctor soon

    – Required
    Example: He should study hard (He should study hard)

    – In the past form it means to show an activity that should have been done but in reality it was not done, or it
    could also mean regrets in the past
    Example: You should have studied hard before taking an exam
    (You should have studied hard before taking an exam).
    This means that the subject does not
    study hard but still takes the exam.

    c. Must/Had to

    – Past form of Must.
    – Required (cannot not be done).
    Example: You must/had to
    study in Biology class yesterday.
    (You should have studied harder in biology class
    yesterday)

    d. Might

    – Stating news sentences in the form of Past Tense.
    Example: The newspaper said it might rain
    tomorrow.
    (Newspaper says it might rain tomorrow)

    – Use a more
    polite expression.

    Example: Joni might do the exam well. (Joni will do
    well on the exam)

    – Says a big possibility.
    Example: Ariel
    was absent yesterday.
    He might be sick. (Ariel didn’t come in yesterday. He
    might be sick)

    e. could

    is the past tense of can and the form is the same for all subjects. However, in use it does
    not always mean the past tense or the past.
    Could can be used to express:
    – The
    past form of can

    Example: Mary could sing a song when she was young (Mary could sing a song
    when she was little)

    – Request politely
    Example: Could you help me now? (Can you help me
    now?)

    -Possible
    Example: She could be at home now, but she usually plays volleyball

    3. Modals Perfect

    a. Must have + V3

    Past conclusions.
    Example: Anto passed the exam. He must have studied.
    (Anto did well in his exams. He must have studied)

    b. Might have + V3

    Possible past.
    Example: Anto was absent. He might have been sick. (Anto
    doesn’t come in. He might be sick)

    c. Should have + V3

    Obligations that were not carried out in the past.
    Example: Anto didn’t pass. He
    should have studied.
    (Anto didn’t graduate. He should have studied
    )

    Facts contradictory: he didn’t study.

    d. Could have + V3

    An ability that wasn’t used in the past.
    Example:
    Anto could have done the
    homework himself.
    (Anto should be able to finish his own
    homework)

    Facts have opposite meanings: He didn’t do the homework himself.

    Modals formula

    To make it easier to make modal sentences, you can see the modal formula below.

    1. Present Modals

    The modals present formula, namely (S + Present Modals + Verb 1)

    2. Modals Past

    The formula for modals past, namely (S + Modals Past + Verb 1)

    3. Modals Perfect

    The modals perfect formula, namely (S + Modals Perfect+ Have + Verb 3)

    Use of Modals

    Modals can also be used in everyday life. The following is the use of modals in everyday
    life.

    • Can be used to express a necessity ( expressing necessity).
    • Can be used to show about the choice ( expressing preference ).
    • Can be used as a guide to find out abilities (showing abilities).
    • Can be used to give advice to others (advisability).
    • Can be used to ask for help (polite request).

    Examples of Modals Sentences and Their Meanings

    1. I can run fast. (I could/could run)
    2. You can use my motorcycle
    3. Can I borrow your notebook? (Can I borrow your notebook?)
    4. When I was a child, I could run fast
    5. Could you help me? (Can you help me?)
    6. You could talk to your teacher about your problem
    7. I will cook dinner for my family
    8. Will you please turn the TV off? (Can you turn off the TV?)
    9. Would you please show me the way to the bus station? (Can you show me the way to the bus stop?)
    10. I would rather stay at home than go for shopping
    11. May I borrow your dictionary? (Can I borrow your dictionary?)
    12. You may leave earlier
    13. John might be at the canteen
    14. You should stay at home
    15. I must go now
    16. You must not cheat on the exam
    17. Shall I close the window? (Should I close the window?)
    18. I shall go to school at 6:30

    Examples of Modals Questions

    Discussion: The conjunction ‘but’ states that the sentence that follows contradicts the
    previous statement, that is, even though he was invited, he didn’t want to: he instead chose to stay at
    home.
    The expression of choice of tendency to take action is expressed by the pattern of
    preference: would rather/ preference.

    2. I heard Baron speak English, French, Dutch, and even Japanese to tourists, he … the best tourist guide in
    town.
    a. should
    b. must
    be

    c. had better
    be

    d. e
    . would
    rather be

    Discussion: From the fact that “Baron can speak English, French, Dutch, and even Japanese
    to tourists”, it can be concluded that he must be the best tourist guide in his area.
    To
    express the conclusion of what happened/happened, the capital “must” is used.

    3. Maria _______ sing well. All her friends like her voice.
    a.
    can’t

    b.
    can

    c. may
    not

    d. shouldn’t

    Discussion: The correct auxiliary capital is ‘can’ which expresses the meaning CAN.

    4. When you have a small child in the house, you _____ leave small objects lying around. Such
    objects ____ be swallowed, causing serious injury or even death.

    a. may ;
    may not

    b. mustn’t ;
    may

    c. can ;
    can’t

    d. must ; may not

    Discussion: The correct word to fill the sentence is ‘mustn’t;may’. “You MUST
    NOT leave small objects lying around.
    Like objects that MAY be swallowed..”

    5. Yanti looks so pale and weak, she must be sick . The italic sentence
    means:

    a. she has to be sick
    b.
    maybe she is sick

    c. it’s possible that she is
    sick

    d. she is rather
    sick

    e. i conclude that she is
    sick

    Discussion: Because sentences that use must show certainty. The answer is
    E.

    That’s a brief explanation of modals and their usage. Easy to understand right?
    So the conclusion is as an auxiliary verb to know the context being discussed. Modals
    are usually placed before the main verb.

  • Modal Auxiliary Verbs: Definition, Examples, Formulas, & Problems

    When studying English, the term modal verb is certainly familiar. Modal verbs, or what is
    sometimes called modals, are auxiliary verbs in English.

    Modal verbs or Modal Verb is a type of verb that is used to show a modality.

    These modalities are possibility, capability, request, capacity, suggestion, command, and obligation.

    This modal verb is of course always used in everyday conversation. Consider the following
    description of modal verbs along with practice questions.

    Definition of modal verbs

    Modal verbs or modal verbs are an auxiliary verb, or auxiliary verb.

    This auxiliary verb must be used with the main verb. These modal verbs are used to express
    needs, possibilities, abilities, requests, as well as commands.
    Auxiliary verbs (auxiliary
    verbs) function to help other verbs to show the tenses and also the mood of the speaker.
    The
    forms of Auxiliary verbs are, do, be and have.

    Examples of modal verbs are:

    1. must,
    2. shall,
    3. should,
    4. would,
    5. can,
    6. could,
    7. may,
    8. might,
    9. will.

    This modal verb is different from other verbs. When using modal verbs, the third person does
    not need to add the final -s in the present tense.
    For example, ‘She cans’ or ‘He cans’, that
    is the wrong form.

    In addition, in the use of modal verbs must be followed by basic verbs such as,

    1. read (read),
    2. write (write),
    3. sing (sing),
    4. walk (walk),
    5. run (running) and others.

    Modal verbs do not have infinitive forms such as I would-ing, I can-ning, that is the wrong form.

    This modal verb gives information about the base or main verb it regulates. Modal verbs have a
    variety of communicative functions, but these functions can generally be associated with a scale from
    possibility to necessity.

    In learning this modal verb to use in writing, Sinaumed’s can learn it through the book 30 Minute Essay Writing,
    Writing Is Easy which explains various important things to write a good essay.

    Types of Modalities

    The following are the types of these modalities:

    • Epistemic modality, this modality is related to the possibility of a proposition being true or not true,
      including the possibility and certainty.
    • Deontic modality, this modality is related to the possibility and necessity in terms of freedom to act,
      including permission and obligation.
    • Dynamic modality, this dynamic modality is somewhat similar to deontic modality, however, dynamic modality
      is internal, such as the ability or willingness of the subject to act.

    An example of a distinction between epistemic and deontic modalities,

    1. You must be tired ‘ (you must be tired), in other words the speaker thinks that
      ‘you’ must be tired.
    2. You must leave, now ‘ (You must leave now), in other words the speaker requires or
      orders ‘you’ to leave immediately.

    Recommended Books Related to Modal Auxiliary
    Verb

    You can read this book to make it easier to understand the material in English. This book is
    also accompanied by interesting illustrations so that learning English can be more enjoyable.

    Hello! Easy English: English is
    Easy!

    English is a language that must be mastered by all human beings because it is widely used and taught formally in
    all educational institutions in this world.

    Of course, this makes the existence of supporting books in English an absolute must for those who are
    learning English.
    Of course this book includes all the grammar, vocabulary, phrases and
    conversations that will support our English speaking skills.
    This book is just a learning
    medium, but it all comes back to all readers.

    Those who are consistent and plan to master English, surely can!

    Generic Structure Modal Verb

    Modal verb formula:

    Positive Sentences

    They, we, I you, he, she, it + modal verbs + verb 1

    1. She can attend the party

    (He can attend the party)

    2. He will propose his girlfriend this Saturday

    (He is going to propose to his girlfriend this saturday)

    Negative sentences

    They, we, I you, he, she, it + modal verbs + not + verb 1

    example:

    1. They must not walk on the grass

    (They shouldn’t walk on the grass)

    2. You shall not pass

    (You can’t pass)

    Interrogative sentences

    Modal verbs + They, we, I you, he, she, it + verb 1

    example:

    1. Can you speak Japanese?

    (can you speak Japanese)

    2. May I ask a question?

    (May I ask?)

    In order for the modal verbs you use to match the message you are trying to convey, you must first know good
    English grammar and you can learn this in the book The 1st Student’s Choice : Complete English Grammar.

    Functions of modal verbs:

    1. Will: the modal verb ‘will’ means ‘will’.

    A. Will to express will

    I will join the party if my father allows me

    (I will come to the party if my father allows me)

    I will come to your house tonight

    (I will come to your house tonight)

    Will to make predictions

    The president will join the meeting in Singapore next week

    (The President will attend the meeting in Singapore next week)

    The CEO will sign an agreement with that company

    (CEO will sign an agreement with that company)

    C. Will to ask a request

    Will you have dinner with me?

    (Would you like to have dinner with me?)

    Will you marry me?

    (Will you marry me?)

    2. Would: the modal verb
    would, has the same meaning as will.

    The difference between the modal would and will is that the modal would is a past modal. In
    addition, the modal would can also be used for more formal sentences.

    A. Would to express willingness

    We would come last night, if you had invited us.

    (We will come last night, if only you invite us)

    He was a kind person, he would always help anyone.

    (He is a good person, he will help anyone)

    B. Would to make predictions

    I believe that my team will become a winner

    (I believe that my team will be the champion)

    He would be sitting here if he had not missed his bus

    (He would have sat here if only he hadn’t missed the bus)

    C. Would to ask a request

    Would you help me to take care of my sister?

    (Will you help me to look after my little sister?)

    Would you like something to drink?

    (Would you like something to drink?)

    D. Can: the modal verb can, means ‘can’.

    Similar to the modal verb will, the modal verb can is the present modal.

    1. Can to express ability

    I can show you my project

    (I can show my project)

    My mom can make strawberry cake.

    (My mom can make strawberry shortcake)

    2. Can to ask permission

    Can we go home right now?

    (Can we go home now?)

    Can you take me to the mall?

    (Can you take me to the mall?)

    3. Can to express a possibility

    We can go to Paris in February, because we have a week off.

    (We can go to Paris in February, because we have an empty week)

    How can you be on a diet if you eat so much chocolate?

    (How can you diet if you eat so much chocolate?)

    E. Could: the modal verb
    could, has the same meaning as can.

    The difference between the modal could and can is that the modal could is a past modal. In
    addition, the modal could also be used for more formal sentences.

    1. Could to express ability

    We could have lunch early today.

    (We can have an early lunch today)

    We could drive to Bandung this Saturday.

    (We can drive to Bandung this Saturday)

    2. Could to ask permission

    Could I pay by cash?

    (Can I pay by cash)

    Could I sit here? another bench is full.

    (Can I sit here? the other benches are full)

    3. Could to express a possibility

    The snowstorm could get worse tonight.

    (blizzard could be worse tonight)

    It could be blue, or black.

    (It could be blue, or black)

    F. May: the modal verb may, means ‘maybe’.

    The modal may can also express possibility, request permission and give advice.

    1. May to state the possibility

    She may come to my house after lunch.

    (He will probably come to my house after lunch)

    I think I may go to the hospital today.

    (I think I might go to the hospital today)

    2. May to ask permission

    May I visit grandfather this Sunday?

    (Can I visit Grandpa this Sunday?)

    May I drop you at the hotel?

    (Can I take you to the hotel?)

    3. May to express a suggestion

    You may not eat this cake if you have an allergy to peanuts

    (You may not eat this cake if you are allergic to peanuts)

    You may not go to the party if it’s snowing today.

    (You might not go to the party if it snows today)

    G. Might: the modal verb
    might, has the same meaning as may.

    The difference between the modal might and may is that the modal might is a past modal. In
    addition, the modal might can also be used in more formal sentences.

    1. Might to state a possibility

    Justin Bieber might go to Indonesia this year.

    (Justin Bieber might be going to Indonesia this year)

    Her father might sell their house.

    (Her father might just sell their house)

    H. Might to express a suggestion or
    criticism

    You might have told me you weren’t coming to my wedding.

    (You probably told me that you won’t come to my wedding)

    1. Might to give you an offer

    Might I offer you to try our delicious desserts?

    (May I offer you to try our delicious dessert?)

    2. Might to ask permission

    If Blackpink comes to Indonesia, might I go to their concert?

    (If Blackpink comes to Indonesia, can I go to their concert?)

    Might I ask for your phone number?

    (May I ask your phone number?)

    I. Must: the modal verb must, means ‘must’.

    The modal verb must, is the present modal form. The modal must, can also be replaced with the
    word have to or has to.

    1. Must to express necessity

    You must tell your parents now.

    (You should tell your parents now)

    I must talk to her about my new project.

    (I have to tell him about my new project)

    2. Must to declare prohibition

    You must not come home after 9 o’clock pm

    (you are not allowed to go home after 9 pm)

    You must not leave anything here

    (you can’t leave anything here)

    3. Must to state a certainty

    This exam must be easy for her.

    (This exam must be easy for him)

    That must be wonderful.

    (That must be awesome)

    J. Ought to: the
    modal verb ought to, has the meaning ‘whichever is more appropriate’.

    The modal verb ought to is a form of present capital. The modal word ought to is a semi-modal
    because the modal verb is followed by ‘to’, unlike modal verbs in general.

    1. Ought to to express a necessity.

    You should do more exercise and drink more water.

    (You should exercise more and drink more water)

    You should eat your breakfast now before the school bus comes.

    (You should have breakfast now before the school bus comes)

    2. Oought to to state a possibility

    The concert ought to only take about three hours so we’ll be home by 1 am

    (The concert should only take about three hours, so we’ll be home by 1 p.m.)

    There ought to be some good concerts this year.

    (Should be some good concerts this year)

    3. Oought to to express suggestions

    You oughtn’t to have said that about her father.

    (You shouldn’t say that about his father)

    You should use a moisturizer to moisten your skin.

    (You should use a moisturizer to moisturize your skin)

    K. Shall: the modal verb shall, means
    ‘must’.

    The modal verb shall, is the present modal form. The modal shall comes first after the subject
    and before the other verbs.
    The modal shall is usually used with subjects I and We.

    1. Shall to submit an offer

    Shall I carry your luggage?

    (Should I carry your luggage?)

    Shall I come round to your house tonight?

    (should I come to your house tonight?)

    1. Shall to express suggestions

    Shall we meet again on Sunday?

    (Should we meet again on Sunday?)

    Shall i tell my mom about this?

    (Should I tell my mom about this?)

    2. Shall to express predictions and wishes

    We shall remember this moment forever

    (We must remember this moment forever)

    3. Shall to declare an order

    This window shall be kept closed.

    (This window must be closed)

    L. Should: the modal verb should, means
    ‘should’.

    The modal verb should can be used to give advice.

    1. Should to state about
    what is best to do

    There should be more public transportations.

    (There should be more public transportation)

    There should be more strawberries on the cake.

    (There should be more strawberries in the cake)

    2. Should to express suggestions

    You should tell your boyfriend about last night.

    (You should have told your boyfriend about last night)

    You should change your e-mail password.

    (You should change your email password)

    Modal Auxiliary Verb practice

    1. There are plenty of potatoes. You __ buy any.

    (There are lots of potatoes, you don’t have to buy them)

    2. __ you please call my mom for me?

    (Can you call my mom for me?)

    3. __ you teach me how to make brownies? You’re so good at it.

    (Can you teach me to make brownies? you are very good at it)

    4. You __ walk on grass.

    (You shouldn’t walk on the grass)

    5. __ I ask you a question?

    (May I ask you a question?)

    6. Don’t forget to take an umbrella today. It __ rain.

    (don’t forget to bring an umbrella today. It might rain)

    You can find various other English questions in the Top Module TOEFL Test book Indonesian Edition by the Smart
    Genesis Team which can help you hone your English skills.

    Answers to the Modal Auxiliary Verb exercise

    (There are lots of potatoes, you don’t have to buy them)

    2. (Could) you please call my mom for me?

    (Can you call my mom for me?)

    3. (Can) you teach me how to make brownies? You’re so good at it.

    (Can you teach me to make brownies? you are very good at it)

    4. You (must not) walk on grass.

    (You shouldn’t walk on the grass)

    5. (May) I ask you a question?

    (May I ask you a question?)

    6. Don’t forget to take an umbrella today. It (might) rain.

    (don’t forget to bring an umbrella today. It might rain)

    Articles Related to Modal Auxiliary Verb

  • Mobile Inventor and Mobile Development History

    Mobile Inventor – It is common for everyone that technological advances make it easier for us to carry out various kinds of activities. In addition, technological advances can connect someone who is far away. For example, those of us who live in city A, can contact or establish communication with someone in city B, so that communication will be well established. Therefore, with technology, it will be easy for us to find out the condition or condition of someone we love, even though they are quite far apart. The name of the technology that functions as a means of communication is the telephone.

    Usually this phone will be placed in the house or placed in a public place (public telephone). However, along with the times, technology has also developed. Previously, the telephone could only be used in one place or could not be carried anywhere, now it can be used in different places and can be put in a bag or also in a shirt or trouser pocket. A telephone that can be carried anywhere is known as a mobile phone or in Indonesian it is better known as a “mobile phone”.

    Nowadays, almost everyone has a mobile phone , maybe you also have a mobile phone . In addition, the use of mobile phones in this modern era can be considered quite important because almost all activities carried out will be connected to mobile phones , be it for taking notes, making calls, sending messages, and so on.

    The cellphones that we use today are always developing, one of the developments can be seen through its shape which is getting thinner and thinner. Therefore, in its development, mobile phones are divided into several generations. Each generation is a refinement of the previous generation. Therefore, every time a new mobile phone appears , it must have better specifications.

    The cellphone itself was first discovered by someone named Martin Cooper. Therefore, the cell phone that was first discovered by Martin Cooper can be regarded as the first generation cell phone . After the first generation of cellphones appeared , in the following years a new generation appeared.

    In this article, we will discuss more about the brief biography of Martin Cooper and the brief history of the development of mobile phones . So, happy reading, Sinaumed’s.

    Definition of Mobile

    Mobile consists of two phrases in English, namely hand which means hand or grip, and phone means cellphone or telephone, so that it can be said that a mobile phone is a mobile phone. Therefore, as the name suggests, we can hold this phone anywhere and anytime because there is no need for an antenna with a cable when using it. This is the same as the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), a mobile phone is a telephone with a wireless antenna that you can carry anywhere.

    Basically, in Indonesia there are two types of wireless mobile phones, namely GSM ( Global System for Mobile Telecommunications ) and CDMA ( Code Division Multiple Access ). Usually in Indonesia everything related to cellular telecommunications is always connected to an association called the Indonesian Cellular Telecommunications Association or abbreviated as ATSI.

    At the beginning of its emergence, mobile phones were always synonymous with luxury goods, so only certain people had these communication tools. However, along with the times and globalization, cellphones are no longer a luxury item, in fact, almost everyone has electronic devices that have these various functions. Many people already have cell phones because every activity we do is usually related to cell phones .

    Mobile phones , which are increasingly equipped with sophisticated features, allow users not only to make phone calls, but also to record sound or video, take photos of things, watch movies, and even use a mobile phone to study and do business . Therefore, many people already have their own home business and can promote it easily.

    Mobile phones that are no longer a luxury item can actually connect us with someone who is abroad. In addition, more importantly, by using a mobile phone , various kinds of work can be completed effectively and efficiently.

    Although, mobile phones have many benefits, especially making it easier for us to do something, but you should not play mobile phones too often because it can interfere with our health. It would be nice to use mobile phones wisely so that our health is not disturbed.

    Mobile Inventor: Martin Cooper

    Martin Cooper was the first person to invent a cell phone or cell phone. Even he himself never imagined that he could make a small, cordless cell phone that could be taken anywhere. Martin Cooper has the full name, namely Martin Marty Cooper and he was born in Chicago, Illinois, United States on December 26, 1928.

    In 1950, he earned his bachelor’s degree in Electrical Engineering . Martin Cooper who was very interested in electronics chose to continue his studies at the Institute of Technology and he earned a Masters degree in electronics engineering in 1957. He pursued his Masters education after leaving the United States Navy. Prior to conducting research on cell phones, Martin Cooper joined the United States Navy and he was assigned to a United States Navy destroyer.

    Martin Cooper really wanted to communicate with other people personally and freely and without using a telephone, so he thought of creating an electronic device like that. Until 1970, he began to conduct research and development of a wireless communication device. Motorola is a telecommunications company based in the United States.

    Around the 1970s, Martin Cooper was commissioned by John F. Mitchell (Chiroola’s chief portable communications project engineer) to hold the position of lead engineer in the car division ( carphone ). Then, John F. Mitchell and Martin Cooper thought about how to make a communication tool that could not only be used in the car. Until finally, Martin Cooper was entrusted with leading research on mobile devices or cellphones .

    After much thought, Martin Cooper finally came up with the idea that a wireless communication device must be small and light so that it is easy to hold and can become a portable device. In order to create the mobile phone prototype, in 1972, Martin Cooper took 90 days.

    Then, the mobile phone prototype that he had found began to be tested on April 3, 1973. Martin Cooper is believed to be the first inventor as well as the first person to make calls or communicate using a cellular cellphone prototype. It didn’t stop there, the incident of making calls with cell phones was carried out in front of journalists and people who were walking in New York City. The first call made by Martin Cooper was addressed to Dr. Joel S. Engel, he was the head of research at Bell Labs and the first sentence that came out at that time was “ Joe, I’m calling you from a “real” cellular telephone. A portable hand-held telephone .”

    It was only in 1973 or more precisely on October 17, 1973, Martin Cooper and the engineers who helped him create a mobile phone and John F. Mitchell began patenting his findings and his invention was named the Radio Telephone System . They started submitting their invention with patent number 3906166. It was only in September 1975, that the Radio Telephone System invention had a patent on their name.

    Thanks to his invention, Martin Cooper was dubbed the “Father of the Cellular Telephone (cellphone)”. Although Martin Cooper is believed to be the inventor of the cellular telephone, he has always said that his findings were thanks to teamwork.

    After the cell phone was first discovered by Martin Cooper, the cell phone continues to experience development or improvement. In the end, cellular phones were created that could not only be used to make calls, but also for other things, such as sending messages, making videos, taking photos, and so on.

    A Brief History of Cellphones

    The history of the cellphone itself is actually divided into four generations, where the first generation is a cell phone created by Martin Cooper. Therefore it can be said that Martin Cooper’s cell phone was the forerunner of the cell phones that we use today. Here are four generations of cellphones that you need to know about.

    1. Generation I (1973)

    The mobile phone or mobile phone in the first generation was discovered in 1973 and the inventor was Martin Cooper. In this first generation, mobile phones are often referred to as the 1G generation and are also known as AMPS (frequency between 825 Mhz to 894 Mhz). Therefore, this generation of mobile phones can be said to be analog. Talking about the weight or weight of the first generation mobile phone, it weighs around 2.5 pounds or 1.1 kg. Therefore, the first generation mobile phone is a fairly heavy cellular phone.

    Meanwhile, the length of the cellphone is around 10 inches or 25 cm, making it difficult to put it in a shirt or pants pocket. The battery in the first generation cellphone only lasted 20 minutes, so we couldn’t use it for too long. The mobile phone created by Martin Cooper is known as the DynaTAC ( Dynamic Adaptive Total Area Coverage ).

    2. Generation II (around 1990s)

    The next generation is the second generation (around the 1990s) from the history of the development of mobile phones or cell phones. Increasingly advanced technology makes this generation of mobile phones increasingly sophisticated. This sophistication can be seen in the use of chips on mobile phones and using 2G technology. This generation of cell phones is expected to appear around the 1990s. At that time, the United States was already using CDMA ( Code Division Multiple Access ) technology. Meanwhile, in Europe using GSM GSM ( Global System for Mobile Telecommunications ) technology.

    In addition to the use of chips in mobile phones, in this generation, the analog signal changes to a digital signal. even the features of this generation of mobile phones are not only being able to make calls, but can send messages and call waiting. We can find this generation of mobile phones in the Nokia 1011, Motorola International 3200, Motorola StarTAC, and Nokia 9000 Communicator.

    3. Generation III (around 2000s)

    Entering the 2000s meant entering the third generation of mobile phones where the use of increasingly sophisticated technology, namely 3G. With the use of 3G technology, the range of signals on cell phones is wider, so that communication is more comfortable. Basically, in the world of 3G signal telecommunication, there are 3 standards, namely EDGE ( Enhanced Data Rates for GSM Evolution ), Wideband-CDMA , and CDMA 2000.

    Not only that, the third generation of mobile phones began to include several operating systems, so they are often known as smartphones or smart phones. Therefore, the features possessed by third generation mobile phones can be said to be close to computer functions. In general, operating systems are used, such as Android, iOS, Symbian, and Windows Mobile.

    4. Generation IV (starting from the 2010s)

    The last generation of mobile phone development is generation IV or better known as Fourth Generation (4G) technology. In addition, the technology offered in this generation of mobile phones can be connected to wireless technologies, such as Wireless Broadband (WiBro), 802.16e, CDMA, wireless LAN , Bluetooth , and so on. Therefore, users who use this generation of mobile phones will get several benefits, such as users can use the operating system at any time, have high speed, signal coverage can reach globally, and so on.

    In fact, users can play online games , watch movies, and use other multimedia features. The first IV generation mobile phone or cell phone was the HTC Corporation.

    Mobile Function

    After discussing the history and brief biography of the inventor of the cellphone, Martin Cooper, now what will be discussed is the function of the cellphone .

    1. As a Communication Tool Between Humans

    The main function of a mobile phone is to be able to communicate with other people without using an airplane cable. This first function has actually existed since the first cell phone was invented by Martin Cooper. It feels incomplete, if a cellphone cannot be used to communicate or make calls to other people.

    2. Looking for Data, News, Information with Internet Services

    The technology on mobile phones is increasingly sophisticated, making mobile phones able to use internet services. In this era of globalization, internet services can be said to be quite important because they can easily search for data, news, and information, both domestically and abroad.

    3. Entertainment

    In this case, the intended entertainment function is being able to play games , being able to watch YouTube applications , being able to listen to music, and even being able to watch movies. However, the thing that needs to be underlined from all this is that internet service is needed. If there is no internet service, then the entertainment function can be said to be less than optimal. However, to do things like watch movies, watch YouTube , and so on, you can only use generation IV cellphones .

    4. Storing Data

    The more sophisticated a mobile phone , the greater the storage memory it has. Therefore, the next function of a cellphone is to store data, such as photos, videos, files, and so on.

    5. Sending Messages

    Besides functioning to make calls to other people, mobile phones also function to send messages, such as SMS ( Short Message Service ) and chatting . With the sending message feature, it will be easy for us to receive news from other people. In fact, we can send electronic messages or better known as “send email “.

    6. Create Photos and Videos

    Mobile phones that are increasingly sophisticated make their features even more sophisticated, such as features for taking photos and making videos. This is because the current mobile phone already has a camera feature that is almost similar to a real camera. In fact, it can be used to make a video recording that has a sale value.

    Conclusion

    Cellphones or cell phones are technologies that are always improving, so that they can make it easier for users to do a job. In addition, mobile phones that are increasingly sophisticated have internet services, so that users can get domestic or foreign information easily. More importantly, this cellphone is no longer a luxury item or you could say it is a must-have item.

    Source: From various sources

  • Mites are myths, these are definitions, types, characteristics and examples

    Mite is – As long as humans live in this world, they cannot be separated from the past,
    because it is with the past that humans can go to the future.
    In addition, the past can also
    coexist with the future or the time we are currently living.
    Talking about the past is always
    attached to events that happened before, whether it was in the form of events that really happened or were
    just myths.

    The myth itself is usually formed in a story that is spread by generations, from parents to children, then
    to grandchildren, and so on.
    The mythical stories that we know today are also often called myth
    stories.
    On this occasion, we will discuss more about myths, starting from the definition,
    types, characteristics, functions, and examples.
    Watch this article to the end, Sinaumed’s.

    Mites are myths

    Mites, or what we usually know as myths, are usually beliefs, supernatural objects, spirits, gods, or people who
    have supernatural abilities, and a kind of fairy tale related to past creatures.

    Mites have a historical background, or many believe that a story that is happening is a story that is
    supernatural and occult.
    According to the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), myths have a
    historical background, are believed to be stories that really happened to the community, are considered
    sacred, and contain many mysteries.

    Myth is a kind of fairy tale related to people’s beliefs. Mythological stories usually refer
    to beliefs and myths about gods and characters with supernatural abilities.

    In addition, myths or myths are also referred to as stories that are in the community or stories that
    contain animistic beliefs that resemble superstitions.
    Mythological stories are believed to
    have happened and are considered sacred in society.
    The method of telling myths is passed down
    from generation to generation, so it is not known who the author is and people who often tell myths are
    often called storytellers.

    Storytellers have heard this from generations before, such as from their parents’ generation, and even from
    their grandfather’s generation.
    Mythical characters consist of people who are holy or have
    supernatural powers, and those who come from or have a connection with the upper world, namely the gods or
    heaven.

    So, there is an actor who came down from heaven and was given by God to make a group of people do good to
    the angels.
    In addition, mythical figures, celestial bodies that can fly, players who can
    achieve extraordinary feats that humans cannot do.

    Mites or myths are always characterized by gods or demigods. What happened in another world,
    or what happened in a world that was never imagined.
    The world’s tradition setting in myth,
    usually in the form of earth where angels and humans live, and a nameless setting.

    In an environment where gods and heavens live, angels are considered holy places, but when they live on
    earth they are not so described.
    However, these places are not considered as random places,
    such as holy places, with respect to events experienced or unusual by our ancestors.

    Myths generally talk about the origin of the universe, the world, the first humans, the occurrence of
    death, the characteristics of animal forms, terrain, natural phenomena, and so on.
    However,
    myths also tell about the adventures of the gods, their love stories, the stories of their relatives, the
    stories of their wars, and much more.

    Definition of Mites According to Experts

    1. KBBI

    According to the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI) a myth is a story and has a historical background, is believed
    by the community to be a story that really happened, is considered sacred, contains many miraculous things, and
    is generally characterized by gods.

    2. Wikipedia

    Furthermore, according to Wikipedia, a myth or myth is part of a folklore in the form of a story set in the past,
    contains an interpretation of the universe (such as the creation of the world and the existence of creatures in
    it), and is considered to have really happened by the owner of the story or its adherents.

    3. According to Harsojo (1988)

    According to Harsojo, myth or myth is a belief system of a group of people, which stands on a foundation that
    explains sacred stories related to the past.

    4. According to Bascom (Danandjaja, 1986)

    According to Bascom, the notion of myth or myth is folk prose stories characterized by gods or demigods that
    occurred in another world (heaven) in the past and were considered to have really happened by story masters or
    their adherents and related to the occurrence of places, the universe. , gods, customs and sacred tales.

    5. J. van Baal (Minsarwati, 2002)

    J.van Baal states that myths or myths are stories within the framework of a religious system which in the past or
    present have been or are currently valid as religious truths.

    Types of Mites

    Mite has several types, including:

    1. Mites of Creation

    The creation myth is a story that talks about an event that tells how something happened.

    2. Cosmogenic Mites

    The cosmogenic myth is a story that exists among the people that tells about the creation of the universe.
    However, this creation can occur because of an intermediary.

    3. Myth of Origins

    Origin myths are mythical stories that tell about the origins of living things, such as animals or plant
    species.
    Apart from that, this type of myth also tells about the beginning of an institution
    standing.

    4. Mite Transformation

    Transformation myths are myths or myths that tell about changes in human or world conditions in the future.

    5. Theogonic Myth

    Theogonic myths are myths or myths that tell about gods and supernatural beings. It is a myth
    about gods and supernatural beings.

    6. Anthropogenic myths

    Anthropogenic myth is a myth that tells about a process of human occurrence in this world.

    Mites Features

    To make it easier to understand what a myth is, we also need to know the characteristics of a myth.
    The following are the characteristics of myths that need to be known.

    1. The story in the myth is believed to have really happened by his followers.
    2. The story sounds strange and difficult to understand with logic, but it is very important for society.
    3. The story is simple and consists of a few simple motives and actions.
    4. The storyline involves certain rituals. The stories contained in it are considered as
      something sacred, so it should not be done carelessly.
    5. The background of a myth story is usually the past.
    6. One type of personality that must be included in mythology is related to local culture and society.

    Mites function

    Mite itself has several functions that you need to know, namely:

    1. Mite serves as the most effective educational tool to reinforce and communicate certain cultural values,
      social norms and beliefs.
    2. Mites serve as the development of meaningful and functional symbols to explain environmental phenomena.
    3. Mites serve as guidelines for people who believe in promoting social solidarity among members, so that they
      can distinguish one community from another.
    4. In general, myths will be developed to convey and enhance certain cultural values, ideas and knowledge, and
      help stimulate the development of creative thinking.

    Mite Story Example

    In Indonesia itself, actually there are lots of myths or myths, for example, in almost one area there will
    be a myth that is inherent in the community.
    Here is an example of a myth story.

    1. The story of Dani Jaka Tarub and Nawan Uran

    This story begins when a young man named Jaka Tarub enters the forest and happens to see seven fairies
    bathing in the river.
    Fascinated by the beauty of an angel, Jaka Tarub hid one of his
    shawls.

    Even though the stolen shawl is one of the conditions for them (the angels) to return to heaven.
    The owner of the stolen angel shawl is named Nawan Uran.

    After that, the angel could not return until finally the shawl thief and the angel got married and had a
    daughter named Nawang Sih.
    After a long time after the marriage had passed, it turned out that
    Jaka Tarub’s lie was exposed, and Nawan Uran’s angel scarf was found, which made him angry and left Nawan
    Uran permanently from Jaka Tarub.

    2. Mythological History of Nyi Roro Kidul

    There are several examples of legendary myths that are believed to still exist in Java, namely the story of Nyi
    Roro Kidul which tells us that in ancient times there was a kingdom called Pakuan Pajajaran, which was ruled by
    a wise and wise king, King Siliwangi.

    The king had many children, but one with the same beautiful face and gentleness as his father.
    The princess was named Putri Kandita, because of these advantages, the king wanted to crown the
    princess as the heir to the kingdom.

    However, the children of the other mistresses were jealous and did not want Princess Kandita to be crowned
    Queen.
    Then, they conspired to thwart the plan by suffering from stomach ulcers that would not
    heal for Her Royal Highness Princess Kandita and the Empress.

    The disease cost her the loss of her mother, and what saddens her even more is her father’s plan to banish
    the princess to the forest for fear of spreading the disease.
    This made the princess sad and
    ran away to the South Beach where she bathed, and all her ailments disappeared.
    It turned out
    that last night’s dream became the inspiration that made the princess heal and strengthen.

    When the king heard that the princess had recovered, he wanted to get his daughter back. Many
    princes wanted to propose to her, but could not match the magic of the princess.
    So the men
    just became loyal followers of the princess’ bodyguards.
    Since then, Putri Kandita has been
    known as the ruler of the southern seas of Java, Ratu Nyi Roro Kidul, and this legend is still accepted
    today.

    3. The Mythical Story of Aji Saka

    The following myth example is the story of Aji Saka. The legend of Aji Saka tells of a young
    man who becomes a hero and brings civilization and order to the land of Java.
    Because he
    managed to defeat the evil man-eating giant who used to be the ruler of the island.

    Thanks to his success, Aji Saka was later crowned the King of Medan Chamran. He brought his
    family to the palace.
    Then, because of his just and wise reign, he was able to lead the Medan
    Chamran Kingdom to the Golden Age, so that people lived in peace, peace, prosperity and prosperity.

    4. Sundanese mythological stories about King
    Siliwangi

    Prabu Siliwangi is one of the most respected Sundanese people and has even become an important icon.
    Prabu Siliwangi is the king of the Kingdom of Pajajaran. According to the story, King
    Siliwangi had extraordinary powers.
    Until one day, King Siliwangi fought his son Kian Santang
    because he was asked to convert to Islam.

    Unfortunately, Prabu Siliwangi persisted in his belief. He was born in a forest south of
    Garut.
    There he turned into a white tiger with the soldiers. History is still
    associated with the people of Garut.
    If you go to the South Garut (Sung Kang) area, ask the
    people there.
    There must be an interesting story about King Siliwangi and his myths that
    developed there.
    Until now, the name of Prabu Siliwangi is considered sacred there.

    5. Wishing Tree (Indian Mythology)

    The wanderer walks erratically in the scorching desert. He looks very tired. He
    is also thirsty and hungry.
    After walking a long way, he found a fairly shady resting place.
    When I was resting, I could see the shadow of a tree in the distance.

    He was delighted to see her and said, ” I wish I could drink some water .” Suddenly he
    found a pitcher of cold water in front of him.
    The traveler was overjoyed and started
    drinking cold water from the pitcher.
    After drinking and quenching his thirst, the traveler
    again asked, ”
    Do I have anything to eat now ?”

    As soon as he equipped, dozens of delicacies appeared in front of him. Tourists immediately
    eat deliciously.
    After eating, he started to think about how this all happened.

    After careful consideration, he found out that the tree he saw before was a Kalpa Vriksha. It
    is a magic tree.
    If you look at a tree and ask, your wish will come true. Tourists
    do not waste this opportunity.

    He immediately asked for a soft bed and was immediately allowed. A bed appeared in front of
    him.
    The traveler lay down his weary body and rested. The traveler feels pain in
    his leg.

    Then he asked someone to massage his feet. In fact, a young woman appeared and started
    massaging the travelers’ feet.
    Finally the traveler fell asleep. The traveler fell
    asleep for a long time.

    When I woke up, the young lady who was massaging him was still by his side. Tourists have
    started to think differently.
    How could this happen? Can I
    get a lot of things just by begging without working?
    Or just a trick of the devil?
    he muttered.
    Suddenly, a demon appeared on a young woman after the
    traveler thought about it.
    The demon laughed from the bottom of his heart.
    Then the wanderer said, “
    Oh, is this demon eating me?

    The demon began to open its mouth wide to eat the wanderer. He was surprised when the traveler
    saw this.
    He jumped out of bed and ran as fast as he could. After walking a long
    way, the traveler turned around.
    Apparently the devil didn’t follow him. He
    breathed a sigh of relief.

    6. The Myth of the Origin of Rice: Dewi Sri

    In ancient times, there was an encounter with a god. Dewa Guru and Dewa Narada attended the
    meeting as advisors to Dewa Guru.
    Lord Narada has a very powerful gem called Retno Gemilang.
    Anyone who uses the Magic Stone will be stronger, will not need to eat or sleep, and will not burn
    when exposed to fire.

    Guru Dewa became interested in gems and started trying to save them. When he was held, his
    hand was not strong enough to lift Mustika any further, so Mustika collapsed and no one could hold it except
    Dewa Antaboga.
    java dragon. Mustica is in the mouth of Dewa Anantaboga.

    Dewa Antaboga put it on the Butterfly. not long after, Dewa Guru came to Dewa Antaboga to get
    his Gem back, but the Butterfly could not be opened.
    The angry Lord then threw the Butterfly
    away.
    After the destruction of
    Kupu, the character Les Tonneaux appeared
    in the form of a baby, who was later named Niken Tisnawati.
    As she grew up, Niken Tisnawati
    grew into a beautiful girl until Dewa Guru fell in love with her and proposed to her.

    Niken Tisnawati agreed to the proposal, provided that all of her food will fill you (Dewa Guru) for the rest of
    her life and her clothes will never wear out.
    Dewa Guru accepted the request and asked Dewa Kala
    to look for Niken as requested.
    During his search, Dewa Kara met Dewi Sri who was taking a
    bath.

    Dewa Kala fell in love with Dewi Sri and chased her to Earth. Sir Vishnu saw this and shot him
    in the leg until he fainted.
    However, Dewa Kala wanted to reach Dewi Sri until she
    crawled.

    Dewi Sri was surprised to read the mantra and turned Dewa Kala into a pig. As a result, Dewa
    Kala could not return to heaven and Dewa Guru could not meet the requirements to marry Niken Tisnawati.
    Hearing this, Dewa Guru came to Niken Tisnawati and forced her to marry him. Niken
    Tisnawati kept refusing until finally Dewa Guru killed her.

    Sir Narada heard this and buried Niken Tisnawati, and suddenly various plants appeared on her grave.
    Coconuts grow from the head, banana trees grow from the hands, corn trees grow from the teeth, and
    rice grows from the hair.
    Not only that, on Earth, Dewi Sri is still being hunted by Kala, who
    transforms into a pig.
    Then, Dewi Sri decided to stay in the rice field.

    That is the meaning of myth , the characteristics, functions, types, and examples of
    myth stories that have been explained.
    After knowing more about myths, does Sinaumed’s want to
    do research on myth stories in Indonesia?
    Together with sinaumedia, you can get
    #MoreWithReading information.

  • Minimalist Koi Pond Design

    Minimalist Koi Pond Design – The presence of a minimalist koi pond in the yard of the house can not only add to the impression of being beautiful and beautiful. But it can also add to the coolness and peace of mind of the occupants of the house. Hearing the gurgling sound of running water and seeing koi fish swimming beautifully can make an upset heart instantly happy. However, before Sinaumed’s started making minimalist koi ponds. We recommend that Sinaumed’s need to pay attention to several important things. Starting from the floor plan and the desired pool design and other important components.

    As previously explained, the presence of a koi pond can make a house seem more beautiful and beautiful. Especially if the koi pond is added with green plant ornaments planted around the pond area. Then to add to the natural impression, we can add a fountain ornament which makes the eye even more interested in looking at the koi pond. That’s what makes some people prefer to make a pond instead of just using an aquarium.

    Things to Look For When Making a Koi Pond

    It should be understood that keeping koi fish has many advantages. However, it is not easy to care for this fish which is said to have come from Japan. Therefore, the quality of this ornamental fish must always be maintained. This is closely related to the design and also how to make a good and correct koi pond. Koi fish need to be placed in a large pond. As for the water requirement, every inch of fish, compared to 10 gallons of water. This is not without reason, koi fish can live longer if they are in a place where the water is always clean and the quality is always maintained.

    Apart from having to pay attention to the volume of water, in making a minimalist koi pond you also need to pay attention to the pH of the water in the pond. Try to check the pH of the water before and after the fish are put in the pond. Especially for koi fish, the pH of the water needed is around 7. This amount is an ideal pH. However, if the pH of the water is too high or more than 7, it is feared that it has the potential to spread ammonia poison to koi fish. Meanwhile, the pH of the water can also decrease to 5.5 due to the activity of fish, bacteria and plants. Of course this will also be dangerous for koi fish if not paid close attention.

    The size of the koi pond should be adjusted to the number of koi fish to be kept. In addition, making the manufacturing channel is also one of the things that must be considered. Normally koi ponds should be cleaned every 6 months or 2 times a year.

    Koi Pond Site Selection

    The next thing to consider when you want to build a minimalist koi pond is to determine the land you want to use. Will the fish pond be built in the yard or in the house. This will later affect the intake of sunlight received by the fish. Because, koi fish pond should get enough sunlight. Not too hot and not too humid or not exposed to sunlight. A good lighting system will trigger maximum fish development. However, there will also be side effects that can arise, one of which is the development of moss or algae in the pond. So that the koi pond water will quickly change color.

    Koi ponds that are built inside the house must also be endeavored to get enough sunlight. This is because koi fish need natural warmth from sunlight for at least three hours per day. If too little sun enters, this will make the koi fish color fade. Therefore, try to make the pool well-lit. If the koi pond is in the house. So Sinaumed’s could shine it using an incandescent lamp instead of sunlight.

     

    Koi Pond Design Draft

    There are three basic forms of koi ponds, namely circles or ellipses, squares, and freeforms. For Sinaumed’s who want to make koi fish with a formal concept, they can apply a square koi pond. This style is perfect as a minimalist koi pond design made indoors for official purposes. Meanwhile, elliptical or circular koi ponds are perfect for homes that are luxurious, elegant, and also traditional.

    Then finally, for the free form of koi ponds, it is suitable for application in tourist attractions and lodging such as hotels or villas. Free-form fish ponds can also add to the natural impression of the countryside in the yard.

    Filtration System Design

    The purpose of having a filter system is to strive for oxygen in the pond water to be sufficient for the life of koi fish. Because, oxygen is needed for the digestive process of koi fish. Meanwhile, the results of koi digestion will certainly emit a lot of dirt every day. Where the dirt contains ammonia which is toxic to koi fish. Therefore, a filtering system is needed. Besides being useful for producing oxygen continuously, it is also useful for making toxic substances from the digestion of koi fish.

    There are two types of filters that can be selected and used to apply to minimalist koi ponds. The first is a mechanical filter and the second is a biological filter. A mechanical filter will work by flowing water into a filtered container such as gravel, sand, sieve filter, foam, brush material, cotton, or jap-matt. Meanwhile, the biological filter will work through other living things that decompose the dirt in the pond. Living things that can act as filters are water hyacinth, water jasmine, aquatic plants, and umbrella plants.

    Determining Koi Pond Size

    This one stage does require accuracy and precise calculations. So that the koi pond that is made can be in accordance with the design plan. Ideally, koi fish that are 30 cm in size should be kept in a pond that is 1 meter deep. Meanwhile, for koi fish that are about 30 to 40 cm in size, it is necessary to make a pond with a depth of 1 to 1.5 meters. However, for koi that are larger than 40 cm, the pond depth should be 1.5 meters. In addition, the steps to determine the size of the pond also need to pay attention to the fish population that will be kept in the pond. If the number of koi is too small, it will cause the koi to have difficulty determining food.

    Vice versa, if there are too many koi, the fish will fight for food and oxygen. Now, the ideal number of koi fish in a pond is calculated by a koi that can occupy three times their body size. To make it easier for us to build a koi pond, we can make a floor plan first. Write down detailed descriptions of sizes that have been adjusted to the calculations that have been done before. In addition, also consider the desired minimalist koi pond design. This is done to avoid discrepancies in the size of the pond in the manufacturing process.

    Koi Pond Development Process

    The process of building a koi pond will go through three stages. First is digging the ground, then casting, and finally laying the bricks and plastering or plastering the koi pond. In the first stage, the excavation process is carried out based on the size of the pond that has been determined beforehand. The thing that needs to be considered is not to let the ground water wet and spray the dug hole. If water has soaked into the hole even though the excavation has not reached the size it should be, then the water needs to be sucked up first using a pump. This aims to keep the pond excavation dry, thus facilitating the next process.

    Then the next process is casting and laying bricks. This process can only be done if the excavation hole is completely dry. Casting must be done quickly to prevent seepage of water from the ground. After the casting process is complete, we will enter the last process, namely pool plastering. The purpose of this process is to smooth the surface of the pond. So that the koi fish are not injured when they rub against the walls or surface of the pond.

    Minimalist Koi Pond Design

    1. Minimalist Garden-style Koi Pond Design

    The appearance of the koi pond design above looks very beautiful. Because, in the pool area will be filled with various plants and also green trees. As the name implies, this minimalist koi pond can be applied in the home or yard garden area. Sinaumed’s can make the pond with a small size. However, the depth of the pond must still be adjusted so that the koi fish can move freely. In addition, try to choose shrubs that have a large size. So that the appearance of the edge of the pool will look together with the plants.

    2. Japanese Minimalist Koi Pond

    Many people like the appearance of this Japanese-style pond. Because, the pool looks more aesthetically pleasing and also beautiful. It should be understood that the design of this pool focuses on the edge of the pool. Where we are obliged to add natural stone ornaments, ornamental plants, and also garden lights. Apart from that, we can also add a mini waterfall decoration that is placed at the end of the pool. So that the appearance of the pool will look more beautiful.

    3. Middle Eastern Style Koi Pond

    This Middle Eastern-style koi pond also looks attractive because of its unique appearance. The hallmark of the pond is the combination of attractive colors. Sinaumed’s can use pale brown or cream colored natural stones as the basic material for making koi ponds. Unlike the previous types of ponds, this one doesn’t need to add ornamental plants around it. Because, this type of pond does not require a view that is too shady. However, Sinaumed’s can still add mini waterfall ornaments to add to the beautiful and cool impression of this pool.

    4. Koi Pond With Transparent Glass

    Koi fish ponds can also be made by adding glass accents on the top and sides. The purpose of using this glass is so that the owner can see the koi fish freely. Sinaumed’s can make a simple and mini glass koi pond design. That way, we can take advantage of empty land in the corner of the house or room. Make a koi pond design that is in the shape of a box, then the walls of the pond are designed from natural stone. Then on the front side of the pool is installed glass to beautify the appearance of the pool. The size of the glass used can be adjusted to the size of the pool. It is intended that the appearance of the pond becomes more beautiful. Sinaumed’s can also add natural stone decorations around the pool.

    5. Koi Pond Design Blends With the Garden

    This one design will combine the pool and the existing garden in the home page. How to make this pond design is not complicated. Sinaumed’s only needs to make a pond with a wide center. Then coat one part with transparent glass. While all over the bottom side of the pond can be given the desired plants. That way, the fish pond area will look more natural and beautiful. If there is still free space in the pond area, Sinaumed’s can add lounge chairs next to the pool that can be used to relax and enjoy the beauty of the koi pond.

    6. Minimalist Koi Pond

     

    For Sinaumed’s who have a house with a modern minimalist concept, Sinaumed’s can make a koi pond next to the living room and dining room. Enough to limit it with a glass door or wall so that it is still visible even from inside the house. Sinaumed’s and his family can still enjoy the beauty of the pond and koi fish swimming around while eating or having family gatherings. The use of glass doors in the room will also give the impression of a pool that blends in with the house. So the house will look more spacious.

    7. Indoor Koi Ponds

    If Sinaumed’s still has vacant land in the house. Sinaumed’s can use it to build a minimalist koi pond. No need for complicated designs, koi ponds that are built in the house can be made simple but still look luxurious. The things that need to be considered in making an indoor pool are the washing of the pool walls and also the pool floor. This is so as not to harm the koi fish. Because, koi fish really like to swim and rub their bodies against the pool walls.

    8. Koi Pond on the Back Terrace

    The terrace behind the house is an alternative open play area for children and families. Where behind the house we can unwind while watching the children play and feed the fish in the pond. Of course that would be great fun. However, if the back terrace of the house is not too large, Sinaumed’s can make a mini pond. However, Sinaumed’s must also pay attention to the number of koi fish that will be put into the pond. Make sure the size of the pond remains the maximum to accommodate the number of koi fish, so the fish will still be able to swim freely.

    9. Traditional Koi Ponds

    With the traditional minimalist koi pond design, your home will feel more beautiful and natural. Sinaumed’s can add traditional accents to the pond using traditional ornaments such as jugs, bamboo fountains, traditional statues, and other ornaments. This traditional minimalist koi pond is very suitable to be placed inside or outside the house.

    10. Modern Minimalist Koi Pond

    Usually the koi pond design looks simpler, but all the equipment used is modern. In addition, modern koi ponds have a combination of designs such as glass, wood and stone accessories. This type of pool is perfect for use in homes that have a modern minimalist concept.

     

  • Minimalist Japanese House Design Ideas and Concepts

    Minimalist Japanese Home Design Ideas – The Japanese House Concept has an interior design style concept that uses a completely minimalist appearance. The architectural form of this house will look distinctive and have character.

    The thing that will become a form of distinctiveness in this part of the home design concept is the use of a consistent type of material and a fairly simple shape.

    The interior design concept that is applied to Japanese homes is to maintain traditions, order, values, and balance that are united in nature. By utilizing various levels of angles, floors, and contrasts in open spaces and comfortable corners, this form of house tends to be small in size and places a high priority on privacy. Natural lighting is the basis for the aesthetics of Japanese interiors, emphasizing that this design is closely related to the outdoors.

    Japanese Shades Home Concept Idea

    Those of us who want to give the feel and atmosphere of a Japanese-style interior in the house, we can start from the gate. More than an ordinary door, this house-style roof gate is generally a separation between the street and the residence. This gate will give a more quiet, private, and comfortable feel.

    A concept form by Christopher Robertson on Concrete Box Boston using a minimalist Japanese home design concept. He presents with a high concrete fence and a roofless gate with a pivot door model.

    The gate in this model is an adaptation of the Japanese residential design concept, namely a design idea that provides elements of vertical or horizontal lines in most of the gate designs.

     

    You can learn about Japanese Language & Culture For Beginners Traveling Edition
    by GENGOYA

     

    Japanese House Paint Colors

    The form of the color palette group used in this type of dwelling usually adapts elements of wood and stone. A little touch of the brown color and the combination of white, black, gray and a little red, gives a very sweet and minimalist visualization.

    The Japanese home interior concept is synonymous with something bright. The white shape is a basic color choice that is widely used.

    White is a color that shows serenity in a Japanese-style house. Combined with the choice of colors and the natural touch of wood, it will create a very perfect comfort.

    Japanese Home Furniture

    Associated with the minimalist form of the idea, furniture that has a small size is a standard that is commonly used in the concept of Japanese homes. This is intended to give a feeling of relief in the room, because the Japanese design philosophy is very concerned about the circulation of the room.

    The form of the Lesehan concept for the sitting room is the most common and commonly found. Tatami mats and a few pillows are signature pieces of furniture and accessories that will always be used.

    With the allocation of a large table with a low height as a center for gathering, the interior of the living room and family room of Japanese houses is very comfortable for all family members. Anyone who will visit a Japanese-style house will feel comfortable and at home.

    Lighting and Decoration

    For the form of lighting installations, this house focuses on concentrated lighting types or what is called task lighting . This type of lighting is often encountered and functions as general lighting. Decorative lights such as lanterns will also enhance the Japanese feel.

    With other decorative elements, panels on the walls become a barrier between rooms and room dividers which are also common. The material, which is a combination of vertical-horizontal wood without any ornamentation, gives the room a more unique feel without exaggerating it.

    Elements of Nature

    The design of the Japanese house form has a main value in the form of closeness and attachment to nature. Therefore, it is not surprising that the concept of this house presents a lot of natural elements in the room.

    Water is one of the important elements to highlight. A fish pond in an indoor garden area will be enough to show the strong nuances of natural elements.

    Apart from that, the natural elements in the interior will also show up in the form of interior plant decorations. Plants that are usually displayed are types of bonsai plants which are easier to care for. The presence of plants in this type of decoration will be considered to represent a natural principle, simplicity and green.

    Windows and Open Space

    The Japanese house concept is also widely known for its large window sizes and open spaces. We can easily see the view from all over with this window.

    Large sliding doors will also become a feature, especially in the concept of traditional Japanese houses.

    The shape of the open space house is very synonymous with a minimalist Japanese residential principle. This concept has the goal of being able to get maximum lighting and fresh natural air. Large windows and ceiling openings such as skylights are a powerful way to get them.

    Things that can be considered rare or even non-existent in the concept of Japanese houses are thick curtains or screens. In this element increase can block the way to enter natural light.

     

    You can learn about Design Inspiration for the Development of Type 21,36,45 Houses
    by Adnan Tojoeng

     

    7 Characteristics of a Comfortable & Relaxing Japanese Modern Home

    Japanese homes are known for their design principles that focus on simple shapes and serenity. This characteristic will be in accordance with the philosophy of Zen, Japanese life which aims to bring focus and peace in modern interiors.

    The concept of a Japanese house with a modern form of design emphasizes a life that is clean, simple, maintains balance, is free from clutter, and is close to nature.

    Even though they have used modern concepts, the concept of a Japanese house will never be separated from its traditional elements. However, the concept of a successful Japanese home will spread its influence throughout the world. Check out these features and inspiration.

     

    1. There is an Element of Wabi Sabi

    Have you occasionally heard the term wabi sabi philosophy from Japan? Perfect and happy even in imperfection is the meaning of the term. This Japanese philosophy of life is widely known. Not only in everyday life, this principle is also reflected in the shape and concept of the building.

    The Japanese-style concept house is famous for its simplicity. Even though it is simple and seems minimalist, the concept of a Japanese house can still make its occupants comfortable and feel homey . The concept of Japanese houses tends to lead to the concept of simplicity in everyday life in a comfortable building form.

     

    2. Defended Genkan Area

    This is one of the characteristics that must be in the concept of a Japanese house. Not knowing a building type, even in an apartment, the genkan area will definitely be maintained.

    The genkan is a transitional area between an outside and an inside house. This area is used to receive visitors as well as a place to change shoes using house slippers that have been removed before stepping on the tatami floor.

    With the function of a genkan which is similar to a foyer , genkan is generally equipped with a cabinet or shelf called a getabako to store shoes and other decorative objects.

     

    3. Wide Roof

    The shape of the construction of the roof on the Japanese house concept will also be considered carefully. The shape of the roof of the house is generally designed to be able to drain heavy rainwater from the roof of the house. The shape on the roof is made wide with a wide cantilever shape, so that when the occupants of the house open the door they will still prevent rainwater from entering the house.

     

    4. The verandah is wide

    Another characteristic form of the Japanese house concept is the existence of a large verandah. In addition to functioning as a liaison between each room, the verandah which is usually in the form of a wide and long hallway will be a divider for inside and outside spaces.

    The veranda is a place to relax to enjoy fresh air. The existence of the veranda can also make the house feel cooler, because it functions as a place for air circulation and allows light to enter the house.

     

    5. Thick with Natural Elements

    Japanese culture really shows love and respect for nature. Therefore, so that the elements in the house will also be very thick with nature. Starting from furniture and building materials that use materials from nature such as wood or bamboo, so as to incorporate elements of plants and water into the house. Water is one of the strongest elements to accentuate the characteristics of a Japanese home architecture. We can also add a fish pond to the house.

    Elements of nature in the concept of Japanese homes can also be achieved by adding wide and large windows that can view nature from the outside into the house

     

    6. Using the Tansu Ladder

    The concept of houses in Japanese urban areas in general has a limited area. To maximize this wide section, the concept of this Japanese house is present in the form of a tansu ladder. Tansu is a ladder as well as a cabinet that can be moved easily according to the needs of the occupants.

    Tansu ladders are also flexible in their use for various types of dwellings, from conventional houses to even modern residences such as apartments. Usually this form of tansu has a color palette that is beautiful minimalist and easy to combine with various other types of furniture in the house.

     

    7. Engawa open space concept

    The style of the shape of the Japanese house is considered ideal to be applied to various types of houses, both large-scale houses and small ones. One of the elements that is very visible in the shape of this modern Japanese-style house is minimizing walls and partitions, which is called engawa.

    This term refers to an empty space in an outdoor area with an indoor area. In addition to making the room wider, this method can also meet the natural lighting that enters the room. The house will feel spacious, bright, and also a more comfortable part.

     

    You can learn about Modern Interior Design Inspiration
    by Andie A. Wicaksono, Dimas Kharisma Y., & Suparno Sastra M

     

    8 Small Minimalist Japanese House Design Inspirations. 

    Japan is a land of a million charms with extraordinary charm that no longer needs to be doubted. Besides being famous for its unique culture, the country of Sakura is also known for its unique home design concept. A house with a minimalist Japanese design is one of the designs that many say is able to combine traditional and modern looks very well.

    If you are interested in having a stunning minimalist Japanese style house, below are some designs that you can choose as inspiration.

    Minimalist Japanese Home Design Inspiration

    1. Module Grid House, 2 Floor Japanese Minimalist House

    The form of this 2-storey Japanese minimalist house concept uses the traditional metric system which causes its appearance to look more striking compared to the houses around it or in its environment.

    Besides that, the design concept of this minimalist Japanese house also uses prefabricated materials, so that the size is adjusted to the module part.

    This method is a blend of contemporary and traditional styles that will look more efficient.

     

    1. House in Minamimachi, Concrete Shell Dwelling

    Even though it looks and seems simple, if we pay close attention, the facade of this house has a unique texture that will make it look different.

    With a part that looks modern, this residence also does not apply the shape of the walls of Japanese houses which are generally made of special paper.

    Even so, we can still feel the comfort of the Japanese house form which is based on the selection of dominant wood materials.

     

    1. A House in Midorigaoka, Stands Out with a Different Atmosphere

    The concept of a minimalist Japanese style house on this one will look a contrast when compared to the housing around it.

    Simplicity is the main key to displaying the contemporary design that is expected from this residential concept.

    Apart from that, careful selection of materials will make the concept of this house seem comfortable to live in.

     

    1. Concrete Box House, A Dream House Made Of Concrete

    Inspired by the works of Tadao Andi, a couple from Houston, Texas built their dream concrete house. The combination of traditional and modern designs can be seen from the ratio of materials made of wood to concrete.

    Even though it looks like a modern house, we can definitely still see the form of a Japanese touch in this residence.

     

    1. Slice of the City, Residential with Maximum Privacy

    When forming the design of this house, the architect needs to build a Japanese-style house that can maximize light, but privacy is still maintained.

    This is done by building a large block which is divided by vertical voids, so that light can enter the house.

     

    1. Light Grain, Light Balance, Ventilation and Privacy

    Light Grain is a house specially designed to balance privacy, lighting and ventilation.

    With a design concept like this, light can enter through windows and perforated walls at the front of the house.

    Walls and small holes made of metal, apart from being useful for lighting and ventilation, can enhance the overall appearance of the building.

     

    1. Relations, Simple but Unique 2-storey Japanese Minimalist House

    The concept of this one house focuses on the use of a concrete structure as the “shell” of this residential facade.

    For the shape of the interior itself, this house applies a mezzanine design to be able to create extra space on the inside.

    Making this part of the decision can certainly produce a form of Japanese minimalist house that can outsmart limited space and even prioritize the privacy of its residents.

     

    1. Gandare House, a Tiny House with a Striking Design

    Even though it doesn’t look as wide as the house next to it, Gandara House will look more striking with its impressive facade.

    Even though the external appearance concept looks modern, the use of wood material which is very thick with Japanese-style forms can be found in the interior.

    In addition, aspects that can make this house look comfortable to live in are the perfect natural lighting in the room.

  • Minimalist Fish Pond Design For Narrow Land

    Minimalist Fish Pond Design for Narrow Land – For Sinaumed’s who like to raise ornamental fish but only have empty land that is not too wide or narrow. Relax, now there are many choices of minimalist pool designs for narrow land. In maintaining ornamental fish, a pond is a must that needs to be provided. Even fish ponds must be designed as unique as possible even though they are only located in narrow and simple land. Because, ornamental fish will display the beauty of body shape and beauty of color when the eye looks from above. Therefore, it is not surprising that ornamental fish are one of the most sought after pets and used as decoration in the yard or garden to make them beautiful.

    Starting from there, koi fish keepers think about how to create a minimalist pond design for narrow land. So that the ornamental fish that are kept can be enjoyed every day and do not die easily. For beginners, here are some choices of minimalist pool designs for narrow land that can be used as references.

    Minimalist Ornamental Fish Pond Design

    The existence of an ornamental fish pond in the yard or terrace of the house will certainly beautify the atmosphere around the house. Especially if the pool is designed as attractively as possible and is fed with clean water. Therefore, let’s create a minimalist pond design concept for narrow land that is cost-effective.

    Equipment in Making Fish Ponds

    Before making a fish pond, the first thing to prepare is some equipment that is usually used by builders to make ponds or buildings. Starting from shovels, hoes, cethok, tape measure, waterpass, and others. Then, also prepare the necessary materials, such as bricks, sand, stone, cement, lime, wall paint, and decorations for the fish pond. Decorations that can be used include dry plants, bamboo, natural stones, water hyacinth, and so on.

    All the materials and equipment above must be met, so that the process of making a fish pond runs smoothly and gets maximum results. However, if you don’t have enough time to make your own pool, you can hire a handyman to make one.

    It should be noted that the type of soil used to make the pond can affect the equipment that needs to be used. Whether it’s because of rocky soil, sandy soil, or clay. Of course, in digging these types of soil, you need to use different special tools.

    The size of the pool to be made

    After preparing all the equipment and materials needed, the next step is to determine the size of the pond to be made. Available location could be the answer. If it is wide, it can be made into a large pond. But if it’s narrow, then it can be made into a minimalist pool. However, there is another thing that needs to be considered after determining the size of the pond, namely the availability of running water. If not, then we can make a flow of water that is made by ourselves according to the size and shape of the pond that will be made later.

    On this occasion the author will provide several examples of minimalist pond design drawings for narrow land with the latest models. Certainly more modern and beautify the atmosphere of the house or yard. Maybe some people think that the beauty of ornamental fish comes from the beautiful colors or shapes. But it turns out that fish ponds can also affect the beauty emitted by ornamental fish. The right fish pond can also make the fish live longer and can reproduce optimally. It would be better if making a pond must be given a circulation of water that is always flowing. So that the fish feel in their natural habitat.

     

    Use a Pool Filter

    The filter is one of the things that determines whether the pool looks perfect in terms of beauty and beauty or not? Besides being able to beautify the pond, the pond filter also plays a role in supporting the life and health of the ornamental fish that live in it. Therefore, a pool filter must be used and must always work.

    Minimalist Ornamental Fish Pond

    When viewed in terms of soil conditions not in accordance with the desired design. Then it can be made slightly tilted on the inside of the pool. This serves to make it easier for us to clean the pool when changing the water. The advantage or advantage of the sloping pond shape is that if there are leftovers, they will definitely gather directly at the center of the slope. So that the dirt will come out when the water is cleaned.

    Don’t forget to polish the bottom of the pool until it’s smooth like glass. This aims to avoid friction on the skin of the fish when they are at the bottom of the pond. However, if it is felt that this will cost quite a lot, then Sinaumed’s can replace it with materials that are not used and have a smooth surface.

    Ornamental Fish Pond in Front of the House

    A minimalist pool design for narrow land if it is in front or on the home page will certainly be more suitable. If the irrigation system uses automatic equipment such as waterfall ornaments that can purify and also clean water regularly. Not only that, at the bottom of the pool it is necessary to provide a hole for the water to drain. This situation will make it easier for water to get out to the maximum when it will be replaced.

    Minimalist Pool Design For Narrow Land

    As previously explained, after preparing all the equipment and materials needed. Then we can immediately dig the ground as deep as 50 to 70 cm. The length and width can be seen in the example image below. This pool image can be an illustration of what the shape and size of the pool will look like based on the availability of land or land.

    After that, the next step that must be done is to make a mixture of ingredients consisting of sand, cement, and also water. Then stir until completely mixed. After the dough is finished, place the stones at the very base as the foundation, then add the bricks and arrange them neatly. If so, polish with the cement and sand mixture that was made earlier. Create a pond according to a pre-designed design. Sinaumed’s can adjust it according to taste and the place used.

    How to Make a Fish Pond So It Doesn’t Leak Easily

    In order to avoid pool leaks after it’s finished, it would be better if we give more portion of cement to the dough to be made. Sinaumed’s can mix it with Damdex or a pool coating specifically used to patch leaky pools. Then the chosen ceramic can be from the best quality mosaic brand which is installed on the wall of the fish pond. If the water is clean and clear, it will certainly add to the beauty and splendor of the pond.

    Fish Pond Paint Additives

    For the paint to be used can be adjusted to taste. If the pool already uses ceramics, then the use of paint is no longer needed. Vice versa, if you only use cement walls, then try to give them white paint. It is intended that the colorful ornamental fish will look more beautiful.

    Installing a Minimalist Fish Pond Filter for Narrow Land

    Before installing the filter, the first thing that needs to be done is to prepare a pump that has a mechanical system. So that it is easy to work on and quickly complete. After installing the water filter, we can put the water in a pool that already has a filter. Now there are many shops that provide decorative fish pond filters. But if Sinaumed’s can make their own filters naturally, then Sinaumed’s can make them from scrap materials. Such as large barrels or containers of consumption fish.

    Don’t forget to provide lighting or lights that can turn on at night. The purpose of the lamp is to display the beautiful color of the ornamental fish that are kept in the pond.

    The Cost of Making a Minimalist Pool Design for Narrow Land

    From the beginning of making the minimalist pool design, of course, Sinaumed’s wondered about how much it would cost to build the pool? Of course, it is very affordable and cost-effective. Moreover, all the materials and also the equipment from us. Of course this can reduce costs that need to be incurred. If it still seems expensive, Sinaumed’s can just replace the pool walls with tarpaulin. There are even some people who make fish ponds using only a pile of bricks. While the inner layer is given tarpaulin and decoration only.

    Minimalist Pool Design Options for Narrow Land

    The following are some recommendations for minimalist pool design choices for narrow land. So, Sinaumed’s doesn’t need to worry anymore if there is only a little land left in the yard, but wants to make an ornamental fish pond. The author will show that small land can also be used optimally.

    1. Japanese-Style Minimalist Pool

    It should be understood that in making a minimalist Japanese-style pond, we need to pay attention to its placement. Don’t let the ornaments that are installed reduce the minimalist and simple impression on the pond or garden. This minimalist Japanese pond design only requires simple ornaments. Even better if this Japanese-style pond is equipped with bonsai plants. Then give a little touch of rocks and this shower is made of bamboo which flows towards the middle of the pool. So that it will add to the atmosphere of peace and calm at home.

    2. Minimalist Pool with Patio

    Patio is the yard of the house or garden in front of the house that is attached to the wall or the boundaries of the house. The term originates from Spain. If the land to be used is narrow or limited, a patio pool at the edge of the house can be an interesting idea. To add to the aesthetic impression, give a little decoration to the fish pond. Sinaumed’s can use plants planted around the pond. Apart from that, you can also provide a little ornament by using hydra plants on the surface of the pond water. Not only beautiful, the roots of these plants also function as fish feed. If you want to be even more comfortable, Sinaumed’s can add an open fountain ornament.

    3. Minimalist pool in the house

    If there is no empty land in the yard, then Sinaumed’s can make a fish pond in the house with a minimalist design concept. A fish pond in the house can not only add a beautiful impression, but can also increase the coolness of the air in the house. To make it, Sinaumed’s needs to consult with people who are experts in making pools. This aims to prevent leakage and also in accordance with the needs of land and buildings.

    4. Minimalist Pool in Front of the House

    Does not require high costs, this minimalist pool design in front of the house is very suitable to be imitated. In making this pool, Sinaumed’s does not need many components. In addition, the arrangement of the pond is relatively simple and does not need complicated elements. However, in making it, make sure the pool foundation is made sturdy and leak-proof. Sinaumed’s can use the casting technique when making the foundation. Then install a drain hole in the bottom of the pool. Sinaumed’s can also use the remaining land to make mini plants in the fish pond area.

    5. Small Zen Minimalist Pool

    Making a fish pond can not only be done in the yard, behind the house or in the house. Fish ponds can also still look beautiful and attractive if placed on the balcony of the house or corner of the house. Especially when combined with small plant ornaments and also rocks placed around the pond. A small zen pond made in the corner of the house like the picture above can give a pleasant impression when the home owner is sitting relaxed outside the house.

    6. Minimalist Backyard Waterfall Pool

    Maybe a fish pond decorated with waterfall ornaments is too common and common. But don’t worry, now we can make a mini waterfall in a fish pond. Sinaumed’s can ask for help from a fish pond making service to make a waterfall that is not too big in a narrow backyard. Shower accents can be made to resemble a waterfall to add a natural accent.

    7. Pool With Natural Water Garden Theme

    A minimalist pond with a natural water garden concept can give the impression that the fish pond is a naturally formed pond. We just need to let the plants grow freely in the pond. To get a natural impression, make a fish pond as natural as possible with simple decorations that don’t seem stiff. Pools with oval or irregular shapes can also add a natural impression. Let wild plants grow freely in the area around the pond.

    8. Minimalist Pool Of Natural Stone

    A minimalist pool made of natural stone can be an interesting idea. Because, we do not need a large area of ​​land. With only 11 meters of land, we can build a pond with this concept and give the impression of a fresher and cooler home. Even though it looks easy in the manufacturing process, the selection of materials certainly requires precision and accuracy. Especially in choosing the natural stone that is used.

    One of the natural stone recommendations to choose from is granite. These rocks are used to reduce the amount of moss growing in the pond. As for the ornaments outside the pool, Sinaumed’s can provide a little extra glass to add a different impression to the pool to make it look more modern and also minimalist.

    Those are some choices of minimalist pond designs for narrow land that can be a reference when you want to have a fish pond at home. Sinaumed’s can adjust it to the remaining vacant land in the house area. That way, Sinaumed’s can also choose a pond design that suits the rest of the land and estimate the costs that will be used to make the fish pond.

     

  • Minimalist Fence Design Inspiration

    Minimalist Wall Fence Design – The concept and style of an interior design that has existed to date is very diverse, ranging from industrial, modern, classic, contemporary, eco-green styles, even styles that are tailored to the character and feelings of the designer himself.

    Some of us may already know or have even used one of these interior style choices for home or even office designs. However, did you know that each interior concept has its own characteristics and uniqueness?

    As an example of contemporary interior design, this is one of the most popular interior styles. This interior style is often known and even equated as a modern interior style. Although in fact very different.

    The difference can be seen from the various ‘patterns’ used. Modern interiors are more bound by strict patterns and seem to have been determined. Meanwhile, contemporary is more flexible. Contemporary was born with a greater mix of styles and variations.

    This time we will discuss one of the other design styles which is also quite popular. This design is also one of the most used today, namely the modern minimalist interior style.

    About Minimalist Interior

    Minimalism is synonymous with something that is functional, simple, and neatly arranged. This is also related to the advancement of technological developments.

    Quoting from ufikhomes.com, minimalist interior style is a design approach characterized by an austerity on decoration. This design concept can be achieved by using functional furniture and interior objects, geometric shapes, and in combinations which are generally no more than two basic colors.

    Minimalist design is a stripped down design , reducing the parts that are considered unnecessary, so that only the important elements are needed.

    Minimalism cannot be separated from a famous thought named Ludwig Mies Van der Rohe, namely “Less is More”. He is one of the leaders of the world’s modern architecture.

    According to the Architect, who is better known as “Mies,” to create a “bone” interior, he will use a lot of modern materials such as industrial steel and glass, while still emphasizing an open space and simplicity.

    Mies believes that simplicity in architecture is everything. That simplicity comes from a very strong influence of a Russian Constructivism movement. Russian constructivism has introduced using architecture to provide a benefit to society. Apart from that, this simplicity sentiment is also very compatible with his “less is more” mantra.

     

    You can learn about 30 Minimalist Tropical Home Design Inspirations
    by Rio Manullang

    Features of Minimalist Architectural Design

    In the world of architecture and design, minimalism means a condition in which a subject only prioritizes the function of a subject and displays essential elements. The focus of a minimalist designer is a connection between a building element, lighting, the remaining voids in a building.

    In full, here are the architectural design features of a minimalist home:

    1. Simple Layout

    Maybe many have thought that a minimalist architectural design is applied to homes with narrow land. In fact, in a minimalist concept it is also very possible to be used in a house that has large land.

    Because the main feature of a minimalist home is a plain, simple, and efficient layout with terraced volume sections. Apart from that, the minimalist house plan has also been made open with a minimal interior wall.

    Then, it is equipped with a simple and multifunctional storage area with an emphasis on the freedom of view.

    2. Simple But Quality Material

    Material selection is very much considered so that it can support the shape and even appearance of a minimalist home, including color, texture, and shape. Usually, in a minimalist concept house, you will use materials that are easy to find.

    Materials in a simple building will produce its own charm while highlighting the properties of a building material. For example, on the walls, the end result will be obtained by achi process, as well as on the floor, it is enough to use ceramic tiles without using a finishing process.

    3. Geometric Building Shapes Without Decoration

    The next characteristic of minimalist architecture is a building that has a strict geometric shape. Geometric shapes, such as rectangles or cubes, can be seen from the outside in a minimalist home. In fact, even in the shape of the roof, it is not triangular like a traditional house, but flat or has unnecessary indentations.

    Then, in the facade area, houses that use a minimalist style are generally without decoration and are deliberately left plain and only covered in white paint.

    4. The function of glass windows is made more optimal

    Minimalist house utilizes a window as an opening and optimal lighting. This is indicated by the existence of a window design that does not have complicated details. In general, a minimalist home will have large and wide glass windows.

    Not only will it look beautiful and modern, this large window will also aim to allow air and sunlight to easily enter the house. So that the humidity level in the house will always be maintained.

    5. Minimal bulkhead

    The dividing walls and partitions in a minimalist concept house will be kept to a minimum so that it can give the impression that the inside of the house is more comfortable, spacious and bright. This is because the minimalist concept prioritizes space efficiency.

    In a minimalist home, dividing walls will only be given to spaces that have a private nature such as bedrooms and bathrooms. Meanwhile for other rooms, such as the living room, dining room, and kitchen, they will only be separated by furniture.

    6. Minimalist Furniture

    In the minimalist home section, furniture will be made very functional. Usually in the living room section there will only be essential furniture such as shelves, sofas and tables.

    The shape of the furniture doesn’t have too much volume with lots of decorations. That way, this piece of furniture will be able to accentuate the temporary function while still using as little space as possible.

    7. Gives a Field Impression

    Given the lack of furniture and dividing walls, it’s not surprising that a minimalist home will give a broad and airy impression. Sunlight from outside with the presence of a wide window will also make a room look more open, clean and bright.

    No wonder this concept is widely used to get around land that is not too large but still wants relief.

    8. Minimalist Garden

    Minimalist garden is a characteristic of the next minimalist home. Even though in general many minimalist houses are built on land that is not too large, you will still find a garden as a residential refresher.

    Usually the garden is located on the front of the terrace and contains sedge grass and beautiful rocks. So, not only is it beautiful, the concept of a minimalist home will also continue to provide healthy air for its residents.

     

    You can learn about Minimalist Home Design Inspiration
    by Rio Manullang

    Minimalist Modern Concept in Interior

    Many believe that a modern minimalist design concept that is very close to a minimalist style is because in principle it minimizes the use of non-functional elements. However, the interpretation of the “Less is More” concept in a minimalist interior is actually very broad and can be applied to various elements and aspects of the interior design itself.

    Here is a minimalist concept in 4 points:

    1. Geometric Style

    Strong lines will keep the minimalist interior attractive. The designers usually explore a lot with various forms, in terms of the shape of the furniture, the shape of the room, and even the shape of the pattern that will be applied to the interior.

    However, in a simple interior concept, the use of these forms will actually be simpler. Exploration in form is more focused on comfort, ergonomics, and function, not on design aesthetics.

    2. Minimizing the use of furniture

    The minimalist interior concept will prioritize function, and consider starting to reduce various furniture with supporting function parts that exist in everyday life that are not used too often. In this interior concept ‘only’ will focus on the use of the main furniture needed to support the functions and activities in the room.

    For example, if we have a chair in the corner of the room, but in fact the chair will never be used, remove the chair from the list of selected furniture items.

    3. The use of monochrome colors

    The color element is an interior element that is often used as a weapon for exploring modern minimalist concepts. However, the selection of this color combination does not refer to aesthetic elements, but rather emphasizes the comfort level of the room itself. So, don’t be surprised if you find lots of neutral colors like white which is dominant in an interior concept.

    4. Prioritize Function

    This one thing is an essence of the concept of “less is more”. As previously mentioned, one of the keys to the modern minimalist interior design concept is the emphasis on functional aspects. So, avoid the formation of design and arrangement of elements in a room that are not based on an aspect of function and designation.

     

    You can learn about Who Says Creating a 3D Minimalist Home Design is Difficult
    by Anditya (DreamArch Animation)

    15 Minimalist Wall Fence Designs

    Entering an element that does not support or add to the function of a room is not recommended for a minimalist concept. The fence will be a way to maintain privacy and protect the house from thieves or other unpleasant things.

    Until now, there are various types and designs of fences that can be an option. One of them is a wall fence that can be used to guard the house and frame the garden and even the gate leading to the house.

    The presence of a wall fence can also be the focal point of the house. You can also customize the wall and house fences so you can have a unified design. For example, minimalist iron fences are often found in modern homes.

    To help choose the right design, here are presented some minimalist wall fence design concepts that can be our choice.

     

    1. Minimalist Wall with Natural Elements

    Want to be able to display a minimalist wall fence with a natural impression? To be able to apply it, we can use natural elements on the wall fence, for example the shape of wood and stone. Apart from looking minimalist, the use of natural elements can make the house feel cooler.

     

    1. Wood Combination Wall

    The next form of minimalist wall fence design is a combination of stone walls and wood. To give a similar impression, we can use a fence with the same material for the walls of the house.

    For the shape of the gate, use wooden panels that can be shifted to produce a minimalist feel to your home.

     

    1. Traditional Modern Wall Fence

    The design on this wall fence may already be familiar to us. Because we often encounter these wall fences, both in urban and rural areas.

    This fence is a combination of bricks, tiles and rooster which can be used for houses with minimalist, modern and traditional designs. To give it a simpler look, we can use one color of paint.

     

    1. Wall and Iron Fence

    Then, this next fence design is a combination of walls and iron. This fence will use half the wall and half the iron on top.

    For the fence covering, it is designed to resemble a door and aluminum or iron material which can make the house look more minimalist.

     

    1. Minimalist Wall Fence Design

    Want to be able to display a fence that can be simple and looks modern at the same time? This one wall fence concept design can be an option.

    This one wall fence will be designed simply using plain gray paint. To be able to provide a focal point, we can use wooden doors on several parts of the fence.

     

    1. Simple Minimalist Wall Fence

    Don’t like the excessively shaped fence design? Wall fence designs with iron shapes like this can be the right choice.

    This wall fence comes with a simple form, combining the wall with iron. This simple design will be suitable for modern minimalist homes in urban areas.

     

    1. Stone and Iron Wall Fence

    If we are worried about security at home, maybe this form of fence design can be an option. This wall fence uses a form of natural stone material that is strong and sturdy.

    Its size is quite high, so that it can almost cover half of the house. There are also sharp iron parts on the top and sidelines of the fence holes, so as to provide maximum protection to occupants.

     

    1. Modern Wall with Iron Door

    The concept of this wall fence uses natural stone material on the surface. Meanwhile, for the door itself, it uses iron material as access to the fence.

    The combination of stone and iron in this minimalist fence will be suitable for modern and minimalist section of the house.

     

    1. Wall Fence with Gate

    With this one fence design it will provide a unified design with the house. By combining the walls with some black and brown patterned natural stones.

    Meanwhile, for the door itself, apply iron material with a minimalist feel.

     

    1. High Wall Fence Design

    This concept wall fence has been widely used in medium and small modern houses such as the type 30 form. The high design almost covers the appearance of the facade of the type 30 house.

    This form of wall fence will have several holes, so that to create a garden and an area on the inside of the house will remain cool and not stuffy, even though the size of the walls is high.

     

    1. Modern Stone Fence

    The concept of this wall fence design uses natural stone as the material. The use of stone as a wall material will make this fence look beautiful and natural.

    This wall fence will be suitable for homes that are modern minimalist and want to display the beauty and coolness of the residence.

     

    1. Minimalist Classic Wall

    This wall fence design is suitable for classic and traditional homes that want to display an elegant impression and a simple design.

    This fence is a combination of walls and iron with simple carvings, but still charming.

     

    1. High Brick Wall of Security & Privacy

    In the form of certain houses, perhaps this high brick wall fence can be an option.

    This wall fence can provide privacy to the occupants. In addition, for home security, it will be more awake.

     

    1. Minimalist Wall & Wood Fence

    For a modern house with a simple or minimalist design concept, using a wall with a simple shape can be an option.

    Apart from that, we can also combine it by using wood panels to display a unique and natural impression on the dwelling.

     

    1. A combination of matching colored iron walls and fences

    To be able to display a simple but charming house facade, color harmony must also be considered. If the wall to be used for the fence is white, then we can add an expanded fence or wire mesh with the same color. In addition to making the house look elegant, white can make the atmosphere of the house more spacious and bright.

  • Migration Is: Definition, Causes, and Various Kinds

    Migration is – The occurrence of people from one region to another can be considered a
    very natural event.
    This is known as migration. Within migration itself there is
    transmigration as well as urbanization.
    So, to find out more about migration, you can watch
    this review until it’s finished, Sinaumed’s.

    Definition of Migration

    Basic human needs consist of clothing, food and shelter. Clothing consists of clothing, food
    consists of food, and boards consist of shelter.
    The need for proper and comfortable housing
    serves as shelter and shelter.

    When choosing a place to live, there are various factors to consider. If a person is not
    suitable to settle in an area or there are other motivating factors, then he can move or commonly known as
    migration.

    So, migration is a term used for the movement of people from one place to another for the purpose of settling
    across political/state boundaries or administrative/part boundaries of a country.

    If it crosses the borders of a country, it is called international migration. Meanwhile,
    domestic migration is population movement that occurs within the boundaries of a country, both between
    regions and between provinces, such as urbanization and transmigration.

    Migration is also explained in the Law in Article 1 No. 6 of 2011 concerning Immigration.
    Based on the law, immigration is defined as the traffic of people entering or leaving the territory
    of Indonesia and its supervision in order to maintain the upholding of state sovereignty.

    In the formulation of measuring population migration, it can be measured by several measures including mobility
    rates, in-migration rates, out-migration rates, and net migration.

    The term migration comes from the Latin “migratio” which means the movement of people between
    countries.
    However, this is not only movement from one country to country, but also
    population movement from one place (country and so on) to another place (country and so
    on).

    In addition, migration can also be said as an event where an organism moves from a biome or region that has
    the same geographical or climatic characteristics which includes communities of plants, animals, soil
    organisms, bacteria, and viruses to other biomes.
    In simple terms, migration is defined as a
    movement activity.

    In many cases, organisms migrate to seek new sources of food reserves to avoid food scarcity that may occur due
    to the arrival of winter or due to overpopulation or population explosion (the condition of too many people on
    Earth, so that the existing resources are not sufficient to meet their needs). ).

    Causes of Migration

    Migration means the movement of people from one place to another by crossing national borders or
    administrative boundaries within a country with the aim of settling.
    Migration itself does not
    just happen, there are still several causes. The following is an explanation of the reasons why people
    migrate.

    1. Natural Disasters

    Natural disasters can be experienced in an area. Natural disasters such as floods, volcanic
    eruptions, earthquakes, landslides and disease outbreaks can encourage people to migrate to safer
    areas.

    For example, many Acehnese did not want to live in Aceh after the 2004 tsunami disaster. They
    can move to other areas that are considered safer to continue their lives.

    2. Religion

    Religion is the main thing in human life, because the purpose of human life in this world is for the
    hereafter.
    The purpose of religion is also to regulate our daily behavior to behave better and
    better, so that in our worship there is no pressure from anyone.

    Freedom to worship according to one’s religion and the need for mutual respect between religious
    communities is a person’s capital to survive in a heterogeneous society.
    If religious life is
    not guaranteed for its continuity and security, then this will encourage someone to migrate.

    3. Politics

    Politics in an area is not the same. There is a region that considers politics to be normal,
    there are those who consider politics to be unusual.
    The meaning of the word unusual is that
    after politics is over, the grudge is still there.
    So that a problem will heat up.

    It is this heated political condition in an area that can lead to anarchic acts. As a result,
    residents of the area feel like moving to another area that is safer.

    4. Availability of Resources

    In an area usually the resources vary. Therefore, making people need other resources that do
    not exist in their area for survival.

    For example, there is a gold mine in an area where people automatically want to find gold, therefore their place
    of life also moves to where the gold is.

    5. Employment

    Humans live with the need to eat, drink, dress, shelter and other needs. So every human being
    needs effort such as work to meet these needs.
    For example, the need for school children will
    certainly increase expenses, so to meet these expenses we have to work.

    If jobs are available or are working outside the city from where we live, then we will go to places where
    there are jobs for us.
    Hence one of the reasons why employment affects migration.

    6. Educational Facilities

    The education taken is also one of the tools in finding a job that is in accordance with his education.
    Although sometimes, in reality the jobs we have are not in accordance with their education.

    However, at least most jobs match their education. Automatically people whose education is in
    other places will follow the place where they study.

    7. Stability and Security

    People who live in an area will definitely choose a safe and peaceful place to live. In a
    certain area or country there are things that are not safe to be made as a place to live.
    So,
    people in unsafe places will look for safer areas, of course.

    8. Work Location

    People who have jobs outside the area will certainly choose to live in the area where they work.
    Besides reasoning closer, but also saving costs, time and effort. So, it is chosen
    closer to the place of work than away from the place of work which of the two has more benefits that are
    closer to the place of work.

    9. Development Interest Factors

    Factors for the importance of development, namely migration that occurs because the area is affected by
    development projects, such as the construction of dams for irrigation and hydropower.

    10. Social Factors

    Social factors are also one of the causes of migration, for example mixed marriages. Marriage
    is worship for every religion.

    This social factor of marriage will affect migration. Moreover, mixed marriages, for example
    between Indonesia and Malaysia.
    So, if one will settle in the country one person will
    migrate.

    11. Population Density

    In a developing or developed country, the problem usually faced is population density.
    Likewise with the factors that cause migration including population density which must be overcome
    by one way of migration.

    This population density causes a person to live less comfortably, there is a lot of competition, so it will
    be difficult for some to get a job.
    Because it is difficult to get a job, many people will
    commit various crimes.
    That’s why population density must be overcome quickly.

    Because, if it is not quickly resolved it will cause various problems including pickpocketing, robbery and
    others.
    In addition, there are still many things that can happen due to excessive population
    density.

    For example, it is because of this overpopulation that some people decide to move to less densely populated
    areas.
    Apart from getting a new atmosphere of life, this kind of thing is also very good for
    supporting the population distribution program.

    12. Desire to Improve Living Standards

    In general, the reason why someone prefers to move to another area is for economic reasons.
    One of them is the desire to improve the standard of living for the better. This is
    usually felt by villagers, where he never gets a job.

    In Indonesia alone, this phenomenon occurs every year. Many people from the villages will go
    to the cities with the aim of finding work.
    At first he wandered, but over time he would take
    his family and then look for a place to live in the city where he worked.

    For example, Central Javanese people move to Jakarta because that person’s livelihood is in Jakarta.

    13. Unsuitable Geographical Circumstances

    Geographical conditions or an unsuitable environment are also one of the causes for someone to migrate.
    For example, someone has asthma that will relapse if he is in cold air. Then, that
    person lived in a mountainous environment where the morning air was very cold.

    Well, it’s possible that this person will suffer from asthma every morning. Thus, that person
    might think about moving to another place, where the air around it is not too cold.

    Types of Migration

    Migration is divided into two, namely national and international migration. Here’s the full
    explanation:

    1. National Migration

    National migration is the movement of people from one area to another but still within a country.
    National migration itself can be divided into two, namely urbanization and transmigration.
    Here’s the full explanation:

    a. Urbanization

    Urbanization is the movement of people from rural to urban areas. People who do urbanization
    are called urban.
    The factors that affect urbanization are divided into pull factors and push
    factors.
    Urbanization pull factors, among others:

    • Job opportunities, especially outside agriculture, are quite widely available.
    • Labor wages are relatively higher than in the village.
    • Availability of life facilities, such as education, health, and economic facilities.
    • The city is the center of government, economy, and science and technology (IPTEK).

    The occurrence of urbanization itself is caused by several factors, the following are the factors of
    urbanization.

    • Agricultural land is getting narrower.
    • Limited employment opportunities, especially outside the agricultural sector.
    • Small labor wages.
    • Lack of life support facilities.
    • The desire of residents to improve life.

    Urbanization has both positive and negative impacts. The positive impacts of urbanization
    include:

    • Reducing the population density of the village.
    • Reducing unemployment.
    • Increased manpower to facilitate urban development.
    • Improving the standard of living of villagers because part of their income returns to the village.

    In addition to the positive impacts, there are also impacts from urbanization, including:

    • Every village lacks young manpower.
    • The lack of an educated workforce as a driving force for village development, because they become the
      urbanization of big cities
    • The higher the urban population density
    • Many establishments of slum houses
    • Increased poverty and crime rates.
    • Decrease in the availability of clean water
    • Increasing unskilled workforce.

    b. Transmigration

    Transmigration is the movement of people from a densely populated area to an area with a small population.
    The objectives of organizing transmigration are:

    • Improving the welfare of transmigrants and the surrounding community.
    • Increasing and equalizing regional development.
    • Strengthen the unity and integrity of the nation.

    There are several factors that cause transmigration, including:

    • Unequal distribution of population.
    • The standard of living of the population is still low.
    • A natural disaster occurred.

    2. International Migration

    International migration is the movement of people from one country to another or between countries.
    International migration is divided into three, namely:

    a. Immigration

    Immigration is the movement of people into a country, or it can also be defined as the process of entering
    foreign nationals into a country.

    b. Emigration

    Emigration is the movement of people out of a country.

    c. Remigration

    Remigration is the movement of people back to their place of origin.

    3. Ruralization

    Ruralization, namely the movement of people from cities to villages with the aim of settling.
    Ruralization is the opposite of urbanization.

    4. Evacuate

    In addition to the types of migration mentioned above, there is another type of migration called
    evacuation.
    Evacuation is the movement of population that occurs due to threats due to the
    dangers of war, natural disasters and so on.
    Evacuation can be national or
    international.

    5. Forensen

    Forensen is also known as “nglaju”. Forensen or nglaju is an activity of people who live in villages
    or out of town, but have a livelihood in the city and commute every day or don’t stay in the city.
    There are various reasons why someone would do this forensen or nglaju, such as the difficulty
    of finding housing in the city, the high cost of living in the city, and so on.

    6. Tourism

    Tourist is a term for people who are traveling to places of recreation. What is meant by
    tourism is a person’s journey to tourist areas and stays for a certain period of time.

    We often encounter this with foreign tourists who are interested in Indonesia’s natural tourism.
    These foreign tourists spend a very long time in Indonesia to enjoy Indonesia’s natural scenery and
    also learn about Indonesian culture.

    Closing

    Basically, the occurrence of migration can be said to be a natural thing. However, if it
    occurs in large numbers and in close time, migration can cause losses.
    Therefore, the
    government must participate in managing the population.

    That way, residents in a country can live more safely and peacefully. From the above
    understanding it can be said that migration is the movement of people from one region to another.
    Thus the discussion about the meaning of migration to its various kinds. Hopefully all
    the discussion above can be useful as well as add to your insight.

    Sinaumed’s can get more information about migration by reading books available at
    sinaumedia.com . To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always
    provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

  • Microsoft founder and Bill Gates Career Story

    Inventor of Microsoft – Who doesn’t know the world famous figure, Bill Gates? Bill Gates is the founder of Microsoft as well as the person who founded a large company which is also named the Microsoft Corporation. The company has contributed a lot to the development and advancement of technology, especially in the field of computers.

    Microsoft is a type of multinational company based in the United States. Precisely namely in Redmond, Washington, USA. The company also develops, manufactures, licenses, and supports a wide range of computer-related products and services. One of the most famous products from Microsoft to date is the Windows operating system. Almost all computer and laptop devices provide this system in it.

    Short Biography of Microsoft Inventor: Bill Gates

    William Henry Gates III or better known as Bill Gates is a man who was born on October 28, 1955 in Seattle, Washington, USA. Bill Gates is the third child of the couple William Henry Gates and Mary Maxwell. While her two older siblings are named Kristianne and Libby.

    Bill Gates’ father is a lawyer who is quite famous because he has had many relationships with various companies and famous people. While his mother worked as a member of the Board of Directors of First Interstate Bank, Pacific Northwest Bell, and also a member of the national level of the United Way. Meanwhile, Bill Gates’ grandfather named JW Maxwell was a president at one of the national banks.

    In his family, Bill Gates is a child who has a fairly high intelligence. So he had experienced difficulties while at school. Because his enthusiasm for learning is higher than his peers. Therefore, the genius that is in Bill Gates’ brain makes him even smarter and genius in the academic field. When Bill Gates’ parents found out that their second child had academic abilities and a very genius brain. So they decided to move Bill Gates to a special school for boys in Seattle. The school was named Lakeside School. This school is located on the west coast, United States.

    At first, Bill Gates liked computer-related subjects when he entered the school. He began to study more deeply about computer lessons. At that time, Bill Gates was only 11 years old. He already felt in love with the world of computers. However, his parents actually became worried because they were afraid if they could not concentrate while studying at school. Because of this, Bill Gates’ parents finally stopped all their children’s computer-related activities for a year. This was done so that Bill Gates could concentrate more on learning activities at his school.

    However, because Bill Gates’ curiosity is very high and can not be dammed anymore. He then decided to do other learning activities by reading books on literature, business, science, and also biographies of world famous figures. The things that Bill Gates looks for when reading books about biographies is how to become someone who is great in the field he likes.

    Previously, Bill Gates’ parents asked their children to stop studying computers for several reasons. They did that so Bill Gates could get into university. Even though Bill Gates still wants to advance the world of computers. But because of the intelligence possessed by Bill Gates. He was finally able to enter Harvard University located in the city of Cambridge, Massachusetts in 1975.

    However, his love for computers made Bill Gates decide not to continue his studies at Harvard University. After leaving the university, he chose to advance the computer world with his partner, Paul Allen.

    Bill Gates Childhood Story

    Since childhood, Bill Gates was already very fond of reading books. Then when he was 10 years old, v had read the World Book Encyclopedia from the very beginning to the last series. Because of his penchant for reading books, Bill Gates’ parents bought various types of books that his son liked.

    Until he was 11 years old, Bill Gates began to ask his parents about business and events and phenomena that were happening in the world. However, Bill Gates’ fondness for reading various types of books made his mother worry. This is because the mother feels that her child interacts less frequently with other people and prefers to spend her time reading books. Therefore, Bill Gates sometimes fights with his mother because he feels that his mother really wants to control him.

    History of Bill Gates in Getting to Know the World of Computers

    Bill Gates started to like the world of computers while at Lakeside School, as explained above. However, the computer world that Bill Gates loved at that time was still a teletype machine linked by a telephone and a time-share computer. The thing that made Bill Gates fall in love with the world of computers was because of the way computers work themselves. Where the computer can read a software code perfectly.

    When Bill Gates was still attending Lakeside School, he felt that his love for computers was well facilitated. So that all his curiosity about the world of computers can be answered perfectly. Not only that, Bill Gates also had the freedom to play with the computer at his school. Because, he managed to find a software bug or an error that occurred in the program line.

    The intelligence possessed by Bill Gates and his love for the world of computers, make it easier to learn computers and write basic programming languages. Bill Gates and his colleagues often spend hours in the computer room. They do that just to learn and write programming languages ​​and all things computer world.

    Thanks to his love for the world of computers, when he was still in school, Bill Gates had earned extra pocket money. He earned this pocket money with his friends by becoming a young hacker or hacker at Lakeside. Bill Gates and his school friends can spend their time just studying computers. They even got home early in the morning. Where they spend all day just to fix the existing programming system on the computer.

    It can be said that his love for the world of computers is not easy to get the approval of his two parents. Even Bill Gates was also not allowed to study computer science at all. This happened when Bill Gates was still at the Lakeside school. Until it continued when he had to go to university on the wish of his parents. Even though Bill Gates had succeeded in entering Harvard University, he was also confused about which major to enter. Until in the end he chose to enter law school in the hope of becoming a lawyer like his father.

    While studying at Harvard University, Bill Gates was not very interested in the lessons he got at law school. He also felt that his love for computers would slowly fade away. However, all his love for the world of computers did not fade in the end. Because Bill Gates reunited with his friend when he was still at Lakeside School, Paul Allen. His friend was a hacker friend who used to work together when he attended Lakeside and it turned out that they both attended Harvard University. The meeting between the two made Bill Gates’ dream of having a software company start to grow again.

    Bill Gates and Paul Allen began to develop and create a basic programming language that was used to operate and run the MITS Altair Basic 8800 computer. The programming language used on the computer turned out to be successful. So, Bill Gates and Paul Allen convinced themselves to come to MITS which is a small company located in Albuquerque. So that MITS wants to buy their Basic programming language.

    After successfully creating a programming language with his colleague Paul. Bill Gates finally decided not to continue his studies at Harvard University. Because, he finds it difficult to divide his time between studying and also managing the development of his software. The choice taken by Bill Gates was intended so that he could focus more on his ambition to own a software company with his friend, Paul Allen. Until finally, the company they managed to build was named Microsoft.

    Microsoft Company Success History

    The beginning of the name Microsoft is Micro-Soft, where the words micro and soft are hyphenated. The name existed when Bill Gates and Paul Allen were already working with MITS. In 1976, Microsoft’s name was changed to Microsoft. Later that same year, the trade name was registered with the New Mexico Department of Foreign Affairs. Then, the partnership with MITS ended in 1976 and Microsoft’s software continued to be developed. The software was developed again by Bill Gates and his colleague Paul Allen. The development is not only intended for computers, but also for various other systems.

    After not working with MITS, Bill Gates finally moved his previous corporate office in Albuquerque to Bellevue, Washington. when building his company in the early days, Bill Gates was very thorough in overseeing every employee who worked with him. So that all employees feel they have a great responsibility to advance the company’s business. Even though he already has many employees, Bill Gates still sees and directly checks all the lines of code sent by his company. Not only that, Bill Gates also writes back if there is a part of the code that looks inappropriate.

    Then, the Microsoft company also tried to work with IBM to advance its computer operating system. This was because at that time, IBM was lagging behind Apple in the computer market. So that IBM opens opportunities for other companies to fill the most important parts of a computer in the form of an operating system and also a microprocessor of a personal computer. Finally, the companies selected to fill the field were Intel and Microsoft.

    Microsoft itself can win the competition with Intel and managed to get a cooperation contract. Bill Gates has the ability to negotiate well. So that the company’s contract with IBM can be won. The contract that has been established with the IBM company is one of the great opportunities for the Microsoft company to grow and advance. Microsoft realized that they could not fulfill IBM’s demands without help from other companies. Therefore, Microsoft made an approach to a local company called Seattle Computer Products.

    The company has an operating system called Q-DOS or Quick and Dirty Operating System. The system was later purchased by Microsoft for $50,000. After obtaining the operating system, the next step is to modify and also adapt the Q-DOS operating system to meet the needs of IBM.

    To become a good computer operating system, in order to meet IBM’s needs. So Bill Gates and also Allen have to work harder. The Q-DOS computer operating system had changed its name to the MS-DOS computer operating system or Microsoft Disk Operating System after going through various stages of modification and improvement.

    Microsoft’s Golden Age

    Bill Gates with the Microsoft company was increasingly successful and triumphant when IBM launched a computer with the MS-DOS system he made. Computers that use the MS-DOS system can be said to be in demand in the personal computer market. Thus making IBM obtain extraordinary profits from the sale of these computers. Every computer that has the IBM brand is sure to use the MS-DOS operating system.

    Sales of IBM personal computers are increasingly in demand in the personal computer market, making Microsoft’s name more popular and known to many people. This happened because IBM used the MS-DOS computer operating system made by Microsoft. Thanks to the success of selling these computers, the name Microsoft is slowly becoming more popular and known to the world. Simply put, IBM’s big name in the personal computer market is one of the keys to Microsoft’s success and glory in the field of computer operating systems. Microsoft’s MS-DOS is increasingly popular and known to the world, especially in the field of computer operating systems. Even though the name of the MS-DOS system was getting better, IBM didn’t gain much from it.

    Because, in its agreement with Microsoft, IBM agreed to provide MS-DOS development research funds to Bill Gates’ Microsoft company. Not only that, IBM has also agreed to allow Microsoft to resell the latest version of the MS-DOS operating system to third parties. In its contract agreement with IBM, it can be said that Microsoft gets more benefits. In addition to getting paid from the sale of IBM computers, Microsoft also received financing for the development of MS-DOS from IBM.

    The sale of personal computers by IBM was a relatively successful sale and had a good impact on Microsoft. Because, with this in mind, Microsoft companies are becoming increasingly eyed by personal computer manufacturers. Where personal computer manufacturers are competing to acquire and adopt Microsoft’s MS-DOS. That way, the success of Bill Gates and his partner Paul Allen began to open wide.

    Because of his love for the world of computers and his enthusiasm to achieve his dreams, Bill Gates was finally able to achieve all of that through his company Microsoft. Even though at a young age he was forbidden by his parents to study computer science, but Bill Gates remained persistent in achieving his dream.

    Those are some explanations about the history of the inventor of Microsoft and the story behind the success of Bill Gates and his Microsoft company. The thing that is quite important and that we can take from the story of Bill Gates’ life journey is to always believe in the abilities that are within ourselves.

  • Microsoft Access: Definition, Functions, Benefits, and Features

    Microsoft Access – Almost all computer users, especially Windows, must be familiar with
    using applications from Microsoft.
    In today’s digital era, Microsoft is almost always needed by
    many people because of its benefits in helping to get work done every day.
    Applications are
    widely used to complete work in the fields of education, accounting, and even marketing.
    All
    work related to inputting text, numbers or data into a computer system relies heavily on Microsoft
    application programs.

    Of the many applications from Microsoft that are often used by many people, such as Microsoft Word,
    Microsoft Excel, and Microsoft PowerPoint, even these applications have many experts.
    Apart
    from that, Microsoft actually has a superior application that few people know about, but is well known for
    fields such as business, offices, and even programmers.
    The application is Microsoft
    Access.

    So, here is an explanation of the meaning, history, functions and benefits of this application program:

    A. Definition of Microsoft Access

    Developer Microsoft Corporation
    Prime Release November 1992
    Operating system Microsoft Windows
    Type DBMS
    Website office.microsoft.com/access

    As part of Microsoft Access, it is an application program based on relational computer data that is
    intended for homes and companies that are still relatively small to medium-sized companies.
    Just like its siblings, this application program is already widely available on computers with the
    complete Microsoft Office package.

    Microsoft Access itself has the task of managing the database or data base. A data base or
    database is an organized and structured collection of data.
    This data base will be processed
    specifically to become an interesting information.
    Therefore, the database requires data to be
    entered in order to process it.
    Unlike other database application programs, Microsoft Access
    specifically uses the Microsoft Jet Database Engine database engine.
    That makes this
    application program has an intuitive graphical display that can make it easier for users to operate.

    As a data-based application program, Microsoft Access can process data stored in any type of data base
    container, as long as it supports the ODBC standard.
    As a result, this application program is
    certain to store data from the Microsoft Jet Database Engine, Microsoft SQL Server, Oracle Database, and so
    on.
    Good connectivity of this application program with other database application programs will
    be very beneficial for program makers, or so-called programmers.
    Programmers can maximize this
    application to develop complex applications.
    Not only complex applications, this application
    program can also be used to develop simpler applications, considering that more and more people here prefer
    simple and lightweight applications with maximum features.

    B. History of Microsoft Access

    This application program was first released in November 1992. In its first version, Microsoft launched
    Microsoft Access 1.0.
    However, not long ago, in 1993, Microsoft developed Microsoft Access 1.0
    to become Microsoft Access version 2.0.
    In operating Microsoft Access 2.0, Microsoft provides
    minimum specifications for users to be able to use this application.

    The minimum specifications set by Microsoft can be seen in the following points:
    The computer has a
    Microsoft Windows 3.0 operating system.

    RAM capacity of 4 MB (recommended 6
    MB).

    8 MB of free hard disk space required (14 MB is recommended).

    Database program applications can work very optimally in a database that has many records.
    However, in some cases, the data may be damaged. It can be ascertained that there are
    many causes of data corruption.
    One of the most common is due to outdated device drivers or
    incorrect configuration.

    A code name that was first used by Microsoft Access was “Cirrus”. The code name was developed
    even before Microsoft released and developed Microsoft Visual Basic.
    In addition, the name
    “Ruby” is used for the codename of the interface form building engine from Microsoft.

    As an application with great potential to be developed, Bill Gates, as one of the founders of Microsoft,
    saw that the prototype needed to be further developed.
    That’s what makes a decision that
    components of the BASIC programming language must be developed simultaneously.
    Development is
    carried out concurrently, of course, as a separate application, but it can be very broad.
    The
    development project is named Thunder.

    C. Microsoft Access function

    When discussing the functions of an application from Microsoft, there will probably be a lot of Microsoft
    users who are enthusiastic about knowing and understanding the functions of the Microsoft Access
    application.
    This becomes very reasonable because this application program is very well known
    and needed by business people.
    What’s more, this application program can greatly simplify
    matters related to data management in a business company or organizational institution.

    In matters of data management, this application program is almost like its other siblings, namely Microsoft
    Word and Microsoft Excel.
    However, Microsoft Access is given special capabilities to further
    assist corporate actors, businesses, programmers, organizations, and so on.

    So, here are the Microsoft Access functions that you really need to know.

    1. In the field of business

    As explained above, Microsoft Access is intended for users for business purposes. From small,
    medium to large businesses.
    In an effort to develop a business, of course, you will not be
    separated from the word database.
    This application program greatly facilitates work in the
    business sector such as making financial reports, profits, salaries for employees, and so on.
    Using Microsoft Access will greatly help and speed up business affairs and business
    development.

    2. In the field of education

    Unlike the business sector, the function of Microsoft Access in the education sector can be seen from its
    operation for various purposes at the school level.
    Someone who is usually in charge of
    managing the school’s database is the school admin.
    The school admin is very responsible for
    all matters relating to school data, from schedules from students and teachers, administrative and library
    employee needs, to other matters.
    Good data management will make it very easy for school admins
    to create, manage, edit, and delete data.

    3. In the field of offices

    At a glance, the function of Microsoft Access in the office sector looks almost similar to its function in
    the business sector.
    The function of this application program in the office sector is usually
    used by someone from the office who is responsible for managing the data base.
    The people who
    have these responsibilities are secretaries, financial administration, and so on.
    Even though
    in an office not everyone can operate and understand the work functions of Microsoft Access.
    However, expertise will be needed in office matters, due to the need for offices to manage data
    bases easily and quickly.

    D. Benefits of Microsoft Access

    After knowing and understanding the functions of Microsoft Access above, of course there are lots of
    benefits that can be provided to make work easier, whether business, school, office, or even an
    organization.
    Especially with the rapid development of technology now, you can be sure that
    there will be more and more attractive, functional and professional features.
    This application
    program will be very useful for us to add expertise related to the data base.
    It is also
    possible, because the function of Microsoft Access is to help improve the quality of data processing work,
    in the future there will be very many companies that need people who are experts in operating Microsoft
    Access.

    Well, here are two benefits that can be felt when using this application program.
    1. Make energy
    effective and time efficient

    2. Facilitate onerous work, especially in database
    processing.

    E. Pros and Cons of Microsoft Access

    Like other application programs, Microsoft Access is a data processing application program that will
    continue to be developed according to the needs of the times.
    As an application that will
    continue to grow, this application program certainly has advantages and disadvantages on several sides.
    Behind its advantages, such as being practical and easy to use, it is very popular among database
    systems, support for multiple users, and so on.
    There are some drawbacks that this application
    program also has as a risk of overload.

    So, here are the advantages and disadvantages of Microsoft Access that you need to know.

    1. Excess

    a. Easy to use.

    The Microsoft Access application program is relatively easy to use and not confusing. For
    users who want to learn about database systems, this application program will be very helpful because of the
    ease of operating it.
    In addition, this application program also provides Wizards who will be
    ready to guide you through the instructed steps.

    b. Popular database system.

    This application program is one of the most popular desktop-based database systems in the world.

    c. Saving money.

    Not only is the operating system quite easy and very helpful, the cost of using Microsoft Access is relatively
    inexpensive, compared to other database systems which are bigger and more expensive, with almost the same
    functions and features.

    d. Easy to integrate.

    As a product from Microsoft, Microsoft Access is also privileged because it can function properly in various
    Windows-based software programs.

    e. Storage capacity

    The storage capacity of a database or database from Microsoft Access can store up to 2 GB of data.

    f. Data import.

    Microsoft Access can facilitate and speed up the activity of importing data.

    2. Lack

    a. Limited storage capacity.

    If the storage capacity exceeds 2 GB, users will experience obstacles in managing the database.
    Therefore, Microsoft Access is very suitable for small to medium businesses. However,
    if you want to add large and heavy amounts of data, it is highly recommended to use another application
    program, such as medium to high-end businesses.

    b. Limited multi user.

    The multi-user technical limit is 255 people concurrently, but for Microsoft Access the actual multi-user limit
    is 10 to 80. (It also depends on the type of application)

    c. Paid application.

    Before operating the Microsoft Access application program, the thing that needs to be done is to buy it first
    because this program is a package with Microsoft Office.

    F. Main Features of Microsoft Access

    It could be that in today’s digital era, where all decisions need to be based on data, many people will be
    interested in learning about and using Microsoft Access to process databases.
    This application
    program itself has provided features that are very helpful for humans, both for processing data or
    determining actions to be taken.
    Features such as queries, forms, reports, macros, modules, and
    others can be operated quite easily.

    Well, to understand the features that exist in Microsoft Access. Here is an
    explanation.

    Feature Information
    Queries This feature at Microsoft functions to change, display, delete, analyze data, and so on.
    Forms This feature at Microsoft functions to check, create, and update data.
    Report This Microsoft feature functions to display and print data that has been
    created.
    Macros
    Macros This Microsoft feature functions to store all commands related to databases that have been created
    automatically.
    Modules This feature in Microsoft functions as a place to carry out programming on several aspects in
    Microsoft Access.

    G. Conclusion

    Microsoft Access is a database management application program that can be used to design, create, and
    process various types of data.
    As the most popular data processing application today, this
    application program is commonly used in business, education, offices, and even programmers.
    There are many benefits that can be obtained from this application, namely providing work
    effectiveness and time efficiency in analyzing data for preparing report data.
    This is usually
    done in matters of calculating employee schedules, company financial data, customer data, and much
    more.

    Recommended Books & Articles Related to
    Microsoft Access

  • Meteor Showers and a List of Natural Phenomena in 2020

    sinaumedia.com– A solar eclipse occurs when the position of the moon is between the earth and the sun so that it appears to cover part or all of it. The solar eclipse itself does not occur in every phase of the new moon, because the moon’s orbit is tilted 5° to the plane of the ecliptic (the plane of the earth’s orbit around the sun) so that the moon’s position is often not in the same plane as the earth and the sun. An eclipse only occurs when the moon is close enough to the ecliptic plane at the same time as the new moon. These two events occur on different schedules, the new moon occurs once every 29.53 days (iqtirani or synodic month) while the moon crosses the ecliptic twice every 27.21 days (draconic month). Therefore, solar and lunar eclipses only occur when the two events are close together, namely during the “eclipse season”.

    The term central eclipse is often used as a term that includes total, ring, or mixed eclipses, because generally in these eclipses the line connecting the center (“central”) points of the sun and the moon touches the earth’s surface. A central eclipse begins and ends with a partial eclipse, and these transitional phases are called “contact” points, namely:

    • First contact: when the leading edge of the moon (west edge) appears to “touch” the east edge of the sun for the first time. After the first contact, the moon begins to cover the sun and begins a partial eclipse.
    • Second contact: when the back edge of the moon (east edge) touches the east edge of the sun, thus initiating a central (total or annular) solar eclipse.
    • Third contact: when the leading (western) edge of the moon leaves the west edge of the sun, ending a central solar eclipse and the return of a partial eclipse.
    • Fourth contact: when the back (east) edge of the moon leaves the west edge of the sun, so that the moon completely no longer covers the sun and the eclipse ends.

    The National Aeronautics and Space Agency (LAPAN) said that from 2020 to 2100 there will be 13 solar eclipses that will occur in Indonesia. Here are four types of solar eclipses that you need to know about, including:

    • a total solar eclipse, which is when the moon completely covers the sun so that the corona (which envelops the sun and is usually much dimmer than the sun) becomes visible. In the event of a total eclipse, the total eclipse only appears in a small “path” on the surface of the earth.
    • An annular solar eclipse, which is when the moon is right in the middle of the sun and the earth, but the size appears smaller than the visible size of the sun. As a result, the sun’s rim appears as a very bright ring and surrounds the moon which appears as a dark circle
    • A mixed solar eclipse or a hybrid between a total eclipse and an annular eclipse. At some parts of the earth’s surface you can see a total eclipse, while at other points you can see an annular eclipse. Mixed eclipses like this are quite rare.
    • A partial solar eclipse occurs when the moon is not exactly in the middle of the line between the sun and the earth, so it only partially covers the sun. This phenomenon is usually visible at many points outside the path of a total or annular eclipse. Sometimes, what is seen on earth is only a partial eclipse because the umbra (the shadow that causes a total eclipse) does not intersect with the earth and only passes through the area above the polar regions.

    Apart from the solar eclipse, people around the world will be presented with various natural phenomena that adorn the sky throughout 2020. Starting from the appearance of Venus, to meteor showers. Meteor showers are an astronomical phenomenon that occurs when a number of meteors are seen shining in the night sky. This meteor occurs because of the fragments of space objects called meteoroids, which then enter the Earth’s atmosphere at high speed.

    Meteors are generally only the size of a grain of sand, and almost all of them disintegrate before reaching the Earth’s surface. The debris that reaches the Earth’s surface is called a meteorite. Meteor showers generally occur when the Earth crosses near the orbit of a comet and passes through its debris. The Meteor Data Center has recorded about 600 suspected cases of meteor showers, of which about 100 have been confirmed. The following details natural phenomena that can be seen from Indonesia. However, the following observation times are adjusted to the location of Jakarta using the West Indonesian Sinaumed’s time zone. What are they? Check out the full details below!

    4 JANUARY 2020 : QUADRANTID METEOR RAIN

    The Quadrantid meteor shower bombardment marks the first celestial natural phenomenon in Indonesia in 2020, on January 4 to be precise. The National Institute of Aeronautics and Space (LAPAN) explains that meteor showers occur because the earth encounters passing celestial bodies and rock dust that is carried into the earth’s atmosphere. This meeting resulted in a friction between the Earth’s atmosphere and meteoroids coming from outside the Earth’s atmosphere. This celestial body passes by Earth because it also orbits the Sun. This celestial body burns out with a heat of 1,650 degrees Celsius when it enters the atmosphere. This burning process that the human eye sees as a falling meteor. “This friction causes heat which destroys the meteoroid and produces heat and light that appears in the form of streaks across the sky. Usually this meteoroid burning event takes place at an altitude of 70-100 km from the Earth’s surface. Are you one of those who witnessed this phenomenon at the beginning of last year’s Sinaumed’s?

    JANUARY 10, 2020 : MOON eclipse

    There will be four lunar eclipses throughout 2020. These eclipses occur when the Sun, Earth and Moon are almost aligned and the Moon hides in Earth’s shadow. When will the four lunar eclipses visit Earth? Here are the schedules and areas that Sinaumed’s can observe:

    • Wolf Moon Eclipse, January 10, 2020. This eclipse can be observed in Asia, Australia, Europe and Africa.
    • Strawberry Lunar Eclipse, 5 June 2020. This eclipse can be observed in Asia, Africa and Australia.
    • Lightning Moon Eclipse, July 5, 2020. This eclipse can be seen in South America, North America and Africa.
    • Frosty Lunar Eclipse, 29-30 November 2020. This eclipse can be seen in South America, North America, East Asia and Australia.

    18 FEBRUARY 2020 : MARS HID BEHIND THE MOON

    As this unusual celestial event. The moon will slide in front of Mars. At the same time, the orbits of the Moon and Mars are moving toward their closest point to Earth. In Jakarta itself, this event will be seen in the sky at 01.55 WIB – 05.46 WIB. Are you one of those who witnessed this phenomenon, Sinaumed’s?

    9 MARCH 2020 : SUPERMOON

    Supermoon is a full moon phenomenon that makes Earth’s satellite look very big, close and bright. If you want to see the Moon increase in size dramatically, look east at moonrise or west at moonset. There are three supermoons that will occur in 2020, namely Super Worm Moon (9 March 2020), Super Pink Moon (8 April 2020) and Super Flower Moon (7 May 2020).

    MARCH 2020: THE MORNING STAR SHINES BRIGHT

    In March 2020, you can see the planet Venus, which is often called the morning star, showing its bright light. This space phenomenon will be clearly visible, especially from midnight to early morning. One of the signs is the bright white twinkling star in the middle of the Pleiades constellation, Sinaumed’s!

    APRIL 2020 : APPEARANCE OF THE PLANET VENUS FROM EARTH

    In early April 2020, Venus will appear in Earth’s sky. This phenomenon is like what happened in April 2012 and will happen again in early April 2028. With a telescope, the crescent of Venus will be a sight for the public by displaying a golden white color. Planet Venus can be seen from 18.08 WIB to 20.40 WIB Sinaumed’s.

    7 APRIL 2020: SUPERMOON

    The supermoon phenomenon appeared in 2019 and can be witnessed very well in various places around the world. Apparently, this celestial phenomenon will reappear in 2020 between February and March. However, astronomers themselves say that the peak of the supermoon will occur on April 7 2020, as the time when the Moon is at its closest point to Earth in 2020. The Moon will be about 356.9 kilometers from Earth. The point at which the Full Moon is closest to Earth will produce a large series of high and low ocean tides. However, unfortunately this natural phenomenon will not be seen from Jakarta Sinaumed’s.

    21 APRIL 2020 : METEOR RAIN

    2019 is not a good year to observe meteor showers. Because the moon’s light is too bright to be able to observe other celestial phenomena. But 2020 looks even more promising as the Moon will step aside as these meteor showers occur. The three most promising meteor showers to watch in 2020 are:

    • Lyrid meteor shower, April 21-22, 2020
    • Leonid meteor shower, April 16-17, 2020
    • Geminid meteor shower, 13-14 December 2020

    21 JUNE 2020: THE RING SOLAR Eclipse

    Another celestial phenomenon that occurs every year is the phenomenon of annular solar eclipses. December 26, 2019 was the last moment for an annular solar eclipse and it is said that it will reappear on June 21, 2020. Unfortunately, it is predicted that Indonesia will not be able to witness it and only certain countries can witness this event. The first solar eclipse of 2020 will be visible from parts of Africa, Arabia, Pakistan, northern India, southern China, Taiwan, the Philippine Sea and the Pacific Ocean. However residents in Asia, Africa and Northern Australia can still witness a partial solar eclipse which occurs because the Moon will pass in front of the Sun, but the size of the Moon will not cover the Sun. As a result,

    21 JULY 2020 APPEARANCE OF THE PLANET SARTUNUS

    Since Earth is an inner planet, every one day of the year our planet is between the Sun and the other outer planets. This phenomenon is called opposition. On that day, the outer planet will appear very bright from Earth and can be seen using a telescope. In 2020, Planet Saturn and Planet Jupiter will be in opposition with Earth, in the same week. Planet Jupiter opposition will occur on July 14, 2020. Meanwhile, Saturn’s opposition will occur on July 20, 2020, so prepare your telescopes. The best time to observe Planet Saturn from Earth, in this case Jakarta, is 18.30 WIB to 05.25 WIB Sinaumed’s.

    AUGUST 12 2020 : PERSEID METEOR RAIN

    The Perseid meteor shower that occurred in 2019 is called one of the greatest meteor shower events in history. This celestial phenomenon is said to appear again on August 12, 2020, with a much better and more magnificent appearance. One of its attractions is the treat of 100 meteors per hour with traces of bright light sparkling in the sky. Observe before 00.16 WIB until 05.40 WIB Sinaumed’s.

    OCTOBER 2020 : APPEARANCE OF THE PLANET OF MARS

    As in 2018, 2020 will be a good year for Planet Mars. Planet Merak will be on the opposite side of the Sun on October 13, 2020. Mars will appear brighter than Planet Jupiter. From Jakarta, Planet Mars will be visible at 19.12 WIB. The high brightness level of Planet Mars on September 29 2020 and October 28 2020 will replace Jupiter as the second brightest planet. Planet Mars will be the third brightest object in the night sky after the Moon and Planet Venus Sinaumed’s.

    31 OCTOBER 2020: BLUE MOON PHENOMENON

    Halloween night, 31 October 2020, will feel different with the appearance of a sky phenomenon in the form of a blue moon. This event arises because the position of the moon is at a point across from the earth. As a result, the sun creates a blue illusion on the moon’s surface which triggers this Sinaumed’s phenomenon.

    NOVEMBER 16-17 2020: LEONID METEOR RAIN

    The Leonid meteor shower at its peak will display 15 meteors per hour in clear skies without an overly bright Moon and without too many clouds. Meteor showers can be observed from 00.23 WIB until dawn around 05.04 WIB, Edufrends.

     

    13-14 DECEMBER 2020: GEMINID METEOR RAIN

    The peak of the Geminid Meteor Shower will occur on December 14, 2020. On December 14, the earth’s sky will be showered with 60 to 120 meteors per hour. In contrast to 2019 when the Full Moon becomes a bright object that interferes with the visibility of meteors. This time the sky will be clear so that the meteors can be seen more clearly. The meteor shower will be seen in Jakarta at 19.59 WIB and can still be enjoyed until 05.09 WIB Sinaumed’s.

    DECEMBER 14, 2020: TOTAL SOLAR CLOSURE

    One of the most amazing natural phenomena, the total solar eclipse, will grace the sky on December 14 2020. Unlike the ring type solar eclipse, this phenomenon occurs when the Earth, Moon and Sun are in a parallel position and the Moon manages to cover all parts of the Sun. Unfortunately, this solar eclipse will only be visible in a few countries, namely South America, namely Argentina and Chile. Some areas in this country can even enjoy a moment of darkness for 2 minutes and 9 seconds on Sinaumed’s.

    21 DECEMBER 2020 – GREAT SOLSTICE

    This phenomenon is a very rare phenomenon, because it has never happened again since 2000, and will only happen again in 2040. On December 21, 2020 Planet Saturn and Planet Jupiter will be in a very close position (only 0.06º apart) after sunset. Astronomers even call this phenomenon an ‘apulse’ and it’s really just a matter of perspective. Planets Jupiter and Planet Saturn may be hundreds of millions of kilometers away from each other, but from Earth, these giant planets look like they are merged with Sinaumed’s.

     

  • Meteor characteristics: Definition, types, and examples with explanations

    Characteristics of a Meteor – A meteor is a celestial body that originates from asteroid fragments, comet tails, or fragments of other celestial bodies which are caused by the influence of the earth’s gravity, which makes the celestial body fragments shoot up to the earth and cause damage due to falling meteors. .

    This celestial body passes by Earth because it also orbits the Sun. This celestial body burns out with a heat of 1,650 degrees Celsius when it enters the atmosphere. This burning process that the human eye sees as a falling meteor.

    Meteors are generally only the size of a grain of sand, and almost all of them disintegrate before reaching the Earth’s surface. The debris that reaches the Earth’s surface is called a meteorite. Meteor showers generally occur when the Earth crosses near the orbit of a comet and passes through its debris. The Meteor Data Center has recorded about 600 suspected cases of meteor showers, of which about 100 have been confirmed.

    To find out more about meteors, in the following we will explain in full about the meaning of meteors, their characteristics, types, and examples of meteors along with their explanations.

    Meaning of Meteors

    Meteors are the appearance of meteoroids falling into the earth’s atmosphere called shooting stars. A meteor is a flake or fragment of a celestial body that enters the earth’s atmosphere which causes friction between the meteor’s surface and the air at high speed. This friction causes glowing flames and rays or light from a distance which is commonly referred to as a shooting star phenomenon.

    Meteor is not only a celestial body that falls to earth, but also an appearance of the path when it enters the earth’s atmosphere. The occurrence of this appearance is caused by the heat generated from the ram pressure. Ram pressure is the pressure generated by an object moving at supersonic speed in a fluid medium (gas or liquid). The ram pressure produces a large propagation force on those falling objects, i.e. meteoroids.

    The ram pressure causes the path of the meteoroid to fall and it will appear to glow as it falls. In the case of a high-speed meteoroid falling into the atmosphere and producing enormous air pressure in the front of the meteoroid. Then, this pressure will heat the air until it finally heats up the meteoroids which later burn meteoroids and are known as shooting stars.

    Meteorites range in size from a grain of sand to one meter. Meteorites can move at speeds of 72 hours/s and can counteract the movement of the earth. When a meteorite collides with a planet’s atmosphere it turns into a meteor. The flash of fire that meteors produce when they burn in the atmosphere has a brighter light than Venus, this is why meteors are often called shooting stars.

    Every day it is estimated that more than 43,500 kg of meteorotic material falls to earth and there are already millions of meteors that enter the earth’s atmosphere but most of them burn up before reaching the surface. If a meteor enters the atmosphere and falls to the surface of which planet it is called a meteorite. Meteorites that fall produce explosions, ancient people believed that it was a star that fell from the sky.

    Meteors Characteristics

    The characteristics of a Meteor are that it shines brightly like a shooting star in a small size, like a shooting star in a small size. When meteors that fall and enter the atmosphere are not used up and reach the earth’s surface, then objects that reach the earth are called meteorites.

    The proper sequence is before meteors, celestial bodies smaller than asteroids are called Meteoroids. After entering the Earth’s atmosphere is called a Meteor. When the meteoroid atmosphere does not run out and reaches the earth’s surface, it is called a meteorite.

    Types of Meteors

    Meteors are celestial bodies that have various types. Each type of meteor has a certain category. Here are some types of meteors, including:

    1. Based on the Composition

    Based on its composition, meteors are divided into three types, namely Iron Meteorites, Stony Meteorites, and Mixed Iron and Stony Meteorites. Here’s the explanation:

    a. Iron Meteorite

    Features Iron meteorites are meteorites where most of the material comes from iron. Iron meteorites have been found as much as 4.8% of all meteorites ever found in the world. Iron meteorites are the most massive meteorites ever found. The mineral composition is heavy because it contains iron and nickel. That is what causes these meteors to remain intact when they fall to earth. The largest iron meteorite ever found is the Namibian Hoba meteorite.

    Iron meteorites originate from the cores of planets and asteroids. This means, he can help reveal the formation of the solar system which has been a mystery. Some iron meteorites contain minerals never found on Earth.

    b. Stony meteorite

    The characteristics of a Stony Meteorite are meteors composed of rocks. Stony meteorites are found as much as 94% of all meteorites ever found in the world. Of all meteorites, 93% of them are stony meteorites. There are two main types of stony meteorites – chondrites and achondrites – which differ from each other both physically and chemically. Chondrules are formed from molten silicate rocks, and one of the important types of chondrites is carbonaceous chondrite. This type of meteorite contains carbon, water and other volatile matter and has a slightly darker color.

    Achondrites have no chondrules and no visible metal or metal sulfides are seen. Appearance is also similar to rocks on the surface of the moon and terrestrial planets. The age of the rocks is about 4.5 billion years, the younger rocks are thought to have come from material ejected from the surface of Mars.

    c. Meteorite Mixed Iron and Stony

    The characteristics of a mixed iron and stony meteorite are a mixture of types and are still a rare type, because only 1.2% of all meteorites have ever been found in the world. Meteorites of this type contain rock and iron in nearly equal proportions.

    The most likely scenario for the formation of this type of meteorite is for them to form in an area where a cold solid object encounters. In this area there is also a separation between metals with high densities and rocks that have lower densities. One type of meteorite, the mesosiderites, contains minerals that are stable at pressures below 3kbar. This shows that this type of meteorite indirectly originated from a massive object.

    2. Based on Origin

    Based on their origin, meteorites are divided into three, namely Asteroidal / Planetary Meteors, Comet Meteors and Parabolic Meteors. Here’s the explanation:

    a. Asteroidal/planetary meteors

    Characteristics Asteroidal/planetary meteors are meteorites that come from fragments of asteroids or planets that explode or destroy. Asteroids or planets that break apart will turn into smaller pieces, so they are called meteorites.

    b. Comedy Meteor

    The characteristics of the Comet Meteor are debris from comets containing gas and other solid components.

    c. Parabolic meteors

    The characteristics of a parabolic meteor are fragments of objects from outer space, but it is not known exactly what type of object they are.

    3. Based on the Meteor Shower

    Based on the meteor shower, meteors are divided into four, namely the Orionid Meteor Shower, Perseid Meteor Shower, Geminids Meteor Shower and Quadrantid Meteor Shower. Here’s the explanation:

    a. Orionid Meteor Shower

    The Orionid meteor shower is a shower that occurs every year, usually in October. The process of the Orionid meteor shower can be seen clearly and usually the meteors are yellow and green.

    b. Perseid Meteor Shower

    The Perseid meteor shower is a rain that occurs over the constellation Perseus and usually occurs when the earth passes through a meteor stream called the Perseid cloud. Based on observations made since 2 centuries ago, the Perseid meteor shower occurs in the middle of July to August every year. Perseid meteors can be seen clearly in the northern hemisphere on summer nights when the sky looks clear.

    c. Geminids Meteor Shower

    The Geminids meteor shower is a meteor shower caused by meteors originating from the asteroid 3200 Phaethon. Based on observations made 1.5 centuries ago, the Geminids meteor shower occurs at the end of the year, in December to be precise.

    d. Quadrantid Meteor Shower

    The Quadrantid meteor shower is a meteor shower that originates in the Bootes Constlation. Based on the observations made, the quadrantid meteor shower occurs in January, but this observation is more difficult because it only lasts for a matter of hours.

    Meteor Examples

    Here are some examples of meteors, including:

    1. Stony

    Stony is a type of rock meteor that has many different varieties. Stony meteors are divided into three sub-classifications, namely:

    • Chondrites contain chondrules.
    • Carbonate chondrites contain chondrules with volatile minerals.
    • Achondrites do not contain chondroles

    Counting from the total number, there are about 94% of meteor types found.

    2. Iron

    Iron is a meteorite with an alloy composition of iron, nickel and crystals. Many scientists believe that this meteor is the same as the outer core of the earth. These iron meteors account for about 4.8% of the number of meteors ever found.

    3. Stony and Iron

    Stony and Iron are examples of meteors containing rocks and iron. This type of meteor is very rare to find, and there are only about 1.2% of the number of meteors found.

    How Is An Object Recognized As A Meteorite?

    An object that falls on Earth will not be protected from the effects of the weather. As a result, the surface of the object will experience erosion so that in the end it is difficult to distinguish it from the surrounding rocks. However, on the other hand, large chunks of iron are not often found on the Earth’s surface. If a dense and dense iron object with a dark appearance is found, you can be sure that the object is a chunk of meteorite.

    In addition, changes due to weather influences on iron objects will not be the same as ordinary rocks and they will retain their original condition over a longer period of time. The factors used to identify a meteor are that the object can maintain its original appearance and condition as far as possible and can survive in its environment.

    There are two types of areas where this meteorite finds is in the desert and Antarctica. In the desert, the process of change due to weather is slow, so the meteorite will be able to maintain its initial state for a long time. Meanwhile in Antarctica, which has a thick layer of ice (about several km), silicate or iron objects near the surface are certainly meteorites.

    The rocks that fall to Earth come from various places in the Solar System and they are one of the important sources of information to get a better picture of the state and what is in the parent object.

    Information about the parent object of the meteorite is obtained by analyzing the oxygen isotopes in the minerals present in the meteorite. Some minerals can only form at high pressure, while some are unstable at high pressure. Through mineral information, it can be known where and approximately under the pressure conditions how a meteorite is formed.

    One way minerals form at high pressure is when meteorites experience shock from impact. Usually the condition of a meteorite resulting from a collision is easy to recognize because it leaves marks on the rock as a result of the collision.

    In terms of finds, meteorites are divided into two groups, namely falls and finds. The falls group is a group of meteorites that appear to fall and are found shortly after their fall on the Earth’s surface. While the finds group is a group of objects found and identified as meteorites, which have fallen on Earth tens, hundreds or even thousands of years ago.

    Iron meteorites are much more common in the finds group. For planetary researchers, the most valuable meteorites are the falls which are found immediately after falling to Earth, because natural contamination due to weather and the environment is still very minimal.

    Why Meteor Can Fall to Earth?

    In accordance with the above understanding, we know that meteoroids move around the Sun like planets. These meteoroids are scattered in our solar system between the planets up to the Kuiper Belt and Oort Cloud. If the Earth’s orbit meets the meteoroid’s orbit, then the meteoroid can enter the Earth’s atmosphere.

    This is what causes meteors to fall to Earth. Meteors can also fall in large numbers or we are familiar with meteor showers. Especially for meteor showers, they usually occur when the Earth’s orbit meets the comet’s orbit. Comets will leave behind meteors in large numbers. This condition will cause a meteor shower.

    How Often Do Meteors Fall to Earth?

    Reporting from Space, it is difficult to calculate how often meteors enter the Earth’s atmosphere. The number is very large and there is no exact count. However, you don’t need to worry because most meteors have burned up in the atmosphere and are not harmful to humans. In addition, most of the meteorites that reach the Earth’s surface are only rocks less than half a kilogram in size.

    Stones that small rarely cause casualties or extensive damage. However, because the meteorite travels at over 322 kilometers per hour, it can damage or damage the car or house it hits. The more real danger comes from shock waves or shock waves. For example the Chelyabinsk meteor that entered Earth’s atmosphere in February 2013 over the Russian sky.

    This meteor is the size of a 6-storey building and broke up about 24 kilometers above the ground. The breakup of the meteor caused a shockwave equivalent in strength to the detonation of a 500 kiloton bomb. This incident left 1,600 people injured.

    Thus the article about Meteor characteristics and explanations. Hopefully this article can be useful and add to your insight about the subject of Natural Sciences.

    • What are the characteristics of the planet Mars? This is the full explanation
    • Various Theories of the Formation of the Solar System
    • Meteor Showers and a List of Natural Phenomena in 2020
    • Tidal Theory: Theory of the Formation of the Solar System
    • Planetesimal Theory: Recognizing the Formation of Planets
  • Metaphor Figures: Definition and 12 Examples of Figures of Metaphors

    Figure of speech Metaphor which is part of the figure of speech which in Indonesian is defined as various types of figurative language. Broadly speaking, figure of speech is grouped into four types according to its function, such as the figure of speech for comparison, the figure of speech for affirmation, the figure of speech for contradiction, to the figure of satire. However, figure of speech itself has many names, such as personification, hyperbole, simile, litotes, metaphor, and so on.

    Figure of speech is usually familiarly used in a literary work, whether it’s poetry or prose, even some drama literary works also often use figure of speech. The use of figure of speech or language style in literary works is actually to add flavor and impression to a literary work. In literary works, writers or poets usually use figure of speech as a style of conveying feelings as well as views in language so that they have a more optimal and effective impression on readers and listeners, so that they become more interesting and not boring.

    Like the quotations from the books of Figures, Pantun and Poetry, Figure of speech is a figurative language in the form of figures of speech, definitions, similes, and parables that aim to beautify the meaning and message of a sentence. Figure of speech or figurative language is also understood as an activity of utilizing the richness of language elements and the use of certain varieties of language.

    So, according to what was said above, if there are four types of figures of speech, in this article we will focus on one of the most frequently used figures of speech, namely metaphorical figures of speech. This figure of speech itself is included in the type of figure of speech comparison or figure of speech equation. The following is an explanation of the meaning and types of metaphors as well as examples of their use.

    A. Definition of Figure of Speech Metaphor

    Reporting from the Central Java Language Center, metaphor is a style of language that uses words or groups in the form of sentences to refer to a certain object, but not with the actual meaning.

    This one figure of speech can also be explained as a figure of speech or figurative language which describes something in a direct and precise comparison on the basis of almost similar or perhaps the same characteristics. The metaphorical figure of speech itself is usually referred to as a comparative figure of speech or an equation figure of speech.

    In the process of comparing or equating a particular object, this figure of speech does not use connecting words. For example, tub, like, and so forth. However, metaphorical figures of speech have the characteristics of directly addressing or using these figurative words.

    B. Types of Figure of speech Metaphors

    After recognizing and understanding the meaning of metaphor. Next, we will discuss three types of metaphorical figures of speech according to Nurgiyantoro (2017). The following is an explanation of the three types of comparisons of metaphorical figures of speech, among which are:

    1. Explicit Metaphor (In Praesetia)

    This type of explicit metaphor is a comparison of three things that are shown clearly against the comparison. In an explicit metaphor, the object to be compared is placed alongside the comparator. This makes the content of a meaning seem very explicit.

    As an example:

    I am a fish who wants to swim freely across the vastness of the ocean. In this sentence it is clear that ‘I’ makes a comparison or gives a description that he is a fish that can swim across the vast ocean.

    2. Implicit Metaphor (In Absentia)

    In accordance with the previous explanation, if the metaphor in praesetia contains a very explicit meaning. This type of metaphor is very different from the metaphor in absentia which has a very implicit way of expressing it.

    This type of figurative language makes the comparison not shown directly, but by using hidden words. In figurative language in absentia, the comparison is not directly focused on the object being discussed. This can cause the reader or listener to experience confusion in understanding the meaning of the hidden expression.

    As an example:

    My wings are broken, but flying is not an option. This sentence does not clearly explain that ‘my wings’ are for the wings of a bird. Figures of speech in absentia use wings and flying objects as pointers or provide an indirect description of the comparison he makes with birds.

    3. Old or Outdated Metaphor

    This type of metaphor is an expression that provides a comparison that is commonly used. Comparisons used as expressions usually have many meanings understood by the majority of people without having to think about it long enough.

    For example: Aisyah is the village flower in that village. In this sentence, it is clearly stated that Aisyah is the most beautiful girl in the village. However, the expression ‘flowers of the village’ is very common and some have been turned into poetry or songs. The use of figures of speech or metaphorical expressions that are common cannot be classified as metaphors in praesetia or explicit metaphors or metaphors in absentia or implicit metaphors.

    C. Examples of Figure of Speech Metaphors

    Now, after understanding the meaning and types of metaphorical figures of speech, You will be invited to find out some examples of metaphorical figures of speech. The following are twelve examples of this figure of speech and their meanings, among which are:

    1. “Office rats are still roaming freely in this country”
    Meaning: “Office rats” are corruptors.
    2. “The red flame devoured dozens of houses in the village”
    Meaning: “The red flame” is fire.
    3. “Goddess of the night has shone a spark of light from behind the clouds”
    Meaning: “Goddess of the night” is the moon.
    4. “Dendi is the golden child of Mr. Udin, a charismatic lurah from the village of Butur”
    Meaning: “Masson” is the favorite child.
    5. “The mother looks gloomy because the baby is sick”
    Meaning: “The baby” is a child.
    6. “We must always instill in ourselves the character of openness in our daily lives”
    Meaning: “Empty” means patience.
    7. “You stone head! It is very difficult for you to stop smoking”
    Meaning: “Stubborn” or stubborn has a meaning such as being difficult to advise.
    8. “After returning from Japan, my sister brought a lot of souvenirs”
    Meaning: “Handmades” are souvenirs.
    9. “Rivaldi is a class star in his class”
    Meaning: “Class star” is a smart student.
    10. “In order to meet the needs of the family, he is willing to toil every day on the streets”
    Meaning: “toil” is to work hard.
    11. “Jundi always looks for faces when dealing with his teacher at school”
    Meaning: “Looking for face” is doing good, but the deed only wants to be considered good because there is a specific purpose, not in the true sense of goodness
    12. “The afternoon king has appeared”
    Meaning: “The afternoon king” is the sun.

    D. Examples of figurative language metaphors in literary works

    As previously stated, metaphorical figures of speech are figurative language that use comparative words to represent a certain object or not. That particular object may be a comparison of another physical object, idea, trait, or action. One example of the use of this figure of speech which is often used in literary works is: “I am a bitch” by Chairil Anwar.

    The word “I” in the title of this poem by the legendary Indonesian poet is not an animal, but a fully human being. The use of the word “I” in the sentence is an example of a metaphorical figure of speech in literary works. Chairil Anwar made a comparison between himself and an animal. We know for ourselves that animals are not creatures that have thoughts or feelings like humans.

    In this sentence, “I” have become an animal and am no longer a human. This comparison that depicts humans as animals gives meaning to a human who is no longer like a despised human, does not have the same degree as humans. Meanwhile, “Bitch” becomes a reinforcement for the word “I” to further ensure that there is no beauty and beauty in the animal used as a comparison.

    The metaphorical figure of speech in Chairil Anwar’s array piece above is very extraordinary, from just four sentences, there are many meanings contained in these sentences. However, what happens if the fragment of Chairil Anwar’s poem is changed by using the word explicit or as it is. Then the sentence would be something like: “I am a human who is despicable and shameless”. Of course, the sentence does not give any impression to the reader or listener. In addition, in accordance with the purpose of figure of speech in literary works, figure of speech will make literary works more beautiful and have a strong impression.

    In addition, metaphors can add a dramatic effect to a sentence. This can have an impact on the idea that is commonly used to demean yourself to make a stronger impression. The dramatic effect of the figurative language of metaphor in making the power produced lies in the contrast of the comparisons that are made.

    E. The Difference between Metaphor and Simile

    According to Tarigan, figurative language is the use of words without actual meaning, but rather as an image based on a comparison or similarity. In figurative language there are brief comparisons arranged neatly to produce a certain meaning.

    Apart from that, the metaphor is also an implicit and indirect comparison giving expressions like I look like a monkey, or you are like an angel. The metaphorical figure of speech has a difference that is almost similar to the simile figure of speech. The comparison between humans and monkeys and angels is actually an example of a simile, not a metaphor.

    As previously stated, metaphorical figures of speech will directly express the object being compared as an angel, metaphors do not use demonstrative words such as: like, looks, like, etc.

    The use of this figure of speech is in line with the opinion of Nurgiyantoro who argues that metaphor is a form of comparison or similarity between two things in the form of physical objects, characteristics, ideas or other actions that are implicit in nature. This confirms that metaphorical figures of speech do not use comparative pointers in connecting two objects.

    In simple terms, metaphorical figures of speech and similes can be distinguished in the use of demonstrative words. If the simile figure of speech will use demonstrative words: like, looks, like, like, and so on. Meanwhile, metaphorical figures of speech do not use demonstrative words such as similes.

    As an example:

    Metaphor: I’m a bitch.
    Simile: I’m such a bitch.

  • Mental Verbs: Definition, Characteristics, and Examples

    Definition of Mental Verbs – Verbs or verbs are units of words that function to describe an action performed by the subject or actor in a sentence. Generally, the verb in a sentence plays the role of a predicate. In Indonesian grammar, verbs are divided into several groups, one of which is mental verbs.

    Mental verbs are types of verbs (verbs) that describe a response or reaction to an event or activity. These types of verbs are usually referred to as behavioral verbs because they describe the behavior or actions of a person. Examples of mental verbs themselves are commonly used by people in everyday conversations.

    Besides that, mental verbs are also found in many kinds of texts, such as expository texts, and others. To find out the meaning and examples of mental verbs, see the explanation of mental verbs below.

    Definition of Mental Verbs

    According to the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), a verb or verb is a type of word that has the function of describing processes, actions or circumstances, while mental has a meaning concerned with the mind and human nature.

    So, from the two meanings above, it can be said that the notion of a mental verb is a type of verb that describes an action related to the human mind in response to an action or event.

    According to Fitri Itut Rahayu in the Indonesian Language Textbook for Class XI Vocational Schools, it states that the word meaning of mental verbs is a verb that describes one’s perception, affection, and cognition. A sentence that uses a mental verb usually consists of a sensor and an event. For example, father (sensator) is surprised to see (mental verb) a flood in front of the house (phenomenon).

    In general, mental verbs are types of verbs that are used to describe a person’s reaction, response, or attitude towards an action or activity. This type of verb is also known as a behavioral verb or behavioral verb because it describes a person’s behavior towards an event or phenomenon that is experienced.

    In the configuration of a sentence, the mental verb as a predicate cannot stand alone. The existence of a mental verb in a sentence is very dependent on the subject and the event or phenomenon described.

    Characteristics of Mental Verbs

    Based on the explanation above, mental verbs have a number of characteristics or characteristics that distinguish these verbs from other types of verbs. The characteristics of mental verbs are as follows.

    1. Describe Human Perception, Affection, and Cognition

    The main characteristic of mental verbs is to explain or describe actions related to one’s perception, affection, and cognition.

    2. Cannot Stand Alone

    Mental verbs are words that describe a person’s behavior or actions. Therefore, this verb cannot stand alone because it must have a subject as well as an object and a predicate as an event.

    3. Triggered by Subject and Object

    Another feature of mental verbs is that they must be accompanied by a subject as well as an object that triggers the birth of a response action. The object in question can be another person or a particular phenomenon that is the trigger.

    Mental Verb Forms

    Based on the available data, there are two types of mental verbs, namely basic verbs (monomorphemic) and derived verbs (polymorphemic). Based on its syntactic behavior, mental verbs are divided into two behaviors, namely behavior at the phrase level and behavior at the sentence level.

    Based on its semantic meaning, mental verbs are divided into three meanings, namely mental verbs meaning circumstances, mental verbs meaning process, and mental verbs meaning attitude.

    Example 1: We need superior human resources who are tolerant and have noble character.

    The example above shows three constituents, namely we , need , and superior human resources who are tolerant and have noble character. Based on its form, the word need is a verb that is monomorphemic. The word need , without going through a morphological process, has been able to occupy one of the syntactic functions, namely the predicate.

    Based on its syntactic behavior in terms of phrase level, the word need in example 1 can stand alone and occupy the function of the predicate. Based on its syntactic behavior in terms of sentence level, the word need in example 1 is a transitive verb with an object. It is called transitive because the word need which functions as a predicate requires the presence of an object in the form of the phrase “excellent human resources who are tolerant and have noble character”.

    So, the word need includes an object transitive verb. The word need is a type of mental verb because based on its meaning in the sentence, the word cannot be done physically. Based on its semantic meaning, the word need is a verb which means ‘need’.

    The meaning of the word need in example 1 is a condition related to emotions or feelings requiring superior, tolerant, and noble human resources.

    Example 2: We have started with the B20 program, we will enter B30, a mixture of diesel fuel and 30 percent biodiesel.

    Example 2 consists of five constituents, that is , we have started , with the B20 program, will enter , and to B30 a mixture of diesel fuel with 30 percent biodiesel . In example 2 there are two mental verbs, namely start and enter .

    Based on the form, the words start and enter are monomorphemic verbs. The words start and enter , without going through a morphological process have been able to occupy one of the syntactic functions, namely the predicate. Based on their syntactic behavior in terms of phrase level, the words start and enter in example 2 function as predicates, respectively, side by side with the words already and will , both of which are categorized as adverbs.

    Based on the syntactic behavior in terms of the sentence level, the words start and enter in example 2 are non-transitive verbs without a complement. It is called intransitive because the words start and enter do not require the presence of an object. The sentence in example 2 also has no complements.

    So, the words start and enter are non-transitive verbs without the complement. The words start and enter are types of mental verbs because based on their meaning in the sentence, these words cannot be done physically. Based on its semantic meaning, the word start is a verb which means the attitude of ‘to start doing’.

    The meaning of the word start in example 2 is an attitude related to emotion or feeling to start an action. The action in question is a leap of progress with the B20 program and entry into B30. The meaning of the word entered in example 2 is an attitude related to emotion or feeling for coming to B30.

    Example 3: Data is a new type of wealth for our nation, now data is more valuable than oil.

    Example 3 consists of 7 constituents, namely data , is , a new type of wealth for our nation, now, data, is more valuable , and from oil . The mental verb in example 3 is the word valuable . Valuable verbs are polymorphemic verbs with the prefix ber -.

    Valuable in example 3 has the base form price which gets the prefix ber -. The basic form of price belongs to the class of nouns, to change its status to a verb it is necessary to add the prefix ber -. Based on its syntactic behavior in terms of phrase level, the word valuable in example 3 functions as a predicate alongside more words which are categorized as adverbs.

    Based on its syntactic behavior in terms of sentence level, the word valuable in example 3 is a non-transitive verb without a complement. It is called intransitive because the word valuable does not require the presence of an object. The sentence in example 3 also has no complements. So, the word valuable is a non-transitive verb without a complement.

    The word valuable is a type of mental verb because based on its meaning in the sentence, the word cannot be done physically. Based on its semantic meaning, the word valuable is a verb that means the state of having a high value.

    The meaning of the word valuable in example 3 is a condition related to the emotion or feeling of having high value. Something that has a high price is data. Data is referred to as a new type of wealth that has a higher price than oil.

    Example 4: We should be grateful, in the midst of various challenges and the storms of history, Indonesia as our common big house is still standing strong.

    Example 4 consists of 5 constituents, namely us ; should be grateful, in the midst of various challenges and the storms of history, Indonesia as our big home together , and still standing strong . The mental verb in example 4 is the word grateful .

    The verb grateful is included in the polymorphemic verb with the prefix ber -. Thankful in example 4 has a basic form of gratitude that gets the prefix ber- . The basic form of gratitude belongs to the class of nouns, to change its status to a verb it is necessary to add the prefix ber -.

    Based on the syntactic behavior in terms of the phrase level, the word grateful in example 4 functions as a predicate alongside a proper word which is categorized as an adjective. Based on its syntactic behavior in terms of the sentence level, the word grateful in example 4 is a non-transitive verb without a complement.

    It is called non-transitive because the word gratitude does not require the presence of an object. The sentence in example 4 also has no complements. So, the word grateful is a non-transitive verb without a complement.

    Examples of Mental Verbs

    After understanding the meaning and characteristics of mental verbs, identify various examples. For those of you who are still confused about examples of this type of verb, see a collection of examples of mental verbs and their meanings below.

    1. Perception

    Perceptual verbs are a type of mental verb which aims to describe human perception, the process by which a person knows several things through his five senses.

    Here’s an example of the verb:

    • Seeing: using the eyes to see, watch, know, prove, observe, predict, look, visit.
    • Enjoy: to feel, experience or something that is enjoyable or satisfying.
    • Hearing: being able to perceive sounds (sounds) with the ears.
    • Feel: feel, enjoy.
    • Seeing: seeing and noticing.

    Example of sentences:

    “Galih saw Ratna waiting for public transportation behind the school with a somber face.”

    In this sentence, ‘Galih’ acts as the subject, with the mental verb ‘see’ as the predicate. The phrase ‘Ratna is waiting for public transportation…’ is a trigger for Galih’s mental verbs.

    “Oki felt cold air enveloping him as he walked down the dark alley.”

    The phrase ‘cold air enveloped him…’ is the trigger for the predicate mental verb ‘feel’ which is done by the subject ‘Oki’.

    2. Affect

    Affect is a type of mental verb that describes or describes one’s feelings and emotions. Here’s an example of the verb:

    • Laughter: gives birth to a feeling of joy, pleasure, amusement, and so on with a crackling sound.
    • Grief: grieve, grieve, feel sad.
    • Crying: feeling sad (disappointed, sorry, and so on) by shedding tears and making noise.
    • To like: to love, to love, to cherish.
    • Worry: fear (anxiety, anxiety) of something that is not known with certainty.

    Example of sentences:

    “Citra is worried that Aji won’t be able to complete his mission this time.”

    The predicate ‘worried’ in the sentence above is a variety of affective verbs that describe the subject’s feelings ‘Image’ towards the phrase “Aji can’t …” the event or phenomenon that triggers the mental verb.

    “Kanaya regretted not being able to be by her father’s side in the last moments of her life.”

    The phrase ‘unable to be by his father’s side …’ is the trigger for the predicate of the affective verb ‘sorry’ as the emotion felt by the subject ‘Kanaya’.

    3. Cognition

    Cognitive verbs are a type of verb that describes the process by which a person obtains information or knowledge. Here’s an example he said:

    • Understand: understand correctly, know correctly.
    • Knowing: realizing or realizing.
    • To ponder: to seek effort to resolve, to ponder, to consider.
    • Estimating: making calculations approximately, or surmising, making an estimate.
    • Opinion: having and expressing opinion.

    Example of sentences:

    “Father is thinking of registering our family car with the motor vehicle insurance program.”

    The predicate ‘think’ is a mental verb that describes the cognitive activity of the subject ‘Father’ in response to the activity in the phrase “registering the family car…”

    “Arumi understands that Malik’s decision not to allow her to work while pregnant is the result of Malik’s concern for her safety.”

    In that sentence, the phrase “Malik’s decision…” triggers the subject ‘Arumi’ to react with the mental verb predicate ‘understand’.

    Examples of Using Mental Verbs

    The following is a collection of examples of the use of mental verbs in a sentence:

    • Rani thought back to Ratna’s words yesterday.
    • David realized that he had lost his cell phone while heading to the office.
    • Mother burst into tears when she saw my sister being taken to the hospital.
    • BMKG predicts that there will be a flood disaster in the East Jakarta city area after very heavy rains.
    • The audience really liked the traditional dance performed by the school’s dance team.
    • Mr. Budi was surprised to hear that his son had an accident.
    • The man regretted the way he treated his girlfriend after their relationship broke up.
    • Mrs. Rahmi is worried about the state of her son who is wandering outside the city.
    • I felt dad tuck me in last night.
    • Fira is sincere for her mother’s departure.
    • Danu was very happy because he got pocket money from his father.
    • Dinda felt sad because her test score this time dropped drastically.
    • Ratna refused Fadlan’s apology because she was already hurt.
    • Muslims believe that Allah SWT is the only God and Prophet Muhammad SAW is the messenger of Allah SWT.
    • Fani is desperate when the announcement of the end of the national olympics.
    • Danang got to know Duta when he was in the crowd at a concert.
    • Putra agrees with the opinion conveyed by Fahmi.
    • Mother expects me to be a successful person and willing to help others.
    • Andi enjoys the cooking made by his mother.
    • The concert goers were very excited when the concert started.
    • Adi scolds his younger brother for breaking his collection of favorite toys.
    • Dani is offended when his friends call him fat.
    • Fina understands the feelings of her grieving friend.
    • Indah believes that her lover will never betray her love.
    • Arin agreed with the opinion conveyed by the panelists on TV.
    • Anna had doubts about her final score when the grade announcement was about to be made.
    • Winda laughed out loud at the joke made by Dandi.

    Closing

    Indonesian grammar has various types of verbs that can be included in sentences to enrich writing. A variety of mental verbs is a variety of verbs that are often found in various kinds of writing. However, not many recognize this variety of verbs, even though the message in a sentence can be conveyed more precisely if it is applied correctly.

    That’s a collection of examples of mental verbs and their use in a sentence. Hopefully it can be useful for all of you!

  • Mendel’s Laws: Definition, Difference, Experiment, and Apparent Deviations of Mendel’s Laws

    Mendel’s Law – Sinaumed’s must have known that the genes in living things greatly affect how the “form” of their offspring will be, be it in humans, animals, even plants. Yep, the existence of genes in living things is the main subject and object in Genetics, namely a science that studies how traits are inherited from parents to offspring. Genes are also the most important aspect of living things because through them, they can reproduce and preserve their offspring. Now, to “calculate” how the embodiment of parental genes will be given to their offspring, you can use Mendel’s Law.

    Even in this advanced era, the existence of Mendel’s Law does not necessarily become subject matter in the field of Biology, you know  It turns out that both Mendel’s Law I and II have been applied in Agriculture, especially to find superior seeds through crossing. Then how does Mendel ‘s Law I and II sound? What about examples of experiments carried out through Mendel’s Laws I and II? Why are genes important in the effort to inherit traits from parents to offspring? So, so that Sinaumed’s understands these things, let’s look at the following review!

    What do Mendel’s Laws I and II sound like?

    Just a little trivia , Sinaumed’s , Mendel’s Law which discusses the system of inheritance from parents to offspring was first coined by Gregor Johann Mendel, who was born on July 22, 1840. His first theory regarding the inheritance system was put forward in 1865, based on his cross research using varieties pea. The research results are written in a paper entitled Experiment in Plant Hybridization .

    In cross-breeding research, the male and female parents are named parental (oldest) and are symbolized by the letter P. So, the results of the parental cross are named filius (children) and are symbolized by the letter F. Meanwhile, the cross between the male parent and the female parent is called P1. and the filial is called F1. Then, crosses between F1 males and F1 females that are carried out randomly will be called P2, while the filials will be called F2, and so on.

    Mendel’s Law I

    Mendel’s Law I has another name, namely the Law of Segregation. In the Law of Segregation it states that “In the formation of gametes (sex cells) the two genes that are partners will be separated in two daughter cells’. Well, Mendel’s Law I or the Law of Segregation applies to monohybrid crosses, aka crosses with one different trait.

    Broadly speaking, Mendel’s Law I will relate to the existence of 3 points, namely:

    1. Genes have alternative forms that regulate variations in the inherited characters. This is what makes the concept of two kinds of alleles, namely a) recessive alleles (not always visible from the outside, expressed in lower case, for example w in the picture); and b) the dominant allele (visible from the outside, expressed in capital letters, for example R)
    2. Each individual carries a pair of genes, one from the male parent (eg ww) and one from the female parent (eg RR)
    3. If this pair of genes has two different alleles, the dominant allele will always be expressed (visually visible from the outside). Recessive alleles that are not always expressed will still be passed on to the gametes (sex cells) formed in their offspring.

    Consider the example of a cross between a dominant red rose and a recessive white rose, below

    Well, Mendel’s First Law also states that two alleles (gene variants) that regulate certain traits will separate in two different gametes (sex cells). Mendel’s Law I includes several things, namely:

    • Alleles (gene variations) for inherited trait variations. For example: the colors of two different flowers, called alleles, will occupy the locus that corresponds to the homologous pair.
    • Two alleles for a character will separate when gametes (sex cells) are produced. Example: the result of a cross containing one allele of the parent flower color (purple or white)
    • Each character in each organism will inherit two alleles, each of which comes from the parent. Example: the result of a cross that is likely to produce 1 white allele and 1 purple allele.
    • If there are two different alleles, one of them will be dominant, while the other will be recessive. Example: there is a marriage of purple flowers with white flowers, it will produce purple offspring.

    Mendel’s Law II

    In Mendel II’s Law or also known as the Law of Independent Assortment or the Law of Independently Grouping of Genes, it states that ‘if two individuals differ from one another in two or more pairs of traits, then the nature of that pair will be inherited, not depending on the nature of the other pair. ‘ . The existence of Mendel II’s Law applies to dihybrid crosses (with two different traits). In a dihybrid cross, for example, there is an individual with the genotype AaBb, then A and a and B and b will separate and then the pair will join freely. Through this, it is possible that the gametes (sex cells) that are formed will have AB, Ab, aB, and ab properties.

    In short, Mendel’s Law II states that alleles (gene variations) with different genes do not affect each other. This also explains that the genes that determine plant height and plant color do not affect each other. Check out the following examples!

    Difference Between Mendel’s Law I and II

    The difference between Mendel’s Law I and II is most obvious in the traits that are crossed. In Mendel’s Law I states that the formation of gametes (sex cells) in both parental genes that are paired with alleles, will separate alias segregation. This causes each gamete to receive one gene from its parent.

    Meanwhile, Mendel II’s Law states that if there are individuals who differ from each other in two or more pairs of traits, then it will inherit a pair of traits and not depend on other traits.

    In conclusion, in Mendel’s Law I will experience a process of segregation or separation of cells freely. While in Mendel II’s Law will experience independent gene grouping.

    Examples of Crosses in Mendel’s Laws

    Mendel’s Law I

    1. Monohybrid Cross

    At that time, Mendel made an experiment by crossing two individuals of peas that had different characteristics, namely between peas with high stems and peas with low stems. While the ‘high’ trait is dominant over the ‘low’ trait, so it will produce:

    If you look again at the theory of Mendel’s Law I which states that in the formation of gametes (sex cells) the allele pairs will separate freely. Well, this separation event will be seen when the formation of individual gametes that have a heterozygous genotype, so that each gamete (sex cell) will contain one of these alleles.

    2. Backcross and Testcross

    Backcross is the process of crossing or mating hybrid individuals (F1) with one of the parents. The goal is to be able to know the genotype of the parent (parental). Consider the following example by relying on the ‘high’ property of peas.

    While testcross is the process of crossing an F1 individual with one of its homozygous recessive parents. The goal is to find out whether the F1 individual is homozygous or heterozygous.

    Mendel’s Law II

    1. Dihybrid Cross

    Through this Dihybrid cross experiment, Mendel tried to involve two traits at once and concluded that in the process of forming gametes (sex cells), each pair of alleles at one locus will segregate independently with other locus allele pairs, and will combine freely with alleles from that locus. other. In short, monohybrid is a hybrid with 1 different trait, while dihybrid is a hybrid with 2 different traits.

    At that time, Mendel used pea plants as his object of observation, for the following reasons:

    • Having a pair of striking or contrasting characteristics.
    • Self-pollination (autogamy), so that hereditary traits tend to remain.
    • Easy to cross pollinate.
    • Quick to produce offspring.
    • Can have many offspring.

    The following are the properties possessed by pea plants, so that they are used as objects of observation for this dihybrid cross.

    The process of dihybrid crosses has the following characteristics:

    • Crossing is done by paying attention to two different properties.
    • The number of gametes (sex cells) formed in each individual is 4 (2n)
    • An individual’s phenotype will be determined by 2 types of genetic traits.
    • There will be about a maximum of 16 genotypic variations in F2.

    Pseudo Deviation of Mendel’s Laws

    In Mendel’s law, both I and II, there will be apparent deviations, which are a form of crossing by producing different phenotypic ratios on a dihybrid basis. Even though it looks different, actually the phenotypic ratio is a modified form of the sum of the phenotypic ratios which is based on all of Mendel’s Laws.

    For example, in a marriage between 2 individuals with 2 different traits, it turns out that the F2 phenotypic ratio is not always 9 : 3 : 3 : 1. However, you will often find different comparisons, but a combination of Mendelian comparison numbers written 9: 3: 3:1 i.e.:

    • 9 : 7 = 9 : ( 3 + 3 + 1 )
    • 12 : 3 : 1 = ( 9 + 3 ) : 3 : 1
    • 15 : 1 = ( 9 + 3 + 3 ) : 1
    • 9 : 3 : 4 = 9 : 3 : ( 3 + 1 )

    If it is based on Mendel’s Law II, one allele will not affect each other’s segregation of other allele pairs in determining different traits. These genes will be freely paired and give rise to certain traits in individuals. Well, that’s what is called the ‘Pseudo Deviation of Mendel’s Law’. It is called “pseudo” because the principle of independent segregation remains in effect, and is caused by the genes that carry traits in determining these particular characteristics. The following are the characteristics of ‘Pseudo Deviations of Mendel’s Laws’:

    • The resulting phenotypic ratio is different from Mendel’s Law.
    • There are certain traits in the gene that cause different results in filial 2.
    • There is interaction between genes.

    Types of Pseudo Deviations of Mendel’s Laws

    1. Atavism

    Atavism is a process of interaction between genes that produces filial or offspring with different phenotypes from their parents. Example: atavism in chicken comb which has four types, namely rose (R-pp), pea (rrP-), walnut (RP-), and katakana (rrpp). Then it will be the following:

    A homozygous rooster with rose comb is crossed with a homozygous pea comb female rooster. From the results of these crosses, it was found that all F1 had walnut combs. If the F1 is crossed with each other, the possible ratio of the F2 is 9:3:3:1

     2. Cryptomers

    Cryptomerism is the hidden event of the dominant gene, especially if it is not paired with another dominant gene. So, if the dominant gene stands alone, it will become hidden, aka cryptos. Example: cryptomeri in the Linaria Maroccana flower cross which has 4 genes, namely:

    • A = formed anthocyanin pigment
    • B = no anthocyanin pigment is formed
    • C = alkaline protoplasm
    • D = acid protoplasm

    Then through these 4 genes will form:

    3. Polymers

    Polymer is a process of interaction between genes that are cumulative or add to each other. So, these genes will interact with each other to influence and produce the same offspring. For example: polymerization in red grain wheat with 2 genes, namely M1 and M2, so that when the two genes meet, the color expression obtained will also be stronger. Pay attention to the following explanation!

    4. Epistatis and Hypostatic

    Epistasis-Hypostasis is an event when a dominant gene will cover the influence of other dominant genes that are not alleles. The gene that covers it is called epistasis, while the gene that covers it is called hypostasis. An example of this epistasis-hypostasis can be found in the cross between the pumpkin and the white pumpkin.

    5. Gene-gene complements

    Complementary is the process of interaction between dominant genes, with different but complementary traits, so that a certain phenotype will emerge. If one of these genes does not appear, then the trait in question will not appear either. Examples of these complementary genes can be found in the Lathyrus Odoratus flower cross which has 4 genes in the form of:

    • C = forming color pigments.
    • c = does not form color pigments.
    • P = forming activator enzyme.
    • p = does not knock down the activator enzyme.

    Get to know the Theory of Inheritance

    Inheritance of traits can also be referred to as “heredity” which refers to the inheritance of traits from parents to offspring. This heredity is also related to genetics, which is a science that studies the inheritance of traits. Well, the inheritance of these traits can be determined by chromosomes and genes. There are theories about inheritance, including:

    1. Embryo theory

    This theory was put forward by William Harvey who argued that all animals came from eggs. This statement was further strengthened by Reinier de Graaf as the first researcher to introduce the union of sperm cells with egg cells in the formation of embryos. Reinier also stated that the ovaries in birds were the same as those in rabbits.

    2. Preformation Theory

    This theory was put forward by Jan Swammerdam who stated that the egg contains all future generations, so it can be considered as a miniature of the previously formed individuals.

    3. Embryological Epigenesis Theory

    This theory was put forward by CF Wolf who stated that there is a vital force contained in the seeds of organisms. Through this power, it can cause the growth of the embryo based on the previous pattern of development.

    4. Germplasm Theory

    This theory was put forward by JB Lamarck who stated that the nature that occurs is due to stimuli from the outside (especially the environment), on the structure of organ functions which are passed on to the next generation.

    •  
  • Members of the Nine Committees and Their Respective Tasks, and BPUPKI

    Members of the Committee of Nine – When talking about Indonesian history, especially about independence, it cannot be separated from the name BPUPKI. Within BPUPKI itself there are lots of meetings that discuss various kinds of discussions. Of the many discussions that were carried out, one of them was the drafting of the text of the Jakarta charter.

    The drafting of the text of the Jakarta charter can be said to be one of the forerunners to the formation of the ideology and basis of the Indonesian state, namely Pancasila. The text of the Jakarta charter was formed or drafted by nine members of the committee.

    Well, on this occasion we will discuss more about the Committee of Nine. So, watch this review to the end, Sinaumed’s.

    Member of the Committee of Nine

    The Committee of Nine was a small committee which was formed at the end of the first session of the BPUPKI (Investigating Agency for Preparatory Work for Indonesian Independence) which took place on 29 May-1 June 1945. The members of the Committee of Nine themselves were established on 22 June 1945.

    As is well known, BPUPKI is led by Dr. Radjiman Wedyodiningrat and was tasked with formulating several things including the form of the state and the basic philosophy of the state. One of them is formulating the basis of the state through the Committee of Nine.

    The members of the Committee of Nine are chaired by Ir. Soekarno and deputy chairman Drs. Mohammad Hatta. The task of the committee of nine is also to discuss and formulate the basis of the Indonesian state. In addition, the Committee of Nine is also tasked with accommodating various kinds of input and suggestions from BPUPKI members. Then, from this task, the trial began, from May 29 to June 1, 1945.

    From this meeting itself then produced the Jakarta Charter or Jakarta Charter . However, before producing the Jakarta Charter, there were already several national figures who provided basic suggestions for the state, namely Ir. Sukarno, Mr. Soepomo, and Mr. Muhammad Yamen. The three national figures have different ideas about the basis of the state.

    Even though Mr. Soepomo was not a member of the Committee of Nine, his role in conveying ideas was very significant. What’s more, his role in BPUPKI itself.

    Then, on June 1, 1945, Ir Soekarno delivered his speech regarding the basis of the Indonesian state which we are now more familiar with as Pancasila. From then on, Pancasila began to be used as the basis of the Indonesian state. However, at that time, the contents of the Jakarta Charter or Pancasila underwent changes because the first precepts were considered not to reflect the character of the Indonesian nation.

    Therefore, after the protest against the 1st precept, the text of the Jakarta Charter underwent changes. However, these changes were no longer made by BPUPKI but by PPKI. This is because during the change in the text, BPUPKI was disbanded and replaced with PPKI.

    Basically, the Committee of Nine was formed after the BPUPKI formed a committee of eight or better known as the “Small Committee”. At that time, after the Committee of Eight had finished holding a meeting with 38 BPUPKI members, then the Committee of Nine was formed by BPUPKI.

    The Committee of Nine is tasked with investigating various kinds of proposals regarding the basic formulation of the state. The trial itself took place on June 22, 1945. The chairman of the nine committees was Ir. Soekarno with his deputy chairman being Drs. Mohammad Hatta. Member. The nine committee figures consisted of participants at the BPUPKI session, and consisted of Islamic groups and nationalist groups. The following is a list of nine committee members:

    1. Ir. Sukarno (served as chairman)
    2. Drs. Mohammad Hatta (served as Vice Chairman)
    3. KHA Wahid Hasyim
    4. Kyai Haji Kahar Muzakir
    5. Mr. AA Maramis
    6. Abikusno Tjokrosujoso (served as an Islamic group)
    7. Mr. Achmad Soebardjo (served as a national group)
    8. H. Agus Salim
    9. Mr. Mohammed. Yamin.

    So, that’s the list of members of the Committee of Nine along with a brief history of the formation of the Committee of Nine. with the results of the meeting of the Committee of Nine, the Indonesian people have a state foundation that is in accordance with the characteristics of the nation.

    Committee of Nine

    The duties of the Committee of Nine include discussing and formulating the basis for an independent Indonesian state. This committee also then collects various suggestions as well as the votes of the audience who attended the trial. Starting from a meeting attended by BPUPKI members, the Committee of Nine then produced a formulation of the Jakarta Charter. Quoting from the book Citizenship Education:

    By Building Democratic Citizens, the meeting was then held at the Jawa Hokokai building. During the meeting, discussions were held regarding the basic formulation of the state. This meeting itself was held with the aim of achieving an independent Indonesia. The Ninel Committee then makes suggestions to the relevant investigating agency regarding:

    1. This investigative body then determines the form of the state and draws up basic laws.
    2. About nationality and finance.
    3. Requesting the Tokyo government and BPUPKI to immediately implement independence for the Indonesian state, in accordance with the basic law determined by the investigative agency and installed the national government.

    On 22 June 1945, the committee of nine then held a meeting at the residence of Ir. Soekarno, at Jalan Pegangsaan Timur Number 56, Jakarta. The meeting itself discussed the draft preamble to the constitution. The Committee of Nine then produced a formula as the goal of an independent Indonesian state. From the results of the meeting which resulted in the Jakarta Charter (Jakarta Charter).

    Until finally, the text of the Jakarta Charter was signed by a committee of nine. The contents of the Jakarta Charter include the following:

    1. Belief in the One and Only God by carrying out Islamic law for its adherents as an obligation.
    2. Just and civilized humanity.
    3. The unity of Indonesia.
    4. Population led by wisdom in deliberations or representatives.
    5. Social justice for all the people of Indonesia.

    This formulation of the Jakarta Charter was then presented at the second meeting of the BPUPKI which was held on July 10, 1945. Quoting from the book I am Indonesia, I am Pancasila, PKN Package B , the committee of Nine then believed that the Jakarta Charter could unite understanding during the BPUPKI meeting. Until finally on July 14, 1945, through this second meeting, the Jakarta Charter was then accepted by BPUPKI.

    Changes to the Text of the Jakarta Charter

    Quoting from the kemdikbud.go.id website , after the BPUPKI was disbanded a PPKI was formed which continued the duties of the BPUPKI. PPKI stands for Indonesian Independence Preparatory Committee. PPKI itself made changes to Pancasila texts which were carried out in a session.

    The trial took place on August 18, 1945 and was held at the Jakarta Arts Building. The assembly itself agreed to change the opening sentence of the Constitution in the fourth paragraph regarding the basis of the Pancasila state, the first precept then reads “Belief with the obligation to carry out Islamic law for its adherents” which was changed to “Belief in the One and Only God”.

    The change in the first paragraph itself is to protect the interests of the nation and state, because Indonesia consists of various tribes and religions. The first precept change also upholds tolerance and maintains unity and oneness. Following are the contents of the 1945 Constitution which was later ratified by PPKI on August 18, 1945:

    • Belief in the one and only God.
    • Just and civilized humanity.
    • The unity of Indonesia.
    • Population led by wisdom in deliberations or representatives.
    • Social justice for all the people of Indonesia.

    About BPUPKI

    BPUPKI is an independence preparatory committee which was later formed by the Japanese and also chaired by Dr. KRT Radjiman Wedyodiningrat. BPUPKI itself was formed on 29 April 1945 and was dissolved on 7 August 1945. BPUPKI stands for Investigating Agency for Preparatory Efforts for Independence.

    BPUPKI’s own duties include providing assistance and support for the process of Indonesian independence. In addition, the purpose of establishing the BPUPKI is to study and investigate matters related to the formation of the Indonesian state and the basis of the Indonesian state.

    The background for the formation of the BPUPKI itself was contained in the Gunseikan Declaration No. 23 dated 29 May 1945. One of the reasons for the formation of the BPUPKI was that Japan’s position was increasingly being threatened by the allies. In addition, another reason for the formation of the BPUPKI was that Japan then captivated the hearts of the Indonesian people to maintain power.

    The BPUPKI inauguration ceremony itself was held on May 28, 1945, at the Cuo Sangi In building, Jalan Pejambon (which is now known as the Ministry of Foreign Affairs Building), Jakarta. The BPUPKI session itself took place twice. In this session discussed the basic formulation of the state, the establishment of the PPKI, and discussed the draft Constitution.

    BPUPKI Organizational Structure

    In Japanese, BPUPKI is also known as Dokuritsu Junbi Cosakai. BPUPKI has 62 members chaired by Dr. KRT Radjiman Wedyodiningrat. The deputy chairmen were Raden Pandji Soeroso and the Japanese representative, Ichibangase Yosio.

    Meanwhile, the head of the secretariat was Toyohito Masuda and Mr. AG. Pringgodigdo. The BPUPKI session itself took place twice and also gave birth to nine committees. The duties of the nine committees include providing incoming suggestions and determining unanimity of opinion.

    BPUPKI members themselves consist of 62 Indonesians, 8 special people from Japan whose job is to observe, with an additional 6 members from Indonesia. The formation of these members was then determined by Japan, while an additional six people were appointed as BPUPKI members. Here are some names of BPUPKI members:

    • RT Radjiman Wedyodiningrat (as head of BPUPKI)
    • P. Soeroso (as Deputy Chairman of BPUPKI)
    • Ichibangse Yoshio (as Deputy Chairman of BPUPKI)
    • Soekarno (as a member of BPUPKI)
    • Moh. Hatta (as a member of BPUPKI)
    • Muhammad Yamin (as BPUPKI member)
    • Johannes Latuharhary (as BPUPKI member)
    • R. Hendromartono (as a member of BPUPKI)
    • Soekardjo Wirjopranoto (as member of BPUPKI)
    • H. Ahmad Sanusi (as a member of BPUPKI)
    • Agoes Moechsin Dasaad (as BPUPKI member)
    • Tang Eng Hoa (as a member of BPUPKI)
    • Soerachman Tjokrodimuljo (as member of BPUPKI)
    • Soemitro Kolopaking Poerbonegoro (as a member of BPUPKI)
    • Soerjaningrat (as member of BPUPKI)
    • Achmad Soebardjo (as BPUPKI member)
    • Dr. R. Djenal Asikin Widjajakoesoema (as member of BPUPKI)
    • RM. Abikoesno Tjokrosoejoso (as member of BPUPKI)
    • Parada Harahap (as member of BPUPKI)
    • RM. Sartono (as a member of BPUPKI)
    • Mas Mansoer (as a member of BPUPKI)
    • KRMA. Sosrodiningrat (as a member of BPUPKI)
    • R. Soewandi (as member of BPUPKI)
    • Abdul Wachid Hasjim (as BPUPKI member)
    • F Dahler (as member of BPUPKI)
    • Sukiman Wirjosandjojo (as member of BPUPKI)
    • KRMT. Wongsonegoro (as a member of BPUPKI)
    • Oto Iskandar Di Nata (as BPUPKI member)
    • Baswedan (as member of BPUPKI)
    • Abdoel Kadir (as BPUPKI member)
    • Samsi Sastro Widagdo (as BPUPKI member)
    • AA Maramis (as a member of BPUPKI)
    • R. Samoeddin (as BPUPKI member)
    • R. Sastro Moeljono (as BPUPKI member)
    • Abdul Fatah Hasan (as a member of BPUPKI)
    • Asikin Natanegara (as a member of BPUPKI)
    • Soerjohamidjojo (as member of BPUPKI)
    • P. Mohammad Noor (as a member of BPUPKI)
    • Mas Besar Martokoesoemo (as BPUPKI member)
    • Abdoel Kaffar (as BPUPKI member)
  • Meganthropus Paleojavanicus, The Oldest Early Human History in Indonesia

    Meganthropus Paleojavanicus – Indonesia has an important history and culture, including in the world of archeology or archeology. For example, the discovery of ancient human fossils. Of several ancient human fossils in Indonesia, Meganthropus Paleojavanicus is the oldest ancient human fossil.

    Fossils of Meganthropus Paleojavanicus were found in the Sangiran area, Central Java. Now Sangiran is an archaeological site on the island of Java.

    The discoverer of the Meganthropus Paleojavanicus fossil was GHR Von Koenigswald in 1941. Early human types have a large bone structure.

    GHR Von Koenigswald conducted research from the Bengawan Solo river from 1936 – 1941. It is estimated that this Javanese giant man came from the lower Pleistocene layer.
    Meganthropus Paleojavanicus is characterized by a well-built body, large and strong jaws. This ancient human type is thought to have lived in the Old Stone Age (Pleothhikum). Life time is estimated 1 million to 2 million years ago.

    The parts found at that time were the lower jaw and the upper jaw. It was Von Koenigswald who gave the name Meganthropus Paleojavanicus which means ” a giant man from Java .”

    Meganthropus Paleojavanicus still relies on nature to survive. When the natural resources for food run out, they will move to other places that provide abundant natural resources.

    Meganthropus Paleojavanicus

    Meganthropus Paleojavanicus comes from the word ‘mega’ which means ‘big’ and anthropus means human. While the word ‘paleo’ means old and ‘Javanicus’ comes from Java. The discovery of fossils was not found in a complete state. The only fossils found were the skull, lower jaw and loose teeth.

    The planting is also not just a name and without reason. This means that the body of Meganthropus Paleojavanicus is quite large compared to other early humans. The researchers estimated their presence from several remnants of life around the place where they were found, such as carvings, household tools and so on.

    The fossils of Meganthropus Paleojavanicus that have been found are fragments of the upper jaw, fragments of the lower jaw and a number of loose teeth. In addition to the existence of Meganthropus Paleojavanicus, in Java there are also many physical evidences of the existence of early humans who have been buried since the Lower, Middle, and Upper Pleistocene to the early Holocene.

    The Meganthropus Paleojavanicus fossil is thought to have existed from the oldest period, namely the Lower Pleistocene or around 2,588,000 years ago.

    Characteristics of Meganthropus Paleojavanicus

    1. The bones on the crown appear short and the shape of the nose is wide

    The bones on the fontanel that he has appear short but his nose is wide. That way, the face of this ancient human is very similar to that of a gorilla, it’s just that there are a number of fundamental differences that don’t lead him to the ape species.

    2. Has a prominent forehead protrusion and thick cheekbones.

    The forehead of Meganthropus Paleojavanicus is very prominent and thick. Besides that, the cheekbones are the same, so the shape is clearer with clearly printed strokes.

    3. The shape of the molars resembles a human

    Although the physical form is more similar to apes and gorillas, there is still one characteristic that humans have today, namely the shape of their molars. However, the teeth and jaws were bigger and stronger than humans today. This is useful for chewing hard foods better.

    4. The brain volume is 900 cc

    Surviving in nature gave paleojavanicus ancient humans a brain volume of up to 900 cc. This indicates that even though his life was far from sophistication and ease, his thinking ability was quite high so that he could make good use of nature.

    For example, the tools used by these ancient humans were hand axes and chopping axes as tools for processing food and hunting.

    5. Has a height of about 2.5 meters

    The feature of the ancient human, Meganthropus Paleojavanicus, is his very high body. In fact, his recorded height is almost 2.5 meters.
    When compared with today’s humans will be very visible difference. This is because modern people only have a maximum height limit of 1.8 meters.

    6. The way it walks is similar to an orangutan, that is, it bends with the hands supporting the body.

    If ordinary humans generally walk with an upright body but of course their ancestors are very different, according to research the way they walk is more like an orangutan, namely bending more with both hands used to support the body.

    The first human ancestor who was able to stand and walk upright was Pithecanthropus Erectus who lived long after Meganthropus Paleojavanicus.

    7. Thick and strong lower jaw

    These thick and strong lower jaws were used by early humans to chew food with a hard texture. If his life as a nomad makes him dependent on nature, of course there will be lots of plants or fruit with skin that is not soft.

    8. Well-built stature.

    9. Strong chewing muscles.

    10. Does not have a chin, but the mouth is protruding.

    11. Eating types of plants – plants.

    12. Has a sharp rear protrusion.

    13. Large and strong neck muscle attachment.

    14. Very large teeth and jaws.

    15. His arms are longer than his feet.

    Other Early Human Types

    Apart from Meganthropus Paleojavanicus, there are several other early human fossils found in Indonesia, namely Pithecanthropus and Homo Sapien. Here’s the full explanation:

    1. Pithecanthropus

    Pithecanthropus or known as ape man is a type of ancient human whose fossils are most commonly found in Indonesia. The first fossil discovery was discovered by a Dutch archaeologist named Eugene Dubois in 1891 in Trinil, Ngawai

    Pithecanthropus fossils date from the lower and middle Pleistocene. They have jawbones, molar teeth and well-built bodies. Pithecanthropus lived during the early and middle Pleistocene around 1 million to 1.5 million years ago, with a height of about 168 – 180 cm, an average body weight of 80 – 100 kg.

    Characteristics of Pithecanthropus as follows:

    1. Have a straight body.
    2. Walk straight.
    3. There are jaw bones and molar teeth.
    4. Has a brain volume of around 775 – 975 cc.
    5. Has a prominent and very thick forehead.
    6. No chin.
    7. Has an elongated roof of the skull.
    8. Has a chewing tool and eats everything.
    9. How to walk like a monkey.
    10. The nape of the brain is small.
    11. Straight bones with well-defined muscle attachment sites.
    12. Have a chewing tool and nape muscles are very strong.
    13. It has very strong jaws with large molars.
    14. Has a thick nose.

    The back of the head looks prominent. Three types of Pithecanthropus in Indonesia were found, namely Pithecanthropus Mojokertensis, Pithecanthropus Robustus, and Pithecanthropus Erectus.

    a. Pithecanthropus Mojokertensis

    Von Koenigswald discovered this early human fossil in the village of Perning, East Java. The fossils found are those of children who are 5 years old. Pithecanthropus Mojokertensis has a well-built body, thick forehead, strong cheeks and a face that protrudes forward.

    b. Pithecanthropus Robustus

    Weidenreich and Von Koenigswald found this ancient human fossil in 1939. The location of the discovery was in Trinil, the Bengawan Solo valley.

    c. Pithecanthropus Erectus

    Eugene Dubois discovered an ancient human species in the village of Trinil, Ngawa, East Java. Pithecanthropus erectus has a brain volume of up to 900 cc. Meanwhile, the modern human brain is above 1,000 cc. According to Darwin’s theory, Pithecanthropus Erectus is a transitional creature from ape to human.

    2. Homo sapiens

    This ancient human type has a body shape similar to ordinary humans. They have human-like characteristics, live a simple and wandering life.
    There are types of Homo Sapiens namely Homo Soloensis and Homo Wajakensis. In 1889, Van Rietschoten discovered Homo Wajakensis in 1889 in the village of Wajak, Tulungagung, East Java. It is estimated that this ancient human type lived around 40,000 – 25,000 years BC.

    Meanwhile, Homo Soloensis was found in Ngandong, Blora, in Sangiran and Terusan Macan. The discoverers of Homo Soloensis are Ter Haar, Opgenoorth and Von Koenigswald. They made expeditions and discoveries in 1931 – 1933. It is estimated that Homo Soloensis lived around 300,000 – 900,000 years ago.

    The characteristics of Homo Sapiens include:

    • Was walking and standing straight.
    • Brain volume varies between 1000 – 1450 cc.
    • Cerebrum and cerebellum have developed, especially in the skin of the brain.
    • Has a height of about 130 – 210 cm with an average body weight of 30 -150 kg.
    • The bones of the forehead and the back of the skull are rounded and high.
    • Have teeth and chewing tools that experience shrinkage.
    • The nape muscles are shrinking.
    • The chin and jaw bones are not very strong.
    • The face does not protrude forward.
    • Has more perfect features.

    The life of Meganthropus Paleojavanicus

    The lifestyle of Meganthropus Paleojavanicus is still nomadic, aka moving around and finding food by hunting and gathering. However, very few fossil fragments of Meganthropus Paleojavanicus have been found. Until now, no tools have been found that were used by this type of ancient human.

    Experts also have difficulty identifying the existence and culture they left behind. This also triggers differences of opinion among experts.

    Some experts consider it to be Pithecanthropus, while others believe it to be Australopithecus. In Africa, fossils have been found that come from the same layer as Meganthropus.

    In the vicinity of the fossil also found stone tools that are still rough. It is suspected that they used cooking utensils that were still very rough, because they were made in a very simple way, namely by striking a stone against another surface.

    The shards from the impact of the rock will resemble an axe. This tool is then used to collect food and cook. The equipment is in the form of a pickaxe and flake tools.

    Discovery of Meganthropus Paleojavanicus

    Initially, Meganthropus Paleojavanicus was discovered by archaeologist GHR Von Koenigswald in 1936. Then, during a mission trip to Java in 1937, archaeologist Franz Weidenreich joined him.

    The two archaeologists managed to find Meganthropus Paleojavanicus fossils at the Sangiran site, in the Pucangan formation to be precise. Sangiran itself is an ancient site located in Sragen Regency, Central Java Province.

    Historical fossils of Meganthropus Paleojavanicus were detected from the arrangement of bones which included the lower and upper jaw bones, skull and several teeth that had been removed. After that, a study was conducted which proved that Meganthropus Paleojavanicus ate plants during his life.

    The Life Pattern of Meganthropus Paleojavanicus

    Just like other early humans, Meganthropus Paleojavanicus lived a nomadic life and relied on hunting. This means that the oldest ancient human in Indonesia lives by relying on nature.

    If the food resources in the place where they live run out, Meganthropus Paleojavanicus will move to another place that has abundant natural resources. Usually, in processing food and changing the environment where they live, Meganthropus Paleojavanicus uses assistive devices such as hand axes and chopping axes. Therefore, these tools are very useful for cutting up hunted food.

    Further Research on Meganthropus Paleojavanicus Fossils

    In 1942, Von Koenigswald was captured by the Japanese occupiers. Therefore, research on ancient human fossils was continued by a scientist named Franz Weidenreich. From the research conducted, he found that the shape of the ancient human jaw was the same as that of a gorilla, but had a larger size. Similar fossil discoveries will continue to be made the next time. Several researchers such as Marks, Sartono, Tyler and Krantz continue to find similar fossils, especially at the Sangiran site and its surroundings.

    Early Human Research in Indonesia

    1. Eugene Dobois

    Eugene Dubois was the person who first became interested in researching ancient humans in Indonesia after receiving a skull shipment from BD Von Reitschoten who found skulls in Wajak, Tulung Agung.

    This fossil is called Homo Wajakensis, belonging to the type of Homo Sapien / human who has advanced thinking. Another fossil found, namely Pithecanthropus Erectus, comes from the word pithekos which means monkey, Antropus Human, Erectus walking upright, found in the Trinil area, on the edge of the Bengawan Solo, near Ngawi in 1891.

    2. Gustav Heinrich Ralph

    The findings of Gustav Heinrich Ralph are fossilized skulls in Ngandong, Blora. In 1936 a child’s skull was found in Perning, Mojokerto. Meanwhile, in 1937 – 1941, the skulls and jaws of Homo Erectus and Meganthropus Paleojavanicus were found in Sangiran, Solo.

    Other discoveries about early humans were the discovery of the skull, jaw, hipbone and femur of Meganthropus, Homo Erectus and Homo Sapien at the locations Sangiran, Terusmacan/ Sragen, Trinil, Ngandong and Patiayam/ Kudus.

    3. Teuku Jacob

    After Indonesia’s independence, research on ancient humans was continued by experts from Indonesia, including Prof. Dr. Teuku Jacob. Prof. Dr. Teuku Jacob again conducted research in the village of Sangiran, along the Bengawan Solo River.

    This research managed to find thirteen fossils. The last fossil was found in 1973 in the village of Kontakmacan, Sragen, Central Java.

    So, that’s the history of Meganthropus Paleojavanicus , the oldest ancient human in Indonesia. Is Sinaumed’s looking for that history? Apparently, there is also a lot of knowledge about the history of Meganthropus Paleojavanicus, yes.

    If Sinaumed’s still needs references regarding the history of Meganthropus Paleojavanicus, then you can visit sinaumedia’s book collection at sinaumedia.com . sinaumedia always provides the best and most complete products so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

    Author: Rosyda Nur Fauziyah

    Also read:

  • Meet the Founder of Youtube, the World’s Largest Video Sharing Platform

    Youtube Founder – Who doesn’t know YouTube? A platform that broadcasts videos of various genres is very popular and rivals television. Some people don’t even mind if they don’t have a television at home, but they must have YouTube. Are you a regular YouTube user? Let’s get to know this platform deeper and get to know the founders.

    YouTube trip

    1. The Beginning of Youtube

    YouTube was administratively registered for the first time to coincide with Valentine’s Day , namely on February 14, 2005. Whether this coincidence was intentional or not by the three founders who were former Paypal employees.

    It was Steve Chen, Chad Hurley, and Jawed Karim who initiated the founding of Youtube. At that time, they registered a shop in San Mateo, California as the official Youtube address. Their initial mission was to make YouTube a video-based online dating platform.

    However, this desire did not run smoothly. Youtube is only visited by a handful of people and unfortunately they are not interested. The three young men advertised on an advertising platform called Craigslist. No kidding, Youtube promised to give 20 US dollars for anyone who wants to upload videos on its platform.

    The uploaded videos are still related to online dating. Its contents must explain the partner desired by the uploader. Unfortunately, the lure is still not fruitful. Nobody is interested in Youtube.

    This caused the three founders of Youtube to be confused. They evaluate Youtube. Where will Youtube be taken? This evaluation is the turning point for the company with the white arrow logo in this red box.

    Youtube’s new policy is to open the door as wide as possible to anyone who wants to post any video. And the first video uploaded on this platform is a video of their co-founder , Jawed Karim, visiting the Diego Zoo. The 19-second video is titled Me at the Zoo .

    In the video, Jawed Karim recounts what he saw. He said the uniqueness of the elephant is in its long trunk. Until now, you can still find the video on YouTube. The video was posted on April 23, 2005 by channel jawed and has been viewed 222 million times.

     

     

    2. Youtube Speeds Up and Gets an Injection of Funds

    In May 2005 launched the beta version. At that time, YouTube was founded as a company funded by wealthy individuals ( angel investors ). Six months later, the company received investment funds from Sequoia Capital’s venture capital of US$3.5 million. In this month, Youtube was officially announced.

    Since changing its war strategy, Youtube has experienced a very significant spike. In January 2006 alone, video viewers on YouTube jumped to 25 million viewers. While in July 2006, this site has 65,000 videos uploaded every day and visited 100 million times in one day.

    This positive growth prompted Sequoia and Artist Capital as a capital venture to disburse additional funds of $ 8 million for YouTube in April 2006. Youtube’s operations are getting better, the results are getting bigger. Youtube is getting unstoppable.

    3. Bought Google

    Youtube’s popularity has increased coupled with the emergence of various new problems. Youtube requires more computers and a more sophisticated broadband internet connection. The company is also facing problems with copyright claims.

    Youtube also needs to maximize the commercialization of its products. These conditions accumulated and at a certain time, Steve Chen Hurley, Chad Hurley, and Jawed Karim were compelled to sell YouTube. This big decision will be a milestone for them and all of us.

    In October 2006, the giant US technology company, Google Inc. bought youtube in stock for $1.65 billion. If converted to rupiah at this time, this value is equivalent to 23 trillion rupiah. This fantastic figure makes the transaction the second largest acquisition ever made by Google.

    The Story of the Founders of Youtube

    1. Chad Hurley

    This man who was born on January 24, 1977 has the full name Chad Meredith Hurley. His father, Don, is a financial consultant. While his mother, Joann Hurley, is a teacher.

    He grew up in Birdsboro, Pennsylvania, United States. He is the second child of three brothers. His older sister is called Heather and his younger brother is named Brent.

    Since childhood he showed a high interest in the world of art. This interest even tends to be extreme. He often spends his time studying painting, sculpting and designing.

    However, this interest is slowly but surely shifting to the world of technology and business. This change in interest shifted his focus to building a business and getting involved in the world of technology.

    Chad Hurley represented Twin Valley High School’s trail running program. In 1992 and 1994, he won the State CUP title. He completed his studies in art majoring in Graphic Design and Printmaking from Indiana University of Pennsylvania, United States of America.

    After graduating from Indiana University, Chad applied for a job at a newly established company engaged in finance, namely Paypal. Chad got the first assignment to design the Paypal logo as proof of his portfolio. If you see the Paypal logo now, it’s a logo designed by Chad Hurley.

    Personally, Chad is a smart and creative person. He learned many things about technology independently. His talent for managing a business is shown by his ability to commercialize his works of art.

    Technological ability, sharp business acumen, and a well-honed artistic soul make for a beautiful combination for Chad. He took advantage of that potential to make money independently. When he was in college, he managed to sell services to build websites, games, and animation.

    Chad is a friendly person. However, he is not easy to open up with many people. It’s more closed.

    Chad is the man who became the first CEO of Youtube. After being purchased by Google, Chad acquired 694,087 shares of Google shares directly and an additional 41,232 shares. The number of shares was valued at $345.6 million at the close of trading on February 7, 2007.

    In October 2010, he stepped down from his post as CEO of YouTube. Even though he stepped down as CEO, he stated that he was ready to commit to becoming an advisor to YouTube in the future. The leadership of Youtube is continued by Salar Kamangar.

    Chad was reportedly the main investor for the US F1 team which was one of the members of the F1 car racing event in 2010. But unfortunately, the team eventually disbanded for no known reason. Chad reportedly still wants to be involved in the F1 industry through other teams.

    Chad seems to be interested in investing in sports. He is reportedly the co-owner of the Major Soccer League (MLS) Football Club and the Los Angeles Football Club. Not only that, he also explored business in the world of basketball with one of the NBA league teams, the Golden State Warriors.

    For his family life, he is married to Kathy Clark. She is the daughter of Silicon Valley entrepreneur Jim Clark. Their marriage presented two children.

    2. Steve Chen

    Steve Shih Chen is one of the founders of Youtube who comes from Taipei, Taiwan. He is also the former Chief Technology Officer (CTO) of Youtube. The man who was born on August 25, 1978, was motivated to succeed after people predicted that he would never succeed.

    He still remembers the event well. At the age of six, his mother took Chen to a fortune teller. Chen was bothered by the fortune-teller’s words and it kept ringing in his head.

    He does not accept that his fate must be determined by someone else. Fate seemed to be on Chen’s side. When he was eight years old, his family emigrated to the United States.

    He then attended middle school at John Hersey High School, moving on to the Illinois Math and Science Academy. For higher education, he decided to attend the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign with a degree in computer science.

    After graduating from the University of Illinois, Chen worked at Paypal. Yes, he does have the same office as Chad. Not only that, Chen also became a senior engineer at Facebook. However, because he wanted to focus on developing YouTube, he also resigned from the company made by Mark Zuckerberg.

    In June 2006, Chen was named one of the 50 influential people of that era by Business 2.0. It should be noted that Business 2.0 is a magazine that discusses the development of the business world in the world. This crowning cannot be separated from Chen’s role in building Youtube into a company that has a large valuation.

    After Youtube was purchased by Google, Chen owns 625,366 shares of Google and an additional 68,721. That amount was equivalent to $326 million at that time. A fantastic value.

    The next time, Chen again teamed up with Chad Hurley. This time they agreed to jointly pioneer the AVOS System. The company was eventually able to acquire Delicious from Yahoo! Inc.

    Chen’s achievements don’t stop there. In 2011, he was awarded the 15th honorary Asian Scientists To Watch by Asian Scientist Magazine. Amazingly, this award proves that apart from being good at business, he is also capable in the field of computer technology.

    In 2016, Chen was known to launch an online site which he named Nom. This site is a live cooking platform targeted at culinary connoisseurs. Unfortunately, this company was considered not very profitable so Chen decided to close it in 2017.

    Currently, he is known to be starting a start-up hedge fund company called Draco Capital Macro Quant Fund. By 2021, the company has raised $50 million in funding with a goal of $200 million. This company is engaged in investment that utilizes artificial intelligence ( AI).

    In 2009, Chen married a Google Korea product marketing manager named Park Ji Hyun (now known as Jamie Chen). Both live in San Francisco with their baby. The Chen family is known as a supporter of the Asian Art Museum of San Francisco and because of that his wife is believed to be a member of the museum’s board of trustees.

    3. Jawed Karim

    The last Youtube founder is Jawed Karim. This Bangladeshi man was born in Merseburg, East Germany in 1979. A year later, his parents crossed the Berlin Wall to move to West Germany. In 1922, his family emigrated to the United States.

    Although both founders of YouTube, Karim are not as famous as Chad Hurley and Steve Chen. This Muslim figure is rarely discussed by many people because he does not like the spotlight that is highlighted by the media. While his two friends are indeed known as figures who are successful in pioneering start-ups.

    While Karim more often hides behind the scenes. He enjoys more technical work in coding and computing, so he rarely appears in public. So do not be surprised if not so many people who know his name.

    He grew up in a family of researchers. His Bangladeshi father, Naimul Karim, is a researcher at the multinational corporation 3M. Meanwhile, her mother, who is of German blood, Christine Karim, is also a research professor of biochemistry at the University of Minnesota.

    Young Karim was educated at Central High School in Saint Paul Minnesota. After graduating from the school, Karim continued his tertiary education at the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign majoring in Computer Science. He had dropped out of college before graduating so he could work at Paypal.

    Not long ago he resumed his studies and managed to get a bachelor’s degree in 2004. He and his two friends agreed to create an online dating site called Youtube. After Youtube was established, he deepened his computer science by taking his master’s degree at Stanford University.

    Apart from being a co-founder, Karim is also the first YouTuber to upload videos on the platform. As we told at the beginning of the discussion, Karim uploaded a video with the title Me at The Zoo. At that time, he was in front of the elephant enclosure.

    After Youtube was bought by Google, Karim got 137,443 shares with a value of $ 64 million according to the closing price of trading at that time. In 2007, it was estimated that the value of his shares was $ 1 billion. A fantastic number of growth.

    Currently, Karim is reported to be one of YouTube’s advisors. He also founded a funding company which he named Youniversity Karim Ventures. The institution aims to assist students and alumni in developing their business.

     

    Conclusion

    Chad Hurley, Steve Chen and Jawed Karim are three young men who dare to reach their dreams. They are able to combine talent, knowledge, passion, belief, and hard work into a neat lineup to realize their own expectations. They believe in their own hopes and abilities.

    Their decision to leave an established job at Paypal was not an easy one. Moreover, they are the predecessor employees there. However, they remain confident to establish a platform whose future is still unclear.

    Not only that, their ability to survive in bitter times deserves thumbs up. This mentality is what most entrepreneurs need. And it’s been proven, their perseverance and patience have led Youtube to become a big company so that even Google is interested in buying it at a fantastic price.

    Youtube was bought by Google for $1.65 billion. Now, it is reported that YouTube’s revenue in three months has reached $ 5 billion or the equivalent of 68.8 trillion rupiah. In 2019, YouTube’s annual revenue reached $ 15.15 billion or the equivalent of 208.1 trillion rupiah.

    Sinaumed’s, our review of the founder of YouTube has come to an end. As #FriendsWithoutLimits, sinaumedia never tires of accompanying you with our selected books.

    Author: Mutiani Eka Astutik

  • Meet Steve Jobs, Founder of Apple

    Founder of Apple – It took many years for Steve Jobs, the founder of Apple, to gather his enthusiasm and
    determination to build the Apple company, which until now has become a very well-known brand in the world.
    Even today, many people use Apple products with pride. In fact, the price offered by
    Apple is quite expensive.
    But there are still many people who are willing to spend deeply to be
    able to have one of the Apple products they desire.
    So, aren’t you curious about the figure
    behind the success of the Apple brand on the world stage?
    So, for those of you who want to know
    more, let’s see this article until it’s finished.

    Short biography of Steve Jobs, the Founder of
    Apple

    Steve Jobs has the full name of Steve Paul Jobs. He was born on February 24, 1955 in
    California, United States.
    The Steve Jobs we know today is the man behind the success of the
    Apple Brand.
    Where Steve is one of the great people who has a variety of extraordinary works in
    the field of technology.
    At birth, Steve originally had the name Abdul Lateef Jandali until his
    name was changed when he was adopted by Reinhold and Clara Jobs.
    When Steve was a toddler, his
    adoptive parents asked him to move to Santa Clara County, also known as Silicon Valley.
    There,
    they also adopted another baby girl named Patti.

    Steve’s abilities did develop very quickly when he was still at Cupertino Junior High School and also
    Homestead High School in the Cupertino area.
    There, Steve met his friend named Steve Wozniak.
    Where his friend has the same interest as Steve, namely in the field of electronics.
    Then in 1976, Steve Jobs and his colleagues Steve Wozniak and Ronald Wayne tried to set up the
    Apple company for the first time.
    At that time, they named the business as Apple Computer Co.
    The three of them received funding from a product marketing manager and a technician who was about
    to retire from Int AC named Mike Markkula Jr.
    Then in the end they founded Apple
    together.

    Steve Jobs and Steve Wozniak have been friends for a long time. Where at that time Steve Jobs
    was trying to get Wozniak interested in assembling computers and then reselling them.
    Then as
    Apple expanded, the company began looking for experienced executives to help manage the expansion.
    The computer that was first introduced by Steve and Wozniak they named the Apple I. Then in 1977
    both of them re-introduced the Apple Ii to the public.
    Since then sales of the Apple II began
    to grow rapidly.
    Then in 1980, the founder of Apple Computer and inventor of Apple Computer
    introduced the Apple III.
    But the development is not as good as when they introduced the Apple
    II.

    In 1983, Steve Jobs began to attract John Sculley from the Pepsi Cola company to become head of Apple
    Computer.
    It was in that year that Apple introduced its newest product, the Apple Lisa.
    Where these products already have more sophisticated technology and are quite advanced at that
    time.
    However, in reality the product failed in the market. Then in 1984, Apple
    again tried to introduce its newest computer product, named the Macintosh.
    This product is the
    first computer that has been successfully sold to the market by presenting interface features in the form of
    graphical use.

    The Macintosh became one of the first commercially successful small computers with a graphical user
    interface.
    The development of Macm started with Jef Raskin, then was taken over by Steve Jobs.
    The success obtained by the Macintosh made the Apple company abandon the Apple II product in favor
    of developing Macm production, which still exists today.
    However, under Sculley’s leadership,
    Steve Jobs found no match.
    There are a lot of things that are not aligned between the two.
    Until finally it had an impact on declining sales in all industries towards the end of 1984. This
    then resulted in the relationship between the two not being good until the end of 1985. Because of this,
    Sculley decided to expel Steve Jobs from the Apple company.

    Apple history

    Before Apple was present in Indonesia, where we usually saw Apple outlets and their products were
    everywhere.
    Steve Jobs has gone through a very long way until finally Apple can develop until
    now.
    In his biography, at the time he founded the company Apple Computer Co. Steve Jobs was
    known to be 21 years old and Steve Wozniak was 26 years old.
    The two started the business in
    the garage owned by Steve Jobs’ family.
    While the personal computer that was being developed by
    the two of them at that time was named Apple I. The computer was first sold to the market at a price of
    666.66 US Dollars.

    Then in 1977, Steve Jobs and his colleagues finally started introducing their newest product, the Apple II.
    It was this second product that became one of his first major successes. Where there
    are lots of products that are sold in the market and certainly can have an impact on the personal computer
    industry, which at that time was still not common.
    Then in 1980, Apple Computer listed their
    company name on the stock exchange.
    At that time, Apple’s stock offering was successful in the
    early days and since then the name Steve Jobs became known to many people.
    In the same year,
    Apple finally launched its newest product, named Apple III.
    Even so, the launch of this third
    product did not go as smoothly as the previous product.

    As time went on, Apple Computer grew and the company started looking for a leader to be able to manage all
    the company’s capacities, which must always increase.
    Then in 1983, Steve Jobs invited Sculley,
    who was then working at Pepsi Cola, to join and become the leader of Apple Computer.
    Later in
    the same year, Apple released a new product called the Apple Lisa.
    But unfortunately, the
    product failed in the American market.

    NeXT Computer and back to Apple

    After no longer at the Apple company, Steve Jobs then founded his new company, which was named NeXT
    Computer.
    Where the company is engaged in the development of computer software.
    The products offered by NeXT Computer had quite sophisticated technology at that time.
    However, like previous Steve Jobs products that failed, such as the Apple Lisa. It
    turns out that the products offered by NeXT Computer are also less attractive to the market.

    Then in 1996, the Apple Company finally bought NeXT Computer worth 402 million US Dollars.
    That way, it automatically brings Steve Jobs back to the company he once founded.
    Until 1997, Steve Jobs became the temporary leader of the Apple company after the departure of Gil
    Amelio.
    There, Steve Jobs and his colleagues began to develop computers with various advanced
    technologies, namely the Macintosh.
    Where this technology is still being developed by the Apple
    Mac Brand.

    With the purchase of the NeXT Computer company, many of NeXT’s technologies were applied to products made
    by Apple.
    Especially NeXTSTEP which was developed into Mac OS X. Under the leadership of Steve
    Jobs, the company began to increase its sales after they released the iMac.
    This product is the
    first computer that is sold by prioritizing appearance.

    Until August 2011, Steve Jobs resigned as CEO of Apple company. However, Steve Jobs will still
    serve at Apple as chairman of the company’s board.
    But a few hours after Steve Jobs officially
    resigned, shares of Apple Inc (AAPL) fell by 5 percent in post-close trading.

    Pixar and Disney

    In 1986, Steve Jobs bought the Graphic Group from Lucasfilm’s computer graphics division for 10 million US
    Dollars and later changed his name to Pixar.
    However, he gave 5 million US Dollars to Lucasfilm
    to be used as capital.
    There, Steve Jobs served as an executive at Pixar Animation Studio.
    The first film made by the company was Toy Story. Where the film was successful in
    bringing fame and the name Steve Jobs was written as an executive producer in the film Toy Story when it was
    released in 1995. After taking Pixar by Disney in 2006, Steve Jobs became a member of the board of directors
    at The Walt Disney Company.

    Steve Jobs Dies

    Over the past few years, Steve Jobs’s health has reportedly begun to decline. Then he took
    medical leave since January 3011. Then on October 5, 2011, Steve Jobs was declared dead in California when
    he was 56 years old.
    Previously Steve Jobs was diagnosed with pancreatic cancer.
    After Steve Jobs died, his funeral was held privately on October 7, 2011.

    Important Lessons From Steve Jobs For A
    Successful Life

    If you look at Steve Jobs’ career and success, there are some important things we can take and apply in our
    own lives.
    Especially for those of you who want to be involved in the business world.
    For more details, see the explanation below:

    1. Don’t lose focus

    In 1997, Apple was having a hard time and almost went out of business. As long as Steve Jobs
    was not part of the company he founded, Apple has made various types of computer products.
    Then, when Steve Jobs returned to the Apple company, he stopped it and asked his team to start
    focusing on just a few things.
    The Apple and Steve Jobs companies then cut or cut various
    products that were considered not important.
    At that time they chose to focus on 4 computer
    products only.
    With this choice, the company that was on the verge of bankruptcy began to be
    saved.
    The focus used by Steve Jobs is to eliminate various things that are not important and
    leave only a few things that are appropriate and worthy of development.
    For Steve Jobs
    himself,

    Simple: Need Deeper Understanding

    Simplicity is at the heart of all Apple products. This can be seen not only from the outer
    design.
    But also on the appearance of the software. While developing this product,
    Steve Jobs wanted to make a product simpler, such as how to access the application, the design, and also the
    number of buttons.
    Steve Jobs’ desire to make various products more simple is not an easy thing
    to do.
    In order to be able to make a device that is small in size and can play songs like iPod
    products.
    All the Apple team must put more effort to make it happen. If you want
    to make a product that is simpler, then a developer must understand the most important things and the
    essence of the product.

    Building an Integration

    The Apple company also made a breakthrough in the form of integration for various devices.
    When someone has an iPhone or MacBook, they can access everything more easily through these two
    devices.
    For example, iMessage money can run on a personal computer. This
    integration ecosystem built by Apple will allow its users to more easily use all of their devices.
    Not only that, users also become more free and can save time. Because, they don’t need
    to bother to connect as an owned device.

    Take Big Steps

    One product that is able to break down the popularity and success of Apple is the iPod product.
    The device that functions to play music has succeeded in making its users feel a new experience
    when listening to music.
    In addition, iPod users can also easily buy various songs through the
    iTunes Store and then listen to them anytime.

    But as technology developed, Steve Jobs began to realize that the privileges of the iPod would be replaced
    when mobile phone developers added a music player feature in it.
    Therefore, Steve Jobs then
    decided to sacrifice the iPod and replace it with iPhone products.
    This decision is certainly
    not an easy thing to do.
    Considering the iPod has contributed greatly to Apple’s success.
    However, Steve Jobs knew that if he didn’t kill his own iPod product, someone else would.

    Prioritize Product Over Profit

    When Apple almost went out of business, the company was under the leadership of John Sculley who at that
    time served as Pepsi Marketing and Sales executive.
    If based on this background, Sculley is
    more focused on the benefits that must be obtained compared to the development of the product itself.
    As a result, sales began to decline.

    Then when Steve Jobs returned to the Apple company, he then changed the goals of his company: m.
    Steve Jobs refocused on producing innovative and high-quality products. Although he
    had to pay quite expensive funds in its development.
    Through this decision, the Apple company
    was finally saved from bankruptcy.

    In addition, by choosing to focus more on the product, Apple can also see the various deficiencies that
    exist in the product.
    Steve Jobs was able to obtain perfection from the products they made,
    both for the outside and the inside.
    The focus on the products produced gave Steve Jobs more
    time to produce quality products.

    This is an explanation of the history and life journey of the founder of Apple to finally be as successful
    as it is now.
    Thanks to the persistence and creative ideas of its founders, Apple has now
    become a brand that is known to almost everyone in the world.
    In fact, many people feel proud
    to use various products made by Apple.
    How, are you also a fan of Apple products?

  • Media: Definition, Functions, and Types You Need to Know

    Definition of Media – Nowadays, maybe everyone uses the media in carrying out activities, especially activities related to communication between one individual and another individual. With the media, it will be easier for everyone to carry out their daily activities. Therefore, the definition of media can be said to be very broad, for you a teacher will definitely determine the right learning media for his students.

    Not only that, the media which is more often used as a communication intermediary is often used by workers or even political officials who wish to nominate themselves. Media that often appears during the Indonesian democratic party is usually better known as political communication media. So, don’t be surprised if during the Indonesian democracy party there will be a lot of information from various media that only contains political issues or facts.

    Media that is used optimally, then any information provided will be maximized as well and listeners, recipients, or readers of information can get useful information. However, media that is used only for a number of purposes, does not rule out the possibility that the authenticity of the information in the media cannot be guaranteed, so that misunderstandings can occur between the information provider and the recipient of the message. In fact, it can lead to a conflict.

    So that you can use the media properly and correctly, it is necessary to understand the meaning of the media. Apart from that, you also need to understand each type of media and the maximum benefits of media can be felt. Then, how to know and understand the definition of media to the types of media itself?

    You don’t need to be confused about finding this information because in this article, we will discuss more about the meaning of media, the meaning of media according to experts, to the benefits of the media that have been used.

    Definition of Media

    Media is a word that comes from Latin and also has a plural form or is often called medium. Meanwhile, the word media literally means intermediary. In this case, the intermediary in question is the existence of an intermediary between the information or message source ( a source ) and the recipient of the message or information ( a receiver ). Therefore, we often see media in everyday life, such as newspapers, online articles , movies, television, and many more.

    With the presence of the media in this world, someone will be easily helped, so that everything that is being done will be easily resolved. In fact, this media can reduce the occurrence of misunderstandings between information providers and recipients of information. In addition, the media can be used for us to learn, the more we learn the more knowledge and insight a person has.

    Along with the times, the media has also developed, where previously the media was only in paper form, now the media can be accessed through electronic devices, such as cellphones , computers, laptops, and so on. Easy access to obtain media should be used wisely so that a person or group does not miss information.

    In addition, in the world of education there will definitely be communication between students and teachers and is often known as learning media. It’s become very u

    It is only natural that information in the form of knowledge that exists in the world of education must be given to the fullest so that students can receive knowledge and increase their insights.

    With the existence of learning media when carrying out teaching and learning activities, communication between teachers and students will be more harmonious and they can understand each other with any information provided. So, teachers should choose learning media that are very suitable for the characteristics of students.

    It feels incomplete when discussing the meaning of media, but not directly from the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI). In KBBI, media is a tool (means) of communication such as newspapers, magazines, radio, television, films, posters, and banners.

    Definition of Media According to Experts

    Now that’s the meaning of media that you need to know so that it’s easier for you to understand the meaning of media, so below is a definition of media that has been conveyed by several experts.

    Schramm

    Schramm revealed that the media is a technology that carries messages or information that is instructional in nature and can be seen, read, heard, and manipulated.

    Leslie J. Briggs

    According to Leslie J. Briggs, media is a tool in the form of a physical form that is usually used when conveying material content. Leslie J. Briggs also said that the tools in question, such as tape recorders, video recorders , pictures, cameras, televisions, graphics, and computers.

    Purnawati and Eldawi

    Punawati and Eldawi state that media is anything that can be used to deliver messages from the sender of the message to the recipient of the message, so that the recipient of the message received can influence the feelings, thoughts and attention of students and create teaching and learning activities.

    Gagne

    According to Gagne, media is a type of component that exists in the environment of students and can increase interest in learning.

    Sadiman

    Sadiman stated that the media contains various kinds of things that are usually used to send messages or information to the recipient of the message, so that the recipient’s (student) feelings, thoughts, concerns, and interests in teaching and learning activities can run effectively and efficiently.

    Miarso

    Media according to Miarso are various kinds of things that can function to provide messages or information where these messages can influence students’ attention, thoughts, and desires to learn.

    Robert Heinich

    According to Robert Heinich, the media is something that can carry an information or message that occurs between the source of the message ( source ) and the recipient of the information ( receiver ).

    Arshad

    Arsyad stated that the media is something that can be used as an intermediary or sender of messages originating from the sender of the message to the recipient of the message. In this case, Arsyad also said that media can also be in the form of software or hardware.

    Muhammad Rohani

    Ahmad Spiritual said that the media is something that can be received by the human senses and functions as an intermediary, tool, or means of carrying out communication activities or is used for the teaching and learning process.

    Santoso S. Hamikaya

    According to Santoso S. Hamikaya, the media are various forms of intermediaries that are often used by someone to spread their ideas so that these ideas can reach recipients of ideas.

    Degeng

    According to Degeng, media is a component related to delivery strategies that can be filled with messages to be conveyed to learners and usually in the form of materials, people and tools.

    Blake and Horlsen

    Blake and Horalsen revealed that the media is a communication channel that is usually used to deliver messages between the source of the message (coming from the sender of the message) and the content of the message (received by the recipient of the message).

    From the definition of media that has been expressed by several experts, it can be said that the media is often used by many people, especially to provide information. Information provided with a medium can be well received by the recipient of the message or information as long as the sender of the message and the recipient of the message have good communication activities.

    Some experts also say that this media is closely related to teaching and learning activities carried out by teachers or educators with students. Therefore, information, messages, knowledge, and insights can be well received as long as the feelings and attention of students can focus on the information provided by the teacher.

    Media Function

    Media that can be used in various fields, from education to politics, and many more. As for some functions of the media in general, namely:

    1. As a Means of Information for the Community

    Every community definitely needs information because with that information a person or group of people can broaden their horizons. The function of the media as a means of information makes it easier for people to get information. Only with mobile phones , you can get a lot of information. In addition, information can also be obtained through television. The more information received by the community, the more insight.

    2. As a Means for Channeling Ideas and Thoughts

    The second function of the media is as a means to channel ideas or ideas. Everyone must have ideas and ideas in his mind, so that someone can think creatively. Ideas and ideas that only exist in the head, if not expressed, then other people will not know. Currently, there are already various kinds of media that can be used to channel ideas and ideas, such as films, short stories, novels, and so on.

    3. As an Educational Means in Teaching and Learning Activities

    The next function of the media is as a means of education in teaching and learning activities. In the world of education, the media can be said to be very important for providing information to students, so that teachers will look for learning media that fits the characteristics of students and does not bore students when learning. Without learning media, students will have difficulty capturing or receiving scientific information.

    4. As a Means To Obtain Entertainment

    The media not only functions to get information or provide information, but can also function to get entertainment. This function can be said to be able to eliminate the feeling of fatigue being experienced by someone. In general, media that can entertain someone is in the form of movies, music, books, and others.

    5. As a means of supervising and controlling social activities

    The next function of the media is as a means of monitoring and controlling social activities. With the existence of the media, it is not easy for every member of society to carry out activities or actions that are harmful. By reducing harmful actions, it can make a community environment more prosperous.

    6. As a Means to Resolve Limitations on Senses, Space, and Time

    Media functions as a means to overcome limitations on the senses, space, and time. Therefore, the existence of the media makes it easy for all people to obtain information. This is because there are already many media that can help us to provide information and receive information.

    Media Types

    After discussing the function of the media, now is the time for us to discuss the types of media. Media has three types, namely visual media, audio media, and audio visual media.

    1. Visual Media

    Visual media is one type of media that prioritizes the sense of sight, so this media is usually in the form of images, videos, and so on. In general, the visual media that is often used by many people is a projector and the information conveyed to the recipient of the information is also in a visual form.

    There are two types of visual media, namely motion visual media and silent visual media. In fact, the two types of visual media can be combined into one unit. With the existence of visual media, there will be lots of people who are interested in receiving the information provided. In addition, the material provided in visual media will be easy to understand because it has examples of images in the form of facts.

    2. Audio Media

    Audio media is media that is usually used to broadcast information or messages through sound. Therefore, the auditory sensory organ becomes a sensory organ that is quite important in receiving messages through audio media. This audio media is usually found on radio broadcasts. However, along with the times and technology, audio media has developed into a podcast .

    You can get various kinds of information in a podcast broadcast . Thus it can be said that messages received through audio media have the characteristics of providing verbal information and providing non-verbal information. Verbal information in the form of words or spoken language. Meanwhile, non-verbal information is in the form of vocalizations or sounds.

    3. Audio Visual Media

    Audio visual media is a type of media that combines visual media with audio media, so that the information provided is in the form of images or videos that have sound. Therefore, not a few people say that audio-visual media is more interesting to see and hear. The merging of these two media not only stimulates one sense organ, but can also directly stimulate two sense organs, namely the sense organs of hearing and sight.

    Audio visual media is divided into two types, namely motion audio visual media and silent audio visual media. Motion audio visual media can be seen as sound images, films, and others. Meanwhile, audio visual media is silent in the form of sound books, sound pages, and so on.

    Media Benefits

    Basically, the media has many benefits that can be felt immediately or in the future. However, the main benefit of the media is that it can improve communication relations between individuals with one another. Here are some of the benefits of the media.

    1. People can get information faster, so they don’t miss information. Information that is received more quickly is influenced by the development of technology or the internet.

    2. It is easy for the public to provide information because information can be provided via mobile phones .

    3. The information provided can be maximized, so that there is no misunderstanding between the sender and the recipient of the message.

    4. The message is easily given to the recipient of the message because it doesn’t take a long time or is more effective and efficient.

    Conclusion

    Thus it can be said that the media is a tool that generally functions to provide information to other people or to other groups. The information provided can affect the condition of the sensory organs that we have. For example, a teacher is using learning media that only focuses on audio or sound, so that the sensory organs of students will immediately receive and listen to the information that has been given.

    In general, every media used to communicate has existed for a long time, but not everyone uses the existing types of media. In other words, a person or group uses the media only for their needs or needs. So, be wise in using one medium or several media.

    Book Recommendations & Related Articles

  • Meaning of the word Anti Mainstream and Examples of Its Use

    Meaning of the word Anti Mainstream – In this day and age, of course people are no stranger to the word mainstream. This term is included in the slang term which is usually used when hanging out with friends and joking. Maybe it’s like playing a game, then the loser gets an anti-mainstream challenge.

    Why anti-mainstream is one of the reasons to make it more challenging. Even though it is already familiar in the community, it is possible that some people do not know what it means. For those of you who don’t know about anti-mainstream. The following is information related to anti-mainstream.

    A. The Meaning of the Word Anti Mainstream

    The meaning of anti-mainstream is the opposite of mainstream which means that behavior is strange, unique, or creative, and is not practiced by most people. It can also be said that anti-mainstream behavior is an action that does not follow the current trend.

    Today most people prefer to act and be weird or unique. Because the existence of these differences can show that the self-confidence that appears is not artificial and is done purely. But make no mistake, it doesn’t mean that everyone who acts anti-mainstream is just to show self-confidence.

    Some people who do this strange act to get the attention of many people. Especially when the term viral appears, where many people want to be famous in an instant way. Anti-mainstream is not always only negative or positive.

    It all depends on the anti-mainstream behavior carried out by each person. Is it really like that or is it contrived to get a lot of attention. So don’t think that this anti-mainstream behavior is solely made up, but only to show abilities that many people don’t have.

    B. The Difference Between Mainstream Vs Anti Mainstream

    The term mainstream comes from a foreign language, to be precise in English. This word consists of two roots, namely “main” and “stream”. Separately the word “main” in Indonesian is translated into “principal, large, full, main, and main” while the word “stream” in Indonesian is translated into “stream, sequence, file”.

    The term mainstream in Indonesian is synonymous with the word tendency. There are also those who interpret mainstream as the main stream, or mainstream. The word mainstream is generally used to refer to media that actually functions as media. This means that the media has credibility as an institution that collects and broadcasts news by paying full attention to journalistic principles. By being professionally managed and even if necessary registered and verified by the press council.

    The term mainstream media appears because along with the proliferation of online media that present news sourced from other portals. As well as the proliferation of social media portals on the internet which also provide news. The term mainstream media is a counterpoint to social media and fake media.

    So what is meant by mainstream media is media that has been tested and proven to present facts and not just hearsay. However, a number of mainstream media also often fail in reporting information that is not necessarily the truth. While there are also anti-mainstream terms. The term is clearly contrary to the mainstream term.

    Anti-mainstream is generally used to refer to things that are strange and out of the ordinary. In Javanese terms to call it that is “not common”. This term is very fitting for the term anti-mainstream. Another term in Indonesian that is appropriate as an anti-mainstream equivalent is eccentric.

    C. Anti Mainstream Example

    There are several examples of anti-mainstream actions that make many other people do it, including:

    1. Anti-mainstream people wear masks made of drawstring.

    2. Come to the ex’s wedding and contribute songs according to the mood at the moment.

    3. People who mukbang with large portions of food.

    4. Pretend to be someone who needs help.

    5. Create unusual content, so that it makes people who see it feel strange.

    So, those are a number of examples of anti-mainstream actions that you may have encountered and are considered normal for most people. There’s nothing wrong with acting strange, as long as it doesn’t harm other people.

    D. Anti Mainstream becomes Mainstream

    After knowing the anti-mainstream as well as the difference with the mainstream, here are some anti-mainstream things that actually become mainstream after being popular, including:

    1. Street mice to avoid traffic jams

    First, if you are told by your friends there is a passage that is free from traffic jams. You can consider the purpose of the information, maybe you are not the only one who knows about that path. Besides that, when you think about trying to go through a road that will be quieter because people rarely pass there. This does not rule out the possibility that many people also think the same as you. So, to avoid traffic jams, consider carefully.

    2. Doing Yoga, Zumba, Pilates

    Second, what you need to start to realize is not only those who want to document yoga, Zumba, Pilates, meditation and so on. Many people today also want to share the same activity with everyone. This makes your sports activities the same as other friends’ activities.

    Well, it’s a good idea to find out which friends you can invite to do this together. This will help you more to share information about cool instructors. Together with your friends, you can document the significant results of your sports activities, such as before-after, when there is visible progress, and so on. You need to know, not many people are consistent until their end goal.

    3. Listen to indie music, watch indie films

    In today’s internet era, there are lots of communities whose members know and are even crazy about indie music and indie films. So, if you think you’re the only one who knows indie songs or movies. Then it could be that you don’t understand the environment around you.

    The indie thing has been getting mainstream lately. Therefore, put aside the thought that you won’t share your taste in music or movies because you think other people won’t like your taste. Sharing musical tastes will be very important to build mutual intimacy. In fact, you could be one of the people who brought music or film trends before they became known virally by everyone.

    4. Collecting or wearing vintage items

    Nowadays, there are many vintage smelling cafes popping up. In addition, there are also many shops that sell goods with a vintage feel. When you try to find out on the Google search engine or attend lots of vintage-related events, there are lots of vintage-related things that many people are used to wearing.

    Some experts on fashion trends say that fashion will roll back to the old era. This turned out to have been predicted long ago. Therefore, with you do not become exclusive. You will be able to share pastel colors or share pomade with your friends.

    5. Enjoy imported books and follow certain literary works

    Imported books and rare literary works are now being targeted by many groups. Meeting someone who both likes literature is no longer just a dream. You can find someone who has a real sense of literature with you pretty easily these days. There is potential for new Cinta and Rangga out there if you are good at getting to know your friends.

    Telling stories and sharing books is fun, especially songs if you can share your opinion about them with your friends. You can also recommend books to your friends. This makes you closer through the books they read. Imported books do look very likable, the aroma from the pages is so distinctive and at the same time can improve your foreign language skills.

    6. Fans of certain science-fiction or certain TV series

    When you hear or see posts about science fiction or your favorite series on social media. This means you are not an exclusive fan of one of these film genres. Instead of claiming to be the number 1 fan of a certain science fiction or TV series. It’s a good idea to find out friends who have the same tastes. That way, you can recommend that genre to your friends. Maybe you can find a friend who also likes science fiction or a certain TV series.

    7. Dieters special healthy foods

    Information about diet is now very easy to find via the internet. So, if you think you’re the only one who understands specific dietary behaviors, then you’re not quite right. There are many who already understand the current diet, starting with food, exercise, and so on.

    In addition, diet is not only a matter of losing weight. Diet is an attempt to exercise control over eating patterns for a specific purpose. This can be understood for certain types of food.

    Foods such as fiber/protein bars, muesli, dried berries, crunchy vegetable snacks, exotic nuts and whatever else you have purchased may not have been eaten by you alone. Therefore, instead of eating like a royal family, it’s better for us to share lunch boxes with your friends. Who knows he has a better type of food than what you eat.

    E. Anti Mainstream Media with Mainstream Media

    What is anti-mainstream media? Mainstream media is traditional media that has existed since ancient times, such as newspapers, radio, television, exhibitions, bulletin boards, and so on. Meanwhile, anti-mainstream media is creative media that emerged because of technological developments and market share that has different segments, for example Netflix, YouTube, Twitter, Instagram, Facebook, and so on.

    There are several types of anti-mainstream media, namely educative, informative, and also entertaining. To make it clearer, here is the discussion:

    1. Educative

    The purpose of educational media is action and unique content,
    for example YouTube, Netflix, Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, and so on.

    There are several types of anti-mainstream media, including educative, informative, and entertaining. In order to be clearer, here is the full discussion:

    The purpose of educational media is actions and content that are indeed unique, but aim to convey knowledge that according to the maker is needed by most people.

    2. Informative

    This informative media certainly aims to provide information to everyone about something that is certainly useful. In general, through content or directly in public.

    3. Entertaining

    This one media aims to entertain everyone with all its unique behavior. This one media is the media that everyone likes and attracts attention.

  • Meaning of Sakinah Mawadah Warahmah (Samawa)

    Sakinah mawadah warahmah is a prayer expected by Muslims who have just married and started a family. All married Muslims certainly want a family that is sakinah, mawaddah, and warahmah. That is the purpose of marriage, which is a blessing from Allah SWT. Give to those who can build a family.

    This book contains the best advice from Allah swt. and Rasulullah saw to every married couple as household controllers. Following this advice will achieve baiti jannati (my house, my heaven).

    Then, what is the meaning of sakinah mawadah warahmah? Does this include the prayer for newlyweds taught by Rasulullah SAW? To find out more details, let’s look at the following review!

    Definition of Sakinah Mawadah Warahmah

    The sentence sakinah mawadah warahmah has been written in the Al-Quran. This sentence is part of the function and purpose of marriage in Islam. This sentence is also often said when in wedding sermons or even on wedding invitations. The following is an explanation from QS Ar-Rum verse 21.

    وَمِنۡ اٰيٰتِهٖۤ اَنۡ خَلَقَ لَكُمۡ مِّنۡ اَنۡفُسِكُمۡ اَزۡوَاجًا لِّتَسۡكُنُوۡۤا اِلَيۡهَا وَجَعَلَ بَيۡنَكُمۡ مَّوَدَّةً وَّرَحۡمَةً ؕ اِنَّ فِىۡ ذٰ لِكَ لَاٰيٰتٍ لِّقَوۡمٍ يَّتَفَكَّرُوۡنَ

    Wa min Aayaatihiii an khalaqa akum min anfusikum azwaajal litaskunuuu ilaihaa wa ja’ala bainakum mawad datanw wa rahmah; inna fii zaalika la Aayaatil liqawminy yatafakkaruun.

    Meaning: “And among His signs (greatness) is that He created partners for you of your own kind, so that you are inclined and feel at ease towards him, and He made love and affection between you. Indeed, in that there are true signs (of Allah’s greatness) for people who think.” (QS Ar-Rum: 21).

    In this verse there is the word “litaskunu” or also sakinah, then mawadah, and rahmah. These three words are often combined into one sentence: sakinah mawadah warahmah. If translated into Indonesian, sakinah means calm or serene, mawadah means love, and warahmah means grace.

    The sentence sakinah mawadah warahmah follows what is in verse 21 of the Ar-Rum Letter. In this verse, Allah SWT. He gave his word that humans were created to pair up with each other, that is, between wives and husbands, to get calm, peace, and also love.

    Meaning of Sakinah

    Sakinah comes from Arabic, which can be translated into Indonesian with calm, serenity, security, and also peace. Meanwhile, the opposite of peace and tranquility are unrest, destruction, and shock. What is expected from marriage, as in the meaning of sakinah, is peace, calm, security, and peace among family members. Whereas a family that does not have sakinah means a family that is full of unrest, destruction, and turmoil, that is what must be avoided.

    An example of a family that is not sakinah is a family that is full of debates, fights, and suspicions. With so many conflicts that occur in the family, it can certainly trigger a divorce. Distrust in a partner is one of the triggers for family breakdown. Suppose the spouses are suspicious of each other and have no trust in each other, and other people deliberately shake up the household or the wife’s resistance to her husband. In that case, it is classified as a family that is not sakinah.

    By having calm, peace, security, and peace, conflicts in the family will not occur. With calm, family members can think about how to solve problems calmly because they have a clear mind. Family conflicts will easily occur if there is no sakinah in the family.

    Meaning of Mawaddah

    Mawadah also comes from Arabic, which means affection and burning love. The word mawadah has a special meaning for someone who has passionate feelings for their partner. This passionate feeling arises because of other aspects that are owned by the partner, including beauty, good looks, morals, position, mindset and other things in the partner.

    In Islam, mawadah is also a nature possessed by humans. Having mawadah in the family will make the family full of love and affection. It’s impossible in a family not to have love; it will taste bland. The feeling of love gives a sense of belonging and caring between family members.

    A family with mawadah must have positive things in that family. If you don’t have mawadah, your family won’t support each other because you don’t have love. In fact, infidelity can occur because there is no feeling of affection between partners.

    A family that has mawadah is not formed instantly but is developed through a process of nurturing it through the love of husband, wife, and children. Every family wants a mawadah family because it is a nature in every creature.

    Meaning of Warahma

    Rahmah means sustenance, forgiveness, grace, and mercy. The greatest grace, of course, comes from Allah SWT. The family that gets the greatest grace is, of course, the one with love, affection, and trust. Families who have warahmah are also not an instant process but rather a long process because it requires understanding, covering each other’s shortcomings, and providing understanding.

    With patience and sacrifice from husband and wife, it will certainly make the family have warahmah or grace in it. From this process of patience, warahmah will be given by Allah SWT. as the highest form of love in a family.

    It should be noted that warahmah will not appear if in the family there is mutual disobedience between husband and wife. Families must be calm, peaceful, and have loved so that warahmah can be realized.

    Characteristics of Sakinah Mawadah Warahmah

    Families who have sakinah mawadah warahmah certainly have visible characteristics or characteristics. Here are some characteristics of a family that has sakinah mawadah warahmah.

    • Have calm, serenity, and peace in a family;
    • Have love, affection, and a sense of belonging that is always maintained among family members;
    • Have a love that leads to Allah SWT. and also values ​​in religion, not just love for creatures or just lust;
    • Far from suspicion, distrust, and also feelings of misgivings with your partner;
    • Can maintain association in Islam, no rules are violated in marriage, including infidelity;
    • Have their respective roles as family members with sincerity and integrity. The role that belongs to both the husband as the head of the family, the wife as the mother who carries out the husband’s mandate, and the children as the mandate from Allah SWT. to be adequately educated;
    • Being able to maintain aspects of faith and worship between each family member, not destroying or plunging one another;
    • Supporting work or profession between partners to be able to create a family that is built as a mandate from Allah SWT.
    • They can meet family needs, including sustenance, sexual needs, and also a sense of belonging to one another.

     

    This book contains provisions so that you and your family can go to a sakinah mawadah warahmah household.

    Benefits of Sakinah Mawadah Warahmah

    Family is not just a relationship between husband, wife and children. The family has relationships and duties in society. Allah SWT. will only create something with the benefits to be obtained. All rules are, of course, in Allah SWT’s hands, as the universe’s creator.

    Sakinah mawadah warahmah family is an order from Allah SWT. given to the family to realize the benefits. With the existence of sakinah mawadah warahmah, it will certainly help the goals of an Islamic family to be realized.

    Carry out the Mission of the Human Caliphate

    Humans were created by Allah SWT. solely to worship Him. With a family that has sakinah mawadah warahmah, of course, it can guide, condition, and support the family to always worship Allah SWT.

    In a family like this, every member, husband, wife, and children, must guide each other in terms of religion and goodness. The sakinah mawadah warahmah family does not only love what is in the world but love Allah SWT. This has been written in QS Az-Zariyat verse 56.

    Amen

    Wa maa khalaqtul jinna wal insa illaa liya’buduun.

    Meaning: “I did not create jinn and humans except that they worship Me.” (QS Az-Zariyat: 56).

    Allah SWT. also created humans as caliphs fil ard. This means that humans were created to build and carry out several things that can provide benefits for prosperity on earth. Benefits can be given with the position you have now with the profession you have too.

    The mission of the caliphate can be carried out with enthusiasm if you have a sakinah mawadah warahmah family. The existence of careers owned by husband and wife will not distance each other from each other, let alone distance themselves from Allah SWT. However, having a career that is being built will certainly be very useful for yourself and others who are affected by us.

    1. Lots of Worship and Good Charity

    Allah commands humans to protect themselves and their families from the fires of hell. That is, humans are ordered to stay away from the fire of hell and increase worship and good deeds. This is indeed not going to be easy if you do it yourself. Therefore, the existence of a good family and, of course, in accordance with the expectations of Allah SWT. can be a field of worship and good deeds because many things can be done with family. This has been written in QS At-Tahrim verse 6.

    يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ​​ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ قُوٓا۟ أَنفُسَكُمْ وَأَهْلِيكُمْ نَارًا وَقُودُهَا ٱلنَّاسُ وَٱلْحِجَارَةُ عَلَيْهَا مَلَٰٓئِكَةٌ غِلَاظٌ شِدَادٌ لَّا يَعْصُونَ ٱللَّهَ مَآ أَمَرَهُمْ وَيَفْعَلُونَ مَا يُؤْمَرُونَ

    Yā ayyuhallażīna āmanụ qū anfusakum wa ahlīkum nāraw wa qụduhan-nāsu wal-ḥijāratu ‘alaihā malā`ikatun gilāẓun syidādul lā ya’ṣụnallāha māmaraham wa yaf’alụna mā yu`marụn.

    Meaning: “O you who believe, protect yourselves and your families from the fires of hell whose fuel is humans and stones; guardians of angels who are rough, harsh, and do not disobey Allah in what He commands them and always do what they are commanded. (QS At-Tahrim: 6).

    A father who works for a living to support his family and children will certainly be rewarded and a good deed for his own family. Likewise, a mother who takes care of her family and helps her husband support his family is a field of worship and good deeds for herself. The wife’s obligation to her husband in Islam can be a field of worship and good deeds. Likewise, the husband’s obligation to his wife is a separate reward for the husband’s family.

    Raising children in Islam is also part of the fields of worship and good deeds. Good deeds are only beneficial for families who are cared for with love, affection, and sincerity in them. To do this, we need a family that has sakinah mawadah warahmah to be able to worship and do good deeds as much as possible.

    1. Place in Reaping Love and Compassion

    Allah gives good sustenance, one of which is to please his family and descendants. This is, of course, something that is expensive in family ties because not everyone can enjoy it. In fact, family, a sense of security, and affection are the natural needs of all human beings. a pious woman and a pious man is one form of family happiness. As in QS An-Nahl verse 72.

    وَٱللَّهُ جَعَلَ لَكُم مِّنْ أَنفُسِكُمْ أَزْوَٰجًا وَجَعَلَ لَكُم مِّنْ أَزْوَٰجِكُم بَنِينَ وَحَفَدَةً وَرَزَقَكُم مِّنَ ٱلطَّيِّبَٰتِ ۚ أَفَبِٱلْبَٰطِلِ يُؤْمِنُونَ وَبِنِعْمَتِ ٱللَّهِ هُمْ يَكْفُرُونَ

    Wallāhu ja’ala Lakum min anfusikum azwājaw wa ja’ala Lakum min azwājikum banīna wa ḥafadataw wa razaqakum minaṭ-ṭayyibāt, a fa bil-bāṭili yu`minụna wa bini’matillāhi hum yakfurụn.

    Meaning: “God made for you wives from your own kind and made for you from your wives, children and grandchildren, and gave you sustenance from the good. So why do they believe in falsehood and deny Allah’s favor?”

    Sakinah Mawaddah Warahman can meet the needs of members. These needs start from peace of mind, peace, sustenance in the form of wealth, love, sexual relations with partners, honor, and of course other forms of worship that can be practiced in family charity.

    The wife is the mission of the husband and vice versa. Because marriage in Islam is based on the name of Allah SWT. then building a house in Islam is not only the obligation of men and women but also the obligation of Allah. Households and families certainly have shocks and tests, but based on religious values, all of this can be overcome until the shocks are gone.

    The sakinah mawadah warahmah family is more than just a goal, but a process to achieve more happiness in this world, the happiness in the hereafter.

    Sinaumed’s this is an explanation of the meaning of sakinah mawadah warahmah along with the meaning, characteristics, and benefits in it. In building a family, I hope we all have a family that is sakinah, mawaddah, and warahmah.

    • Procedure for Ablution
    • Names of Angels and Their Duties
    • Definition of Al-Quran and Hadith
    • Definition of Morals
    • Noble Qualities
    • Honest Behavior in Islam
    • Definition of Zakat
    • Pillars of Hajj
    • Understanding Faith In Angels
    • Understanding Aurat
    • List of 99 Asmaul Husna
    • Zakat Fitrah and Zakat Mal
    • Meaning of Tablighi
    • Definition of Zakat Mal
    • The Meaning of the Title Al-Amin Rasulullah SAW
    • Definition of Faith in Language and Terms

    If you want to learn about marriage in Islam to get a sakinah mawadah warahmah family, you can buy and read books available at sinaumedia. sinaumedia as #UnlimitedFriends has provided the books you might need. Come on, Sinaumed’s, buy the book now!

    This book contains insights into the guidance of household life, to be guided by young people who are about to enter married life and married couples who are already living a household life. In this book, it is explained starting from the guide to choosing a life partner and entering into marriage.

     

  • Yogyakarta: 15 Exciting Spots for Adventurers

    Yogyakarta: 15 Exciting Spots for Adventurers

    Adventurers Go to Yogyakarta to Experience Everything from Whitewater Rafting to Climbing Volcanoes

    Yogyakarta is a fantastic all-inclusive vacation spot! It has everything: stunning landscapes, fascinating cultures, and a long and storied past.

    But you know what? There are several extreme adventure sites in Yogyakarta as well. A healthy dosage of bravery is required to take on the challenges in such locations!

    To get their heart racing, a lot of people visit Jogja’s extreme attractions. If you’re looking for a more exciting and demanding holiday ambiance, it could be the perfect choice. It would be a shame to lose out on knowing about these places!

    Yogyakarta: 15 Exciting Spots for Adventurers

    It is now abundantly evident that this dynamic city offers a multitude of experiences for individuals wanting an adrenaline rush, having explored some of the exciting spots in Yogyakarta that are ideal for explorers.

    Unforgettable adventures abound in Yogyakarta, from tackling treacherous cave excursions to risky brushes with the water.

    Whether you’re more interested in exploring the depths of tunnels or the lofty heights of mountains, this place has something exciting for every explorer.

    Get ready for an exciting excursion around Yogyakarta, the adventurer’s paradise! So, pack your bags and get ready to go!

    1. Yogyakarta’s Jomblang Cave

    Visiting the Jomblang Cave is the next exciting thing to do in Jogja. This tourist area has been booming recently, thanks to the influx of South Korean idols.

    Getting there from Jogja city center will require an early morning start because it is in the Gunung Kidul region. Because you’ll want to make it to Jomblang Cave in time to see the incredible spectacle there by lunchtime.

    Sixty meters below the surface lies Jomblang Cave. Descent via a manually operated pulley system requires bravery.

    When you get inside, you may see the “heavenly light,” which is beautiful but only viewable on clear days from 10:00 am to 12:00 pm. A slit in the ceiling of Jomblang Cave lets sunlight in, creating this ethereal glow.

    Stalactites and stalagmites, which form little hills, embellish the cave beyond the spectacular Heavenly Light, adding to Jomblang Cave’s allure.

    Learn More About Yogyakarta’s Past by Visiting These 12 Monuments and Museums

    2. Paragliding at Watugupit

    Watugupit paragliding hill is best visited in the evening because to its elevated position.

    During the evening, you can take in the breathtaking sunset while gazing out at the southern ocean. It’s not only about taking in the sights; there are plenty of refreshments to choose from as well.

    Paragliding is an exciting and risky activity that anyone who appreciates a good challenge should give a go. Very few tourists are brave enough to try this risky pastime.

    Safety is not an issue, though, because you will be escorted by knowledgeable professionals who will have all the necessary gear.

    3. The Merapi Lava Tour

    In a Jeep Willy’s, test your mettle on off-road adventures across regions impacted by frigid lava flows and volcanic debris along Merapi’s slopes.

    As the Willy makes his way across sandy meadows strewn with big pebbles, the steep terrain demands a revving of the engine.

    Hold on tight and go with the flow of the jeep’s rhythm to keep from being thrown off by the car’s violent shaking.

    It’s exhilarating and leaves you wanting more, despite the nerve-wracking moments. Lava Tour Merapi is not only an exciting and entertaining way to increase your adrenaline levels, but it also gives you a great overview and knowledge about Mount Merapi.

    Exploring Nglanggeran Mountain on Foot

    If you’re sick of city life and beaches, Mount Nglanggeran is the place for you. A long and exhausting path may be ahead, but it will be worthwhile in the end.

    Ascending the massive andesite boulders that formed a volcano is sure to be an adventure you won’t soon forget. It is a thrilling journey to walk down the rocky route with hills on either side.

    The path becomes increasingly steeper as you ascend. Behold, a perilous chasm flanked by jagged peaks. This dark and tiny tunnel can only be traversed by a single individual; “it’s like in the movie 127 Hours, thrilling but cool…”

    5. Gondola Riding on Timang Beach

    Proceed with caution! Before you decide to take a ride in the historic gondola at Timang Beach, you should know that.

    There is no certainty that the gondola will not be frail or that the ropes will not break when a plain wooden box is coupled with several pulleys and nine ropes.

    From the coral hills of Timang Beach to the nearby Watu Panjang Island, lobster hunters rely on this daring gondola as their sole mode of transportation.

    The exhilaration of riding it, nevertheless, has attracted a growing number of tourists in recent years. From Watu Panjang Island, you may see an equally breathtaking panorama.

    You can see the whole South Beach lineup from that vantage point, all the way to Nglambor Beach’s twin Turtle Islands, which are owned by Krakal Beach.

    6. Rock Climbing at Siung Beach

    Climbers will find Siung Beach to be a paradise. It features 250 climbing routes and is abundant with gigantic cliffs. Difficulty and height vary among the dozens of cliff pieces here.

    Beginning at the welcoming cliffs in the front block and working your way to the higher cliffs behind them is one option to consider.

    You can also feel what it’s like to spend the night in a hanging bivouac, perched precariously on the edge of a cliff. This is an unforgettable experience.

    7. Hanging Bridge, Sinden Beach

    Sinden Beach is another desirable beach location in Jogja. Jepitu, Girisubo, Gunung Kidul is where you’ll find this beach.

    The ocean at Sinden Beach is powerful, with big, angry waves. Depending on the weather, you may be able to see massive waves pounding the coast.

    Those with a daring spirit should not miss the opportunity to stroll across the famous Sinden Beach Hanging Bridge. In the midst of the ocean, you can cross to Kalong Island from Sinden Beach.

    In exchange for your bravery in crossing this bridge, which is elevated above the water, you will be rewarded with breathtaking views of Kalong Island’s natural beauty. Kalong Island is well-known as a home to enormous fish, so anglers will be in luck!

    To access Sinden Beach, you must pay Rp10,000. To cross the hanging bridge, an extra Rp25,000 is required.

    8. Kalisuci Cave Tubing

    Kalisuci Cave is another impressive and extreme cave site in Gunung Kidul. This picturesque spot may be found in the town of Pacarejo. Starting from downtown Jogja, the distance to this place is 12 km.

    A rather lengthy river, with depths of 2 to 3 meters, can be explored in this cave. Two exciting and entertaining ways to explore caves are cave tubing and cave rafting.

    Rubber boats are used for rafting exploration, whereas individual float tubes are used for cave tubing. Even though it’s a relatively safe activity, Kalisuci Cave Tubing may be quite severe.

    We will supply you with a life jacket and a helmet. Throughout your journey of Kalisuci Cave, you will be accompanied by professional instructors.

    For about Rp80,000, you can enhance your adventure at Kalisuci Cave Tubing. Parking rates might range from Rp3,000 to Rp6,000, so be prepared with some additional funds. Consider purchasing a tour package from Nagantour for an easy solution.

    9. Sand Surfing on Parangkusumo Sands

    This tourist site is absolutely essential for surfers. One catch, though: you can forget about surfing on water. As an alternative, you’ll be surfing on sand, which is guaranteed to be an exciting and novel experience.

    You won’t have to worry about getting wet when riding the waves. You may just hire surfboards and all the necessary gear from them. Julang Kusumo Road, Bantul, Jogja is the address.

    10. The Progo River for Rafting

    Rafting the Progo River is also another possibility. Tourists’ heart rates will rocket as they embark on this thrilling experience. You’ll have to brave the rapid currents as you row a rubber boat along the river.

    You and your pals may tailor the rafting experience to your skill level by adjusting the difficulty level. With its thrilling and entertaining ambiance, it’s ideal for gatherings of all kinds.

    11. Goa Jepang kaliurang

    For a historical take on nature, head to Goa Jepang Kaliurang, which is close to Malioboro.

    This cave lives up to its name; it was a hiding place for Japanese soldiers during World War II as they hid from their allied forces.

    Goa Jepang Kaliurang is a historical site next to Mount Merapi in Kaliurang. A knowledgeable tour guide will be there to tell you its tale.

    The tour is available for a starting price of Rp 10,000 and is limited to visits until 3:00 PM. If you wish to explore the cave in Goa Jepang Kaliurang, you’ll have to bring a flashlight because it doesn’t have any lighting. The cave walls could become wet if it were to rain.

    Kalirang Street in the Forest Area of the Hargobinangun Sub-district in the Sleman Regency of Yogyakarta is where you should go to experience Goa Jepang Kaliurang.

    Temples, Palaces, and Traditions of Yogyakarta: A Delightful Cultural Journey

    12. Cliff Swing, Gunung Api Purba

    It may be known to some of you that Jogja is a popular tourist destination. Not only does it have stunning natural scenery, but it also has thrilling extreme adventure opportunities.

    Visitors to Jogja often partake in the cliff swinging that can be found atop Gunung Api Purba. Swinging from cliff to precipice is the centerpiece of this heart-pounding game. If you’re in the Yogyakarta Special Region, you can try it out in the Gunung Api Purba region, Nglanggeran, Gunung Kidul.

    You need to walk across a rope to feel this sensation of swinging. An exhilarating sensation of swinging over a chasm 100 meters deep is available to visitors.

    Anyone looking to get their heart racing should give this extreme game a go. Guests can enjoy it for a fee that varies with the package they choose. Prices start at 3,000,000 Rp and go up to 4,000,000 Rp. Are you intrigued by the idea of attempting this thrilling pursuit?

    13. Motor Trail, Bunker Kaliadem

    Stunning Bunker Kaliadem is the perfect setting for an intense bike ride in Jogja. This popular tourist destination is in the Yogyakarta Special Region, more specifically in the Kinarejo region of Hargobinangun District in the Pakem Regency of Sleman.

    A rough and rocky path leads to Bunker Kaliadem. Several local residents offer trail bike rentals to visitors. The excitement of avoiding obstacles like muddy pools and sudden rocky jumps is sure to satisfy you.

    14. Hiking at Shoka Sunset Hill

    You may find Shoka Sunset Hill in the Yogyakarta Special Region, more specifically in the Giricahyo Forest Area, Purwosari, Gunungkidul. It takes almost an hour to get to Shoka Sunset Hill from Yogyakarta’s downtown, which is around 31 km distant.

    At least a thousand people make the pilgrimage to Shoka Hill every day just to see the sun go down. Dine on delicious, authentic Indonesian cuisine while taking in views of the beach. Additionally, the meal and drink prices are incredibly low, falling between Rp5,000 and Rp30,000.

    Getting to Shoka Sunset Hill via the twisting road can be a bit of a challenge when it’s raining. Thus, tourists should exercise caution and wear shoes that provide adequate support.

    You can visit Shoka Sunset Hill any time between 7:00 AM and 11:00 PM. It is recommended that visitors come here first thing in the morning when the air is cooler. In order to secure your preferred seating and view for the sunset, it is advised that you do not arrive too late.

    15. Trekking at Bukit Pengilon

    In the Yogyakarta Special Region, namely in the Wates Hamlet of Purwodadi and Tepus in the Gunungkidul Regency, one may find Bukit Pengilon. The trip to Bukit Pengilon from Yogyakarta’s downtown takes around two hours and covers 75 kilometers.

    Only guests may drive their vehicles up to the parking lot. Approximately 1.5 kilometers of hiking track go to Bukit Pengilon’s summit from the parking area.

    Situated at the base of Mount Purba Batur, it offers visitors the chance to explore expansive and picturesque meadows. Also, from up here, sightseers can take in a panoramic view of the sky, hills, and ocean.

    Many people who enjoy camping and photography flock to Bukit Pengilon. Camping spaces are available for Rp 20,000 per night, and guests are welcome to bring their own gear.

    A number of amenities are available, including restrooms, prayer rooms, parking, camping, and food stands. Any time, day or night, you can visit Bukit Pengilon. With parking rates of Rp 2,000 for motorcycles and Rp 5,000 for vehicles, the entrance charge to Bukit Pengilon is a fairly inexpensive Rp 5,000 per person.

    Let’s Explore Java!

    Embark on an unforgettable journey to Java, Indonesia, where a world of wonders awaits! Java, the heart and soul of Indonesia, is a treasure trove of diverse landscapes, rich cultural heritage, and breathtaking experiences.

    Find out the package now from Yogyakarta Tours:

    • 1 Day Tour:

    Borobudur Sunrise

    Prambanan Ramayana Ballet

    Timang Beach

    and more…

    • Multidays Tours

    10 Days Tour in Java Island

    3 Days Tour in Yogyakarta